Xo.  1779 


HANDBOOK  OF  THE 

6-INCH  HOWITZER  MATERIEL 

MODEL  OF  1908  AND  1908H 
WITH  INSTRUCTIONS  FOR  ITS  CARE 


TWENTY-FIVE  PLATES] 


ARY  1,  1913 
REVISED  AUGUST  1,  1917 


WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
1917 


GIFT  OF 


N...   177t» 


HANDBOOK  OF  THE 

6-INCH  HOWITZER  MATERIEL 

MODEL  OF  1908  AND  1908MI 
WITH  INSTRUCTIONS  FOR  ITS  CARE 


(  TWENTY-FIVE  PLATES) 


JANUARY  i,  1913 
REVISED  AUGUST  1,  1917 


U  •  *>  -  ^}  ~rd 


-n  c  ei- 


WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
J917 


n 


WAR  DEPARTMENT, 
OFFICE  OF  THE  CHIEF  OF  ORDNANCE, 

Washington,  August  1,  1917. 

This  manual  is  published  for  the  information  and  government  of  the  Regular  Army 
and  National  Guard  of  the  United  States. 
By  order  of  the  Secretary  of  War: 

WILLIAM  CROZIER, 
Brigadier  General,  Chief  of  Ordnance^ 

(3) 


370920 


CONTENTS. 

Page , 

List  of  plates ^ 

List  of  equipment  pertaining  to  a  battery 10 

Howitzer 11 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 11 

Description 11 

('are  of 18 

Ammunition,  general  description 19 

Cartridge  case 19 

Primer 20 

Powder  charge 21 

Projectiles 22 

Common  steel  shell 22 

Shrapnel " 22 

Fuzes 23 

F.  A.  combination 23 

Fuze  setters 26 

Marking  on  ammunition  packing  boxes 30 

Subcaliber  gun 30 

Misfires  and  hangfires 30 

Drill  projectile 31 

Range  tables 32 

Allowance  of  ammunition 34 

Blank  amrmmition 34 

Cartridge  case 34 

Primer 34 

Charge 34 

Preparation  of  blank  metallic  ammunition 35 

Precautions  to  be  observed 35 

Care  of  cartridge  cases 36 

Reloading  and  cleaning  outfit. -. 37 

Carriage,  model  of  1908 37 

Weights,  principal  dimensions,  etc 37 

Nomenclature  of  parts 38 

Description 45 

Cradle,  complete 45 

Top  carriage 50 

Elevating  mechanism 51 

Quick -return  mechanism 52 

Safety  firing  device — .„*»•*»»..-» . 53 . 

Trail ". 54 

Traversing  mechanism 56 

Road  brake 57 

Traveling  lock 58 

Traveling  covers 58 

Shield 59 

Wheels 59 

Mounting  and  dismounting  howitzer  and  carriage 60 

Care  and  cleaning  of  parts 68 

(5) 


6 

<T«%J*»  :  Page. 

Carriage,  model  of  1908  Mi 70 

Weights,  principal  dimensions,  etc 70 

Nomenclature  of  parts 

Description 

Cradle 

Top  carriage 

Elevating  mechanism 73 

Quick-return  mechanism 73 

Safety  firing  device 74 

Trail 74 

Traversing  mechanism 74 

Road  brake 74 

Traveling  locks 74 

Traveling  covers 74 

Shield 74 

Wheels 75 

Dismounting  and  assembling  howitzer  and  carriage — 75 

Howitzer  limber,  model  of  1905 75 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 75 

Nomenclature  of  parts „ 76 

Description 77 

Howitzer  limber  and  caisson,  model  of  1909 79 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 79 

Nomenclature  of  parts 80 

Description  of  limber 84 

Description  of  caisson 87 

Howitzer  limber  and  caisson,  model  of  1916 89 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 89 

Nomenclature  of  parts 90 

Description  of  limber 93 

Description  of  caisson 94 

Porge  limber  and  store  limber 94 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 94 

Nomenclature  of  parts „  95 

Description  of  forge  limber 99 

Description  of  store  limber 101 

Battery  and  store  wagons 103 

Nomenclature  of  parts .' 103 

Description 106 

•Cyclometer 109 

Description 109 

Nomenclature  of  parts 109 

Padlocks  and  bolt  snaps 110 

Artillery  harness 110 

Nomenclature  of  parts 110 

Steel  collars HI 

Directions  for  fitting HI 

Table  of  dimensions 112 

'Collar-lifting  device 113 

Care  and  preservation  of  leather 113 

Bights 115 

Open  or  tangent  sight 115 

Panoramic  sights,  models  of  1904  and  1915. . .  118 


Sights — Continued.  Page. 

Use  of  panoramic  sight  for  measurement  of  ranges 127 

Use  of  sights 127 

Care  of  rear  sights 127 

Adjustments  of  sights 128 

Rear  sight 128 

Panoramic  sight 129 

Care  of  panoramic  sights 130 

Verification  of  parallelism  of  lines  of  sight  and  bore 131 

Additional  tests 132 

Spare  sights 133 

Adjusting  instruments 133 

Targets 133 

General  information 134 

Painting  Artillery  materiel 134 

Oils  for  Artillery  materiel 134 

Repairs  for  Field  Artillery  materiel  issued  to  the  United  States  Army  and 

the  Organized  Militia 136 

Suggestions  for  care  and  maintenance  of  materiel 138 

Supplies  in  general * 139 

Method  of  loading  one  6-inch  howitzer  battery  for  transportation  by  rail.. .  140 

Total  equipment  of  one  field  battery,  together  with  expendable  supplies 142 

Index. .  161 


LIST  OF  PLATES. 


Faces  page. 

PLATE  I.  Breech  mechanism '. 12 

II.  Ammunition 19 

III.  31-second  combination  fuze 23 

IV.  Hand  fuze  setter,  model  of  1913 26 

V.  Drill  projectile,  model  of  1913 31 

VI .   Reloading  and  cleaning  outfit 37 

VII.  Carriage,  model  of  1908,  left  elevation  and  partial  rear  view 45 

VIII.  Carriage,  model  of  1908,  vertical  sections 45 

IX.  ( Carriage,  model  of  1908,  plan 45 

X.  Quick-return  mechanism,  for  carriage  model  of  1908 51 

XI.  Quick-return  mechanism,  for  carriage  model  of  1908M1 73 

XII.  4.7-inch  gun  and  6-inch  howitzer  limber,  model  of  1905 77 

XIII.  6-inch  howitzer  limber,  model  of  1909 84 

XIV.  6-inch  howitzer  caisson,  model  of  1909 87 

.    XV.  6-inch  howitzer  limber,  model  of  1916 93 

XVI.  6-inch  howitzer  caisson,  model  of  1916 94 

XVI I.  Forge  limber,  model  of  1908 99 

XVIII .  Store  limber,  model  of  1908 101 

XIX.   Battery  and  store  wagons,  model  of  1908 _ 106 

XX.  Artillery  harness 110 

XXI.  Spare  parts  of  steel  horse  collar 112 

XXII.  Collar-lifting  device 113 

XXIII.  Sights 115 

XXIV.  Panoramic  sight,  model  of  1904 118 

XXV.  Panoramic  sight,  model  of  1915 121 

(9) 


10 


List  of  equipment  pertaining  to  one  6-inch  howitzer  battery  on  war  footing. 


Num- 
ber. 

Equipment. 

Property 
classification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

4 
4 
4 
12 
12 
1 
1 
1 
1 
11 
2 
1 
55 
19 
»1 

6-inch  howitzers  model  of  1908 

IV 
IV 
IV 
IV 
IV 
IV 
IV 
IV 
IV 
IV 

3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
9 
9 
9 
9 
9 

G-in^h  howitzer  carriages  model  of  1908  or  model  of  19083*1  i         

4  7-in°h  gun  and  6-inch  howitzer  limbers  model  of  1905 

(Mn^h  howitzer  limbers,  model  of  1909,  or  model  of  1916  

6-inch  howitzer  caissons'  model  of  1909  or  model  of  1916                     .  . 

4  7-inch  gun  and  6-in°h  howitzer  forge  limber  model  of  1908 

Tiatterv  wagon  model  of  1908             ..      

4  7-incfi  gun  and  6-inch  howitzer  store  limber  model  of  1908 

Store  wag.in,  model  of  1908  

Reel  2-horse 

Kit  wagons  (furnished  by  Quartermaster's  Department)  i  

Set  of  harness,  2-horse  reel  ""                           .  r  .  .  .  .      .......... 

IV 
IV 
IV 
IX 

8 
8 
8 
5 

Sots  of  artil  ery  harness  (lead) 

Sets  of  artillery  harness  (wheel)  

Pack  outfit  model  of  1917  for  Field  Artillery  fire-control  equipment 

_^For  additional  equipment  furnished  .the  headquarters  company. of  a  regiment  see  pamphlet,  Form  No. 

»  Will  be  issued  when  available. 

*  This  temporary  pack  outfit  is  furnished  to  batteries  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  the  fire-control  equip- 
ment, until  such  time  as  a  type  of  2-horse  reel,  to  be  built  for  this  purpose,  is  available. 


HANDBOOK  OF  THE  6-INCH  HOWITZER  MATERIEL 


THE  6-INCH  HOWITZER,   MODEL  OF  1908. 

(Class  IV,  Section  3.) 
WEIGHTS,  DIMENSIONS,  ETC. 

Weight pounds. .  1, 925 

Caliber inches. .  6 

Total  length do. ...  87 

Length  of  bore do. ...  SI.  5 

Length  of  rifled  portion  of  bore do 69. 05 

Rifling- 
Number  of  grooves 54 

Depth  of  grooves ...  .inches. .  .  05 

Width  of  grooves do 2091 

Width  of  lands..... do 14 

Twist-right-hand,  uniform  one  turn  in  18  calibers. 

Weight  of  projectiles,  filled  and  fuzed pounds. .  120 

Weight  of  powder  charge do 3.  75 

Weight  of  cartridge  case do 8 

Capacity  of  powder  chamber cubic  inches. .  291 

Muzzle  velocity  (zone  3) feet  per  second. .  900 

Maximum  pressure  per  square  inch pounds. .  20, 000 

Maximum  range yards . .  6,  704 

Travel  of  projectile inches. .  71.  95 

DESCRIPTION. 

The  howitzer  is  built  up  of  nickel  steel,  consisting  of  the  body  and 
the  breech  hoop.  The  breech  hoop  envelops  the  breech  end  of  the 
body  and  projects  beyond  it  to  form  the  breech  recess  or  seat  for 
the  breech  mechanism.  The  breech  hoop  is  joined  to  the  breech  end 
of  the  body  by  means  of  screw  threads,  and  in  addition  to  being  screw 
threaded  is  put  on  with  a  shrinkage.  The  breech  hoop  has  a  lug  at 
its  extreme  end  which  projects  upward  and  forms  a  point  of  attach- 
ment for  the  recoil  and  counter-recoil  devices.  Along  the  entire 
length  of  the  howitzer  in  the  upper  right  and  left  hand  quadrants  are 
two  clips  which  are  finished  as  guide  rails.  The  surface  of  these 
guide  rails  is  parallel  to  the  bore  of  the  body,  and,  fitting  into  the 
gun  slides  of  the  carriages,  directs  the  howitzer  during  recoil  and 
counter  recoil. 

(11) 


12 

BREECH    MECHANISM. 

(Class  IV,  Section  3.) 

(Plate  I.) 

The  breechblock  is  of  the  interrupted-screw  type  and  is  provided 
with  four-threaded  and  four-slotted  sectors.  The  front  end  of  the 
axial  recess  in  the  block  for  the  hub  of  the  block  carrier  is  closed  by 
a  bushing.  Two  vent  holes  leading  from  a  cavity  in  the  bushing 
rearwardly  through  the  breechblock  permit  the  escape  of  gas  from  a 
ruptured  primer.  On  a  semicircular  boss  on  the  rear  face  of  the 
breechblock  are  cut  gear  teeth,  in  which  the  gear  teeth  of  the  operat- 
ing lever  bevel  gear  mesh.  The  lower  end  of  the  circular  boss  on 
which  the  gear  teeth  are  cut  serves  as  a  stop  to  limit  the  rotation  of 
the  block  to  the  unlocked  position.  This  lower  end  of  the  circular 
boss  comes  in  contact  with  a  hardened  steel  stop  riveted  to  the  inner 
face  of  the  block  carrier.  A  radial  lug  or  tooth  projects  from  the 
inner  surface  of  the  breechblock  and  engages  an  L-shaped  groove  cut 
in  the  hub  of  the  block  carrier,  so  that  when  the  mechanism  is  un- 
locked no  relative  movement  between  the  breechblock  and  carrier  can 
take  place.  In  order  to  surely  maintain  this  relation  between  the 
breechblock  and  block  carrier,  a  block  latch,  pivoted  on  the  inner  face 
of  the  carrier  in  the  upper  left-hand  quadrant,  engages  a  notch  or 
shoulder  cut  in  the  rear  face  of  the  block  adjacent  to  the  boss  on 
which  the  gear  teeth  are  cut.  This  latch  is  so  pivoted  that  as  the 
mechanism  is  swung  free  from  the  howitzer  it  moves  forward  suffi- 
ciently to  engage  the  notch  in  the  block  and  also  to  cause  the  forward 
plane  of  the  latch  to  project  forward  of  the  front  face  of  the  block 
carrier;  consequently  when  the  mechanism  is  swung  to  the  closed 
position  the  front  face  of  the  latch  comes  in  contact  with  the  rear  face 
of  the  breech  of  the  howitzer,  thus  forcing  the  latch  out  of  the  notch 
in  the  breechblock  back  into  a  recess  in  the  carrier,  and  by  continuing 
the  motion  of  closing  the  mechanism  the  breechblock  is  free  to  rotate 
on  the  hub  of  the  carrier  and  engage  its  threads  with  those  in  the 
howitzer. 

When  the  breechblock  is  in  the  locked  position  a  lug  on  the  firing- 
lock  case  engages  the  front  face  of  the  tooth  or  lug  on  the  breech- 
block, which  locks  the  breechblock  to  the  carrier.  This  engagement 
between  the  lug  on  the  breechblock  and  the  lug  on  the  firing-lock 
case  serves  to  lock  the  carrier  to  the  breechblock  and  prevent  dis- 
placement due  to  a  blowback.  This  is  accomplished  through  the 
medium  of  four  additional  lugs  on  the  firing-lock  case,  which  are 
arranged  to  interlock  with  corresponding  lugs  on  the  carrier.  The 
breechblock  is  mounted  eccentrically  in  the  breech  of  the  howitzer, 
with  reference  to  the  axis  of  the  bore,  and  is  concentrically  mounted 
on  the  hub  of  the  block  carrier,  in  which  the  firing-lock  case  is  fitted. 


13 

The  firing-lock  case  is  eccentrically  fitted  in  the  hub  of  the  block 
carrier  in  such  a  position  that  the  axis  of  the  firing  pin  is  always  in 
line  with  the  bore  of  the  howitzer.  The  bushing  in  the  front  end  of 
the  breechblock,  through  which  the  firing  pin  passes,  when  in  the 
fired  position,  is  fitted  eccentrically  with  reference  to  the  breechblock 
and  is  provided  with  a  cavity  of  such  dimensions  that  the  breechblock 
is  permitted  to  revolve  about  the  firing  pin,  which  is  fixed  in  the  hub 
of  the  block  carrier  and  does  not  rotate.  The  point  of  the  firing  pinr 
when  at  rest,  is  always  within  the  enlarged  cavity  in  the  bushing,  and 
when  the  block  is  revolved  to  the  unlocked  position  the  hole  in  the 
bushing  through  which  the  point  of  the  firing  pin  passes  is  moved  to 
one  side,  due  to  the  eccentric  arrangement  of  the  breechblock,  thus 
masking  the  point  of  the  pin  and  preventing  any  possible  contact 
between  the  firing  pin  and  the  primer  in  the  cartridge  case  when  the 
block  is  unlocked.  The  block  will  be  practically  locked  before  any 
contact  between  the  firing  pin  and  primer  can  take  place.  The  firing 
pin  is  provided  with  a  shoulder  a  short  distance  in  rear  of  its  forward 
end,  which  comes  in  contact  with  the  rear  face  of  the  bushing  if  an 
attempt  is  made  to  fire  the  howitzer  when  the  breech  is  unlocked. 
This  is  to  prevent  any  possible  blow  coming  on  the  point  of  the  firing 
pin  and  injuring  the  same. 

The  loading  tray  is  located  in  the  breech  recess  and  serves  to 
protect  the  two  lowest  threaded  sectors  in  the  breech  recess  from 
being  bruised  by  the  ammunition  when  loading  the  gun.  Its  middle 
portion  is  cut  away  in  order  to  clear  the  lowest  threaded  sector  on  the 
block  when  the  latter  is  closed.  It  is  locked  to  the  gun  when  the 
breech  is  open  by  the  tray  latch,  which  is  located  in  the  rear  lower  face 
of  the  breech  hoop,  and  engages  a  slot  in  the  rear  lip  of  the  tray.  The 
latch  is  so  placed  that  as  the  carrier  strikes  the  face  of  the  breech  it 
forces  the  latch  to  disengage  its  seat  in  the  tray.  As  the  block  rotates 
its  lowest  threaded  sector,  which  engages  the  tray,  causes  the  latter 
to  rotate  its  front  and  rear  lip,  sliding  on  seats  in  the  breech  recess 
provided  for  that  purpose. 


FIRING   MECHANISM. 


The  firing  mechanism  belongs  to  that  type  known  as  a  continuous- 
pull  mechanism;  that  is,  no  cocking  of  the  firing  pin  is  required  other 
than  a  pull  on  the  lanyard  or  a  downward  pressure  of  the  firing 
handle.  This  arrangement  permits  of  repetition  of  the  blow  from 
the  firing  pin  in  case  of  a  misfire  as  often  as  desired,  without  the  open- 
ing of  the  mechanism  or  recocking  the  firing  pin. 


FIRING   PIN. 


The  firing  pin  is  mounted  in  the  firing-lock  case  and  near  its  front 
end  is  provided  with  a  collar  which  serves  to  guide  the  pin  axially 
and  as  a  shoulder  for  the  front  end  of  firing  spring,  and  also  serves  a& 


14 

a  means  for  locking  the  firing  pin  by  the  sear  until  the  firing  spring 
has  been  compressed  by  the  action  of  the  firing  mechanism  and  the 
sear  released.  The  rear  end  of  the  firing  pin  is  rectangular  in  cross 
section  and  is  provided  with  a  double  lug  against  which  the  trigger 
fork  engages  at  a  point  between  its  upper  end  and  its  axis.  The 
engagement  serves  as  a  means  of  withdrawing  the  firing  pin  to  its 
retracted  or  normal  position,  after  the  pin  has  been  released  and 
forced  forward.  Opposite  the  double  lug  for  the  trigger  fork  the 
firing  pin  is  provided  with  another  and  smaller  lug,  which  fits  into  a 
slot  in  the  firing-spring  sleeve  and  serves  to  hold  the  sleeve  in  its 
proper  position. 


FIRING    SPRING. 


The  firing  spring  is  threaded  over  the  firing  pin  from  the  rear  end 
of  the  pin,  and  over  this  is  assembled  the  firing-spring  sleeve  in  such 
a  manner  that  when  it  is  seated  in  its  proper  position  the  firing  spring 
Ls  put  under  an  initial  compression  by  being  compressed  between  the 
collar  on  the  front  end  of  the  firing  pin  and  a  shoulder  or  seat  formed 
on  the  inside  of  the  sleeve  at  its  rear  end. 


SEAR. 


The  sear,  which  is  in  the  form  of  a  leaf  spring,  is  seated  in  a  slot  in 
the  firing-lock  case  and  is  provided  with  a  thickened  forward  end, 
into  which  is  cut  a  notch,  in  which  a  hardened  portion  of  the  periphery 
of  the  collar  on  the  firing  pin  engages.  Just  to  the  rear  of  this  notch 
in  the  sear  an  inclined  surface  is  provided,  upon  which  the  forward  end 
of  the  firing-spring  sleeve  acts  in  its  forward  motion  to  compress  the 
spring  and  fire  the  piece.  After  the  sleeve  has  traveled  the  required 
distance  to  produce  the  proper  compression  to  the  firing  spring,  the 
sear  is  forced  outward,  thus  releasing  the  engagement  between  the  sear 
and  the  collar  on  the  firing  pin.  On  the  rear  end  of  the  sear  a  cylin- 
drical projection  is  formed,  which  fits  into  a  hole  drilled  into  the 
firing-lock  case.  This  serves  to  hold  the  sear  in  place. 


TRIGGER    FORK. 


The  trigger  fork  is  seated  in  the  rear  end  of  the  firing-lock  case  and 
is  constrained  from  displacement  laterally  by  the  walls  of  the  case, 
and  is  mounted  on  the  upper  squared  end  of  the  trigger  shaft.  The 
trigger  fork  is  bifurcated  on  the  end  which  cMigages  the  firing  pin  and 
sleeve,  and  it  is  seated  so  that  the  flat  sides  of  the  firing  pin  pass 
between  the  bifurcated  end  of  the  fork,  and  the  rear  face  of  the  bifur- 
cated ends  bears  against  the  front  edge  of  the  double  lug  on  the  firing 
pin  at  a  point  located  between  the  end  of  the  trigger  fork  and  its  axis. 
This  point  of  contact  between  the  firing  pin  and  trigger  fork  is  impor- 
tant, as  it  helps  to  maintain  the  proper  operation  of  the  firing  pin  in 
its  return  action  after  firing.  The  extreme  bifurcated  ends  of  the 


15 

trigger  fork  are  rounded,  and  these  ends  bear  against  a  flat  surface 
on  the  rear  end  of  the  firing-spring  sleeve  perpendicular  to  the  axis 
of  the  sleeve.  The  fork  does  not  touch  the  sleeve  at  any  other  point. 
The  firing  spring  is  under  compression  at  all  times  and  exerts  an  equal 
pressure  between  the  collar  on  the  front  end  of  the  firing  pin  and  its 
seat  in  the  rear  end  of  the  firing-spring  sleeve.  The  pressure  on  the 
firing-pin  collar  is  transmitted  to  the  trigger  fork  at  the  bearing 
between  the  latter  and  the  double  lug  on  the  firing  pin,  while  the 
pressure  on  the  spring  seat  in  the  sleeve  is  transmitted  to  the  trigger 
fork  at  its  extreme  bifurcated  ends.  These  two  forces  are  constantly 
equal  and  opposite  .in  direction,  but  have  different  lever  arms  with 
respect  to  the  axis  of  rotation  of  the  fork.  The  fork  is,  therefore, 
acted  upon  by  a  varying  couple,  the  amount  of  which  is  sufficient 
when  the  trigger  shaft  is  released  to  rotate  the  trigger  fork  to  the 
rear,  carrying  with  it  the  firing  phi  through  the  medium  of  the  double 
lug  on  its  rear  end.  This  motion  continues  until  the  firing-pin  collar 
engages  the  sear,  at  which  time  the  spring,  sleeve,  trigger  fork,  and 
firing  pin  are  in  their  normal  positions  and  the  firing  mechanism  again 
ready  for  action. 

TRIGGER   SHAFT. 

The  trigger  shaft  is  assembled  in  a  projection  which  forms  a  part  of 
the  firing-lock  case  and  is  held  in  place  by  a  wire  detent.  It  has  at  its 
lower  end  a  squared  portion  on  which  the  trigger  fork  is  mounted. 
At  its  upper  end  are  two  projections,  the  longer  of  which  is  provided 
with  a  hole  for  the  attachment  of  a  lanyard,  by  which  the  gun  should 
be  fired  until  the  spade  at  the  end  of  the  trail  is  sufficently  embedded 
in  the  ground  to  hold  the  carriage  in  place.  The  other  projection  on 
the  trigger  shaft  is  acted  upon  by  the  firing  pallet,  which  is  mounted 
in  the  firing-handle  bracket.  The  firing  pallet  is  connected  by  the 
firing  link  to  the  firing  shaft  on  which  is  mounted  the  firing  handle. 
This  combination  of  parts  serves  as  a  means  for  firing  the  howitzer 
from  a  seat  on  the  trail. 

FIRING-LOCK   CASE. 

The  firing-lock  case  contains  the  complete  firing  gear,  and  if  neces- 
sary the  entire  firing  mechanism  can  be  replaced  in  an  instant.  It 
contains  the  firing  pin,  firing  spring,  firing-spring  sleeve,  sear,  trigger 
fork  and  trigger  shaft,  and  detent.  It  is  provided  with  four  lugs,  by 
which  it  is  locked  in  place  in  the  hub  of  the  block  carrier,  and  one  lug 
which  is  forward  of  the  other  four,  which  engages  behind  a  lug  on  the 
breechblock.  This  lug,  together  with  the  other  four  which  lock  the 
casing  to  the  carrier,  serves  to  lock  the  block  and  carrier  together. 
The  firing-lock  casing  is  held  from  displacement  due  to  rotation  by  a 
spring  catch  or  lock  bolt.  This  lock  bolt  is  fitted  in  a  projection  of  the 
casing  and  its  inner  end  enters  a  recess  or  seat  in  the  rear  face  of  the 
block  carrier. 

6311—17 2 


OPERATING   LEVER. 


The  handle  and  body  of  the  lever  is  recessed  to  receive  the  lever 
latch.  The  inner  end  of  the  lever  is  provided  with  beveled  gear 
teeth,  which  mesh  with  corresponding  teeth  on  the  breechblock  and 
serve  as  a  means  for  opening  and  closing  the  mechanism.  The  lever 
is  seated  between  two  lugs  on  the  block  carrier,  and  is  held  in  place 
by  a  pivot. 


BLOCK    CARRIER. 


The  block  carrier  is  hinged  on  its  right  side  to  the  howitzer  by 
means  of  the  hinge  pin.  It  is  provided  with  a  central,  inwardly 
projecting  hub,  upon  which  the  breechblock  is  concentrically  mounted. 
The  hub  is  bored  out  eccentrically  to  receive  the  firing-lock  case, 
which  is  held  in  place  from  axial  displacement  by  four  lugs  formed  on 
the  inside  of  the  bore.  In  the  forward  end  of  the  hub  a  slot  is  cut  which 
extends  to  the  rear  and  terminates  in  an  L  This  receives  the  lug 
on  the  breechblock  and  holds  the  block  from  displacement  when  the 
mechanism  is  open.  Two  lugs  are  formed  on  the  rear  face  of  the 
carrier  just  above  its  center.  They  form  a  seat  for  the  operating 
lever.  On  the  inner  face  in  the  upper  left-hand  quadrant  a  seat  and 
pivot  for  the  block  latch  is  provided.  In  the  lower  right-hand  quad- 
rant on  the  inner  face  a  hardened  steel  block  stop  is  riveted.  This 
limits  the  rotation  of  the  block  in  the  open  position.  In  the  lower 
circumference  are  drilled  three  ventholes  for  the  escape  of  gas  in 
case  of  a  blowback.  A  catch  for  the  operating-lever  latch  is  suitably 
located  and  screwed  to  the  rear  face  of  the  carrier.  It  is  held  in 
place  by  a  small  pin  driven  in  from  the  circumference  of  the  carrier. 
On  the  right  side  of  the  carrier  a  recess  is  formed  which  sen  es  to 
operate  the  extractor. 

EXTRACTOR. 

The  extractor  is  located  in  the  extractor  seat.  It  is  operated  by 
the  right  face  of  the  carrier,  the  bottom  of  the  recess  in  the  latter 
serving  to  give  it  a  quick  throw  at  the  end  of  the  swing  of  the  carrier 
in  opening  the  mechanism.  The  extractor  rolls  on  its  forward  or 
convex  face  and  is  prevented  from  being  displaced  by  its  trunnions, 
which  slide  in  grooves  formed  in  the  top  and  bottom  of  the  extractor 
seat.  A  lip  on  the  extractor  engages  the  rim  of  the  cartridge  case 
and  serves  as  a  means  of  ejecting  the  same. 


OPERATING-LEVER   LATCH. 


The  latch  is  fitted  in  a  seat  in  the  operating  lever  and  serves  to 
lock  the  handle  from  rotation,  which  in  turn  prevents  rotation  of 
the  block.  The  latch  is  held  in  place  by  a  steel  pivot. 


HINGE   PIN. 


This  is  a  hardened  steel  pin  ground  to  fit,  and  is  held  from  displace- 
ment by  a  hinge-pin  key  through  hinge  pin  and  lower  hinge  lug. 


17 

ACTION   OF  THE   BREECH    MECHANISM. 

To  open  the  breech,  grasp  the  operating  lever  handle;  at  the  same 
time  compress  the  lever  latch  handle.  This  releases  the  latch  from 
the  catch  on  the  block  carrier.  Rotate  the  operating  lever  to  the 
rear.  During  the  first  part  of  this  movement  (76°  30')  the  block  and 
loading  tray  are  rotated  to  their  unlocked  position,  at  which  time  the 
stop  on  the  block  comes  in  contact  with  the  stop  on  the  block  carrier 
and  the  tray  latch  opposite  its  seat  in  the  loading  tray.  The  block 
latch  will  drop  into  its  notch  in  the  block  and  the  tray  latch  engage 
the  tray  at  the  moment  of  swinging  the  carrier  from  the  howitzer. 
The  block  is  now  locked  against  further  rotation  in  either  direction. 
During  a  further  rotation  of  the  operating  lever  of  about  100°  the 
block  and  carrier  swing  about  hinge  pin  clear  of  the  breech  recess,  the 
right  face  on  the  carrier  operates  the  extractor,  unseating  the  car- 
tridge case  before  the  end  of  the  100°  movement,  and  finally  ejects  the 
case  free  of  the  howitzer.  When  another  round  is  inserted  the  rim  of 
the  cartridge  case  comes  in  contact  with  the  extractor  and  forces  it 
partly  home.  In  closing  the  mechanism  the  movements  are  simply 
the  reverse  of  opening;  as  the  block  carrier  comes  in  contact  with  the 
breech  face  of  the  howitzer,  the  block  latch  is  forced  rearward,  the 
tray  latch  forward,  unlocking  the  block  from  the  carrier  and  the 
loading  tray  from  thf  breech  hoop.  Further  rotation  of  the  operating 
lever  rotates  the  breech  block  and  loading  tray,  causing  the  threads  of 
the  former  to  engage  those  of  the  howitzer.  This  engagement  of 
threads  moves  the  block  forward,  due  to  the  pitch  of  the  threads, 
and  firmly  seats  the  cartridge  in  the  howitzer.  At  the  final  motion 
of  the  operating  lever  its  latch  engages  the  catch  on  the  rear  face  of 
the  block  carrier,  locking  the  block  in  the  closed  position.  The  how- 
itzer is  now  ready  to  fire. 

TO    DISMANTLE   THE    FIRING    MECHANISM. 

Take  hold  of  the  knurled  head  of  the  locking  bolt  situated  at  the 
upper  part  of  the  firing  lock  case;  pull  it  to  the  rear;  then  revolve  the 
firing  lock  case  downward  about  45°  and  pull  it  gently  to  the  rear. 
This  will  remove  the  case  with  the  firing  mechanism  complete  from 
the  howitzer.  Press  the  trigger-shaft  detent  until  it  disengages 
from  the  notch  in  the  firing-lock  case.  This  will  allow  the  trigger 
shaft,  with  its  detent,  to  be  withdrawn.  Then  gently  press  on  the 
front  of  the  firing  pin,  forcing  it  back  into  the  casing.  This  will 
allow  the  trigger  fork  to  fall  out.  Then,  with  one  finger  placed  on  the 
front  end  of  the  sear,  force  it  outward;  at  the  same  time  grasp  the 
front  end  of  the  firing  pin.  Give  it  a  sharp  pull.  This  will  remove 
the  firing  pin  with  its  spring  and  sleeve  from  the  casing.  Then  place 
the  front  end  of  the  firing  pin  against  a  block  of  wood,  bear  down  on 


18 

the  firing-spring  sleeve  until  the  spring  is  compressed  sufficiently  to 
disengage  the  slot  in  the  rear  end  of  the  sleeve  from  the  small  lug  on 
the  rear  end  of  the  firing  pin,  slightly  pull  outward  the  sleeve,  and  it 
can  then  be  separated  from  the  spring  and  pin.  By  an  unscrewing 
motion  the  spring  can  be  removed  from  the  pin.  The  sear  can  be 
removed  by  gently  pressing  it  in  toward  the  center  of  the  casing. 

To  assemble,  reverse  these  operations,  taking  care  before  driv- 
ing too  hard  on  the  end  of  the  trigger  shaft  that  the  square  hole 
in  the  trigger  fork  is  in  position  to  receive  the  tapered  end  of  the 
trigger  shaft.  No  tools  are  required  for  assembling  or  dismantling 
this  mechanism. 

TO    DISMANTLE    THE    BREECH    MECHANISM. 

Grasp  the  opera  ting  lever  and  open  the  mechanism ;  when  the 
mechanism  is  open  force  the  block  latch  out  of  its  seat  in  the  block 
by  gently  pressing  it  into  its  seat  in  the  carrier.  Take  hold  of  the 
block  and  revolve  it  to  the  left  until  it  stops;  then  pull  it  to  the 
rear,  taking  care  not  to  drop  it.  The  block  latch  can  now  be  readily 
removed.  After  the  firing-lock  case  has  been  removed,  the  opera t- 
ing  lever  can  be  removed  by  forcing  its  pivot  down  from  above  by 
a  gentle  pressure  with  the  palm  of  the  hand.  The  lever  latch  can  be 
removed  by  pressing  in  on  the  latch  at  a  point  near  its  lower  end 
opposite  its  pivot;  a  hole  in  the  latch  is  cut  eccentric  with  reference 
to  the  pivot,  and  a  shoulder  on  the  pivot  prevents  their  displacement 
until  the  latch  is  forced  in  until  the  hole  is  concentric  with  the  pivot. 
When  this  occurs  the  pivot  can  be  readily  pullod  out  and  the  latch 
removed.  To  remove  the  block  carrier,  pull  out  the  hinge-pin  key 
in  lower  part  of  hinge,  push  the  hinge  pin  down  by  hand  until  it  can 
l>e  caught  by  tho  hoad,  and  by  swinging  the  carrier  back  and  forth, 
if  the  pin  sticks,  it  can  readily  bo  removed.  The  extractor  can  now 
be  removed  from  tho  howitzer. 

Pressing  on  tho  tray  latch  sufficiently  to  force  it  in  its  seat  permits 
the  loading  .tray  to  be  removed  from  the  breech  recess.  Reverse 
those  operations  for  assembling  tho  mechanism.  Nothing  but  the 
liands  are  required  for  dismantling  this  breech  mechanism. 


CARE    OF   THE    HOWITZER. 


After  firing,  tho  bore  of  tho  howitzer  should  bo  cleaned  to  romovo 
the  residue  of  smokeless  powder,  and  thon  oiled.  In  cleaning,  wash 
tho  bore  with  a  solution  made  by  dissolving  one-half  pound  of  sal 
soda  in  one  gallon  of  boiling  water.  After  washing  with  tho  soda 
solution  wipe  perfectly  dry,  and  thon  oil  tho  boro  with  a  thin  coating 
of  tho  light  slushing  oil  furnished  for  tho  purpose.  A  slush  brush 
for  use  in  oiling  the  bore  will  be  issued  by  tho  Ordnanco  Department 
upon  requisition. 


Plate  II 


ROTATING  BAND. 


LOOSE  SHRAPH£ L  POWPfff 


IHNER  TUBE. 

-  RESIN  HEAD  FILLEK. 
—  LOCKING  PINS 


POtVfffff  £4SS. 


BftASS  CASE  -  - 
TMftD  ZONE  CHARGE  ~ 
SECOND  ZONE  CHARGE. 


HO  GMM  PFffCVSS/ON  P/f/Mfff 
FIRST  ZONE  CHARGE 


REV.  DEC  16,1916 


CAftTff/PGE   CASE 


19 

The  breech  mechanism  should  be  kept  clean  and  well  oiled.  It 
should  be  dismounted  from  time  to  time  for  examination  and  oiled 
when  assembled.  The  spare  parts  carried  in  the  trail  box  or  in  the 
battery  wagon  should  bo  well  coated  with  vaseline  or  heavy  oil  and 
each  piece  then  wrapped  in  paper  to  prevent  the  oil  from  being 
rubbed  off. 

AMMUNITION. 

(Class  VI,  Sec.  3.) 

Separate  loading  ammunition  with  brass  case  is  used  in  the  6-inch 
howitzer  and  is  made  up  with  either  common  shrapnel  or  com- 
mon steel  shell.  The  ammunition  chests  of  the  battery  are  of 
sufficient  size  to  take  any  of  the  rounds  furnished  so  that  the  number 
of  each  kind  to  be  carried  is  a  matter  for  regulation  by  proper 
authority. 

Each  projectile  is  issued  filled  and  fuzed.  The  weight  of  the 
projectile  is  120  pounds  and  the  total  weight  of  one  complete  round 
is  approximately  132  pounds.  The  components  of  one  round  are 
the  cartridge  case  with  primer,  powder  charge,  diaphragm,  and  the 
projectile  with  base  cover  and  fuze. 

A  cast-iron  shell  has  been  designed  having  the  same  center  of 
gravity  and  the  exterior  dimension  as  the  common  steel  shell. 

A  design  for  a  high-explosive  shrapnel  is  being  developed  with  a 
view  to  its  adoption  to  supersede  the  common  shrapnel. 

THE   CARTRIDGE   CASE. 
(Plate  II.) 

The  cartridge  case  is  a  solid  drawn  brass  case  9.93  inches  long; 
it  has  a  capaicty  of  271  cubic  inches  under  diaphragm  and  weighs 
with  primer  8.11  pounds.  The  head  of  the  case  has  a  projecting 
flange  or  rim  under  which  the  lip  of  the  extractor  engages.  The 
center  of  the  head  is  bored  out  to  form  a  seat  into  which  the  primer 
is  forced.  These  primer  seats  are  first  mandreled  to  near  the  finished 
dimensions  with  a  tapered  steel  plug  to  toughen  the  metal  of  the 
cartridge  case  around  the  primer  seat  and  then  reamed  to  finished 
size.  This  toughening  is  necessary  to  prevent  expansion  of  the  seats 
under  gas  pressure  and  consequent  loose  fit  of  the  primers  in  subse- 
quent firing.  The  primers  are  inserted  in  the  case  by  tho  large  primer 
inserting  press  to  avoid  injury  to  the  primer  seat.  Special  decapping 
tools  are  also  issued  for  use  in  removing  exploded  primers  from  cart- 
ridge cases. 

Base  is  stamped  with  name  and  model  of  howitzer,  initials  of 
place,  and  date  of  manufacture,  and  ammunition  lot  number. 


20 

THE   PRIMER. 
(Plate  II.) 

To  insure  the  ignition  of  smokeless  powder  charges  in  cartridge 
cases  it  is  necessary  that  the  primers  either  contain  in  themselves 
in  addition  to  the  percussion  composition  an  auxiliary  charge  of 
black  powder,  or  that  an  auxiliary  charge  of  such  powder  be  placed 
at  the  rear  of  the  cartridge  case  to  communicate  the  flame  from  the 
percussion  primer  and  thoroughly  ignite  the  smokeless  powder. 
The  percussion  primer,  known  as  the  "110  grain  percussion  primer," 
contains  an  igniting  charge  of  95  grains  of  black  powder  in  addition 
to  the  essential  elements  of  a  percussion  primer. 

The  "110-grain  percussion  primer"  is  shown  in  Plate  II  and  con- 
sists of  a  brass  case  resembling  in  shape  a  small-arms  cartridge  case. 
The  head  or  rear  end  of  the  primer  case  is  countersunk,  forming  a 
cup-shaped  recess,  in  which  is  seated  the  cap  or  percussion  primer 
proper.  The  latter  consists  of  the  cup,  the  anvil,  and  the  percussion 
composition  assembled  as  shown  on  Plate  II.  The  percussion  com- 
position is  known  as  the  "H  42"  mixture  and  contains  the  following 
ingredients : 

Per  cent. 

Flowers  of  sulphur 21.  97 

Sulphide  of  antimony 30.  83. 

Chlorate  of  potash 47.20 

The  percussion-cap  recess  is  connected  with  the  interior  of  the 
primer  case  by  a  small  axial  vent.  The  body  of  the  case  contains  95 
grains  of  black  powder,  constituting  the  rear  priming  or  igniting 
charge  for  the  smokeless  powder  propelling  charge.  This  black 
powder  is  inserted  under  a  pressure  of  2,400  pounds  per  square  inch 
and  is  pressed  into  the  primer  body  around  a  central  wire,  which  is 
then  withdrawn,  leaving  a  longitudinal  hole  the  full  length  of  the 
primer.  Eight  radial  holes  are  drilled  through  the  primer  and  com- 
pressed powder,  affording  16  vents  for  the  free  exit  of  the  black 
powder  flames.  .  After  filling  the  body  the  front  end  is  closed  by  two 
cardboard  wads  waterproofed  with  shellac.  The  radial  perforations 
in  the  body  of  the  case  are  covered  by  a  tin-foil  wrapper,  shellacked 
on,  to  retain  in  the  case  any  loose  black  powder,  as  well  as  to  exclude 
all  moisture. 

In  action,  the  blow  of  the  firing  pin  explodes  the  percussion  cap> 
which  ignites  the  black  powder;  the  flames  of  the  latter  shoot  out 
through  the  vents  in  the  primer  case  and  ignite  the  smokeless-powder 
charge. 

A  shorter  primer,  known  as  the  u  saluting  primer  percussion,"  is 
issued  for  use  in  blank  cartridges.  The  percussion  elements  and 
dimensions  of  the  seat  in  the  cartridge  case  for  both  types  of  primers 
are  identical.  The  primer  charge  of  the  saluting  primer  consists  of 


21 

20  grains  of  loose  rifle  powder,  held  in  place  by  a  paper  wad  shellacked 
in  the  mouth  of  the  primer  case. 

The  "20-grain  saluting  primers"  are  issued  in  hermetically  sealed 
tin  boxes,  25  in  a  box.  The  boxes  should  not  be  opened  nor  the 
cases  primed  until  shortly  before  they  are  required  for  use. 

The  large  primer-inserting  press  is  provided  for  inserting  both 
types  of  primers,  which  must  be  carefully  pressed,  and  not  ham- 
mered, into  their  seats  in  the  cartridge  case.  Special  decapping  tools 
are  also  issued  for  removing  old  primer  cases  from  cartridge  cases- 
without  injury  to  the  latter. 

THE    POWDER    CHARGE. 

The  powder  is  a  nitrocellulose  powder  composed  of  multiperforated 
(seven  perforations)  cylindrical  grains  packed  in  three  silk  cartridge 
cloth  bags  to  provide  for  the  three  zones  of  firing.  The  full  charge 
of  the  three  bags  will  be  generally  used  for  all  ranges.  The  reduced 
charges  are  provided  for  cases  where  a  greater  angle  of  fall  is  necessary 
in  order  to  reach  some  object  behind  cover. 

When  the  full  charge  is  used,  the  cartridge  case  is  inserted  without 
removing  the  diaphragm.  The  diaphragm  has  very  little  range  when 
fired  from  the  howitzer.  Reduced  charges  are  obtained  by  tearing 
off  the  soldering  strip  and  removing  the  diaphragm,  together  with 
one  or  two  powder  bags,  according  to  which  zone  is  required. 

The  powder  bags  are  distinguished  in  the  following  manner:  The 
bag  placed  in  the  bottom  of  the  cartridge  case  is  known  as  the  "  inner 
charge  bag"  and  is  stamped  "1,"  and  contains  about  22  ounces  of 
powder.  The  bag  in  the  middle  is  'known  as  the  "  middle  charge 
bag"  and  is  stamped  "2,"  and  contains  about  13  ounces  of  powder. 
The  bag  at  the  top  directly  under  the  diaphragm  is  known  as  the 
" outer  charge  bag"  and  is  stamped  "3,"  and  contains  about  25.25. 
ounces  of  powder.  The  total  varies  in  different  lots  of  powder,  but 
is  approximately  3  pounds,  12.25  ounces. 

The  powder  bags  are  held  in  place  by  means  of  glazed  jute  or  flax 
twine  placed  through  special  screw  eyes  in  the  head  of  the  cartridge 
case.  The  heads  of  the  screw  eyes  consist  of  two  helical  coils  in 
place  of  the  usual  ring.  In  making  up  the  cartridge  the  twine  for 
the  middle  charge  bag  is  first  passed  under  the  heads  of  the  screw  eyes 
and  the  ends  laid  over  the  edge  of  the  cartridge  case.  Two  pieces  of 
twine  are  passed  through  the  fabric  at  the  front  end  of  the  inner 
charge  bag  and  tied.  The  ends  are  then  passed  through  the  hole 
for  the  primer,  passed  under  the  screw  eyes,  and  brought  up  outside 
of  the  bag;  one  end  of  each  string  is  then  tied  across  the  top  of  the 
bag  and  the  free  ends  laid  over  the  edge  of  the  cartridge  case.  The 
middle  charge  bag  is  then  placed  in  position  and  secured  by  the 
twine  first  placed  under  the  screw  eyes;  in  tying  the  middle  charge 
bag  the  twine  is  first  threaded  through  the  holes  in  the  ends  of  the 


22 

handle  and  tied  over  the  top  of  the  bag.  The  remaining  ends  of 
twine  are  used  to  secure  the  outer  charge  bags  in  a  similar  manner, 
after  which  the  diaphragm  is  inserted  and  secured  in  place  by  the 
soldering  strip. 

Shrapnel  should  not  be  fired  for  canister  effect  with  inner  zone 
charges  and  0  fuze  setting,  as  the  personnel  of  the  firing  detachment 
would  thereby  be  endangered,  due  to  a  possible  rearward  movement 
of  the  shrapnel  case,  the  case  velocity  arising  from  the  bursting 
charge  being  sometimes  greater  than  the  muzzle  velocity.  In  firing 
shrapnel  for  canister  effect,  the  full  charge  should  be  used  both  for 
the  above  reason  and  for  the  purpose  of  securing  the  greatest  and 
most  effective  ball  velocity. 

Smokeless  powder  must  not  ~be  used  for  blank  charges.  For  this 
purpose  the  Ordnance  Department  furnishes  special  powder. 

PROJECTILES. 

COMMON    STEEL    SHELL. 

(Plate  II.) 

The  common  steel  shell  is  provided  with  an  ogival  head  struck 
with  a  radius  of  2  calibers,  and  is  fitted  with  a  copper  rotating  band 
forced  into  the  annular  groove  1.25  inches  from  the  base. 

The  base  of  the  shell  is  tapped  for  the  medium  caliber  base  de- 
tonating fuse  and  is  fitted  with  a  copper  base  cover  secured  in  the 
base  cover  groove  by  the  calking  wire.  The  base  cover  consists 
of  a  copper  cover,  lead  disk,  lying  between  the  cover  and  the  pro- 
jectiles, and  a  lead  calking  wire.  This  base  cover  seals  the  joint 
between  the  fuze  and  shell  against  the  entrance  of  powder  gases  into 
the  shell  cavity.  The  common  steel  shell  contains  a  bursting  charge 
of  13.87  pounds  of  trinitrotoluol.  The  weight  of  the  shell  with  burst- 
ing charge  and  fuze  is  120  pounds.  The  shell  is  always  issued  filled 
and  fuzed. 

SHRAPNEL. 

The  common  shrapnel  is  a  base  charged  shrapnel  fitted  with  a 
combination  fuze.  The  case  is  of  steel  with  a  solid  base.  The 
rotating  band  is  forced  into  an  annular  groove  cut  in  the  case  1.25 
inches  from  the  vase.  The  front  or  mouth  of  the  case  is  closed  by 
a  steel  head,  screwed  in  and  tapped  to  take  the  service  31-second 
combination  time  and  percussion  fuze.  The  bursting  charge  is 
composed  of  a  charge  of  loose  black  powder  (1.31  pounds).  The 
bursting  charge  thus  arranged  is  covered  by  a  steel  diaphragm. 
The  diaphragm  supports  a  brass  central  tube  which  extends  forward 
to  the  fuze,  and  thus  affords  a  conduit  for  the  flames  from  the  fuze 
to  the  bursting  charge.  At  the  lower  end  of  the  central  tube  a 
stopper  of  dry  gun  cotton  is  fitted  to  assist  the  ignition  of  the  bursting 
charge  and  to  prevent  the  loose  powder  charge  from  getting  into 


23 

the  tube.  The  shrapnel  filling  is  composed  of  1,084  balls,  each 
approximately  306  grains  in  weight.  The  interstices  contain  a  smoke 
producing  matrix. 

In  action,  the  case  is  not  ruptured  upon  the  explosion  of  the  burst- 
ing charge;  the  head  is  stripped  and  the  balls  are  shot  out  of  the  case 
with  an  increase  in  velocity. 

All  shrapnel  ammunition  is  issued  fuzed,  ready  for  use  and  pro- 
vided with  a  waterproof  cover  to  exclude  moisture. 

FUZES. 

(Class  VI,  Section  3.) 
COMBINATION    FUZES. 

These  fuzes  are  point  fuzes  with  combination  time  and  percussion 
elements  for  use  with  shrapnel.  They  are  of  the  type  known  as  the 
ring  or  "dial17  fuze,  in  which  the  time  train  is  set  by  turning  a  grad- 
uated ring  which  carries  part  of  the  time  train.  These  fuzes  may  be 
reset  as  often  as  desired. 

FRANKFORD   ARSENAL  31-SECOND   COMBINATION   FUZE. 
(Plate  III.) 

This  fuze  consists  of  the  following  parts,  assembled  as  shown  in 
the  drawing: 

<i  Body,  bronze. 
b  Closing  cap,  brass. 
b'  Vents  in  closing  cap. 
62  Safety  wire. 

c  Upper  time-train  ring,  Tobin  bronze. 
cf  Washer  for  time-train  ring,  graduated,  felt  cloth. 
d  Time-train  ring,  graduated,  Tobin  bronze. 
#  Washer  for  body,  felt  cloth. 
<P  Rotating  pin,  brass. 
€  Concussion  plunger. 
?.'  Concussion-resistance  ring,  brass. 
/  Firing  pin. 

g  Vent  leading  to  upper  time  train. 
h  Compressed  powder  pellet. 
i  Upper  time  train,  compressed  powder. 

j  Compressed  powder  pellet,  in  vent  leading  to  lower  time  train. 
y  Compressed  powder  pellet  in  lower  time-train  vent. 
k  Lower  time  train,  compressed  powder. 
I  Braes  disk,  crimped  in  place. 
m  Compressed  powder  pellet  in  vent  o. 
o  Vent  leading  to  magazine. 
p  Powder  magazine. 
q  Percussion  plunger. 
r  Percussion  primer. 

s  Vents  leading  from  percussion  primer  to  magazine. 
u  Bottom  closing  screw,  brass. 
o  Washer  for  closing  screw,  muslin. 
w  Washer  for  closing  screw,  brass. 


24 

The  body  a  of  this  fuze  is  machined  from  a  bronze  forging.  The 
time-train  rings  c  and  d  are  turned  from  hard-rolled  rods  of  Tobin 
bronze.  An  annular  groove  in  the  shape  of  a  horseshoe  is  milled 
in  the  lower  face  of  each  of  the  time-train  rings.  Meal  powder  is 
compressed  into  these  grooves  under  a  pressure  of  51,000  pounds 
per  square  inch,  forming  a  time  train. 

The  time  element  of  this  fuze  is  composed  principally  of  the  fol- 
lowing parts:  The  time  or  concussion  plunger  e,  the  concussion  resist- 
ance ring  e',  the  firing  pin/,  the  vent  g  leading  to  the  upper  time 
train,  the  compressed  powder  pellet  Ji,  the  upper  time  train  i,  the  vent 
y,  the  lower  time  train  Ic,  the  compressed  powder  pellet  ra  in  the  vent  o 
leading  to  the  powder  magazine  p. 

The  plunger  e  is  cylindrical  in  shape,  and  contains  the  percussion 
composition  in  a  recess  at  its  base.  The  weight  of  the  plunger  rests 
upon  the  concussion-resistance  ring  e',  which  keeps  the  primer  from 
contact  with  the  firing  pin.  At  discharge  of  the  gun  the  resistance 
of  the  ring  is  overcome  and  the  primer  is  exploded  by  contact  with 
the  firing  pin. 

As  stated  above,  the  annular  grooves  into  which  the  meal  powder 
of  the  time  train  is  pressed  are  in  the  shape  of  a  horseshoe,  a  solid 
portion  being  left  between  the  ends  of  the  groove  in  each  ring  or  disk. 

The  upper  time-train  ring  c  is  prevented  from  rotating  by  pins 
which  are  halved  into  the  fuze  body  and  the  inner  circumference  of 
the  ring. 

The  vent  g  is  drilled  through  the  walls  of  the  concussion-plunger 
chamber,  and  is  exactly  opposite  a  hole  in  the  inner  surface  of  the 
upper  time  train  leading  to  the  end  of  the  train  from  which  the 
direction  of  burning  is  anticlockwise. 

The  hole  j  is  drilled  through  the  upper  face  of  the  lower  time-train 
ring  d  to  the  end  of  the  lower  time-train  groove,  from  which  the  direc- 
tion of  burning  is  clockwise.  The  lower  time-train  ring  is  movable, 
and  is  graduated  on  its  outer  edge  in  a  clockwise  direction  from  0  to  31 ; 
these  divisions  are  subdivided  into  5  equal  parts.  A  radial  pin  &  is 
provided  in  the  lower  ring  for  engagement  with  a  notch  in  the  fuze 
setter  for  setting  the  fuze.  A  line  on  the  lower  flange  of  the  fuze 
stock  is  the  datum  line  for  fuze  settings. 

The  vent  o  is  drilled  through  the  flange  of  the  fuze  stock  to  the 
powder  magazine  p,  and  leads  to  the  same  end  of  the  lower  time  train 
as  the  vent  j — that  end  from  which  the  direction  of  burning  is  clock- 
wise— when  the  fuze  is  at  its  "zero"  setting. 

The  action  of  the  fuze  as  a  time  fuze  is  as  follows : 

Assume,  first,  the  "zero"  setting  as  shown  on  the  figure.  At 
discharge  of  the  gun  the  concussion  plunger  arms  and  fires  its  primer. 
The  flame  from  the  primer  passes  out  through  the  vent  g,  igniting 
the  pellet  7i,  the  end  of  the  upper  tune  train  i,  down  through  the 


vent  j,  to  the  end  of  the  lower  time  train  Jc,  and  thence  through  the 
vent  o  to  the  magazine  p,  the  flame  from  which  is  transmitted  to  the 
base  charge  in  the  shrapnel.  It  will  bo  seen  that  for  the  "zero" 
setting  of  the  fuze  the  origin  of  both  upper  and  lower  time  trains  are 
in  juxtaposition.  Assume  any  other  setting,  say,  12  seconds:  The 
vent  j  has  now  changed  its  position  with  respect  to  the  vent  h,  leading 
to  the  beginning  of  the  upper  time  train  and  the  vent  o,  leading  to 
the  powder  magazine  p,  both  of  which  points  are  fixed  by  the  angle 
subtended  between  the  0  and  the  12  settings.  The  flame  now  passes 
out  through  vent.</  and  burns  along  the  upper  time  train  in  an  anti- 
clockwise direction  until  the  vent  j  is  reached,  where  it  passes  down 
to  the  beginning  of  the  lower  time  train  and  burns  back  in  a  clockwise 
direction  to  the  position  of  the  vent  o,  whence  it  is  transmitted  by 
the  pellet  of  compressed  powder  m  to  the  powder  magazine  p. 

For  the  31  setting  the  vent  j,  leading  to  the  beginning  of  the  lower 
time  train,  is  opposite  the  end  of  the  upper  time  train  and  the  end  of 
the  lower  time  train  is  opposite  the  vent  o,  leading  to  the  powder 
magazine.  It  will  now  be  seen  that  to  reach  the  magazine  p  and 
burst  the  shrapnel  the  entire  length  of  the  time  train  in  both  rings 
must  be  burned. 

As  already  stated,  the  annular  grooves  in  the  lower  face  of  each 
ring  for  the  powder  trains  do  not  form  complete  circles,  a  solid  portion 
being  left  between  the  ends  of  the  grooves  in  each.  This  solid  por- 
tion is  utilized  to  obtain  a  setting  at  which  the  fuze  can  not  be 
exploded,  known  as  the  "safety  point." 

This  point  is  marked  by  a  line  on  the  outer  edge  of  the  movable 
time  train,  surmounted  by  an  "S,"  and  is  located  about  halfway 
between  the  zero  mark  and  the  31-setting  graduation.  When  this 
point  is  brought  opposite  the  line  on  the  lower  flange  of  the  fuze 
body  the  vent  j  is  covered  by  the  solid  metal  between  the  ends  of  the 
upper  train,  and  the  vent  o,  leading  to  the  powder  magazine  p,  is 
covered  by  the  solid  metal  between  the  ends  of  the  lower  or  movable 
time  train. 

At  the  safety  setting  it  will  be  seen  that  the  upper  train  may  burn 
entirely  out  in  case  of  accidental  firing  of  the  time  plunger,  or  in  case 
it  may  be  desired  to  burst  the  shrapnel  by  impact  or  percussion, 
without  the  flame  being  able  to  reach  the  magazine  p. 

The  cloth  washers  cf  and  d'  are  glued  to  the  upper  face  of  the  time 
train  ring  and  to  the  upper  face  of  the  flange  on  the  fuze  stock. 
These  surfaces  are  corrugated,  as  shown,  to  make  the  washers  adhere 
more  strongly.  The  function  of  the  washers  is  to  make  a  gas  check 
and  prevent  premature  action  of  the  fuzes. 

The  compressed  pellet  ?'  in  the  vent  leading  from  the  outside  to 
the  beginning  of  the  lower  time  train  is  to  release  the  pressure  of  the 
gases  due  to  the  burning  train.  The  gases  from  both  time  trains 


26 


escape  into  the  outer  air  through  the  annular  spaces  shown  in  the 
illustration  and  the  vents  I'  in  the  closing  cap. 

The  percussion  element  of  this  fuze,  as  shown  in  the  plate,  consists 
of  a  centrifugal  percussion  plunger  q  and  an  ordinary  percussion 
primer  r. 

The  system  of  vents  through  the  walls  of  the  fuze  shown  in  figure  3 
conduct  the  flame  from  the  percussion  primer  to  the  magazine  p. 

The  bottom  closing  screw  closes  the  percussion  plunger  recess  and 
keeps  the  powder  in  the  magazine.  The  muslin  washer  v  is  coated 
with  shellac  and  held  in  place  by  the  brass  washer  w,  over  the  outer 
edge  of  which  a  projecting  lip  is  crimped. 

These  fuzes  are  issued  assembled  in  shrapnel.  For  transportation 
in  limbers  and  caissons  the  fuze  should  always  be  set  at  the  safety 
point. 

The  fuze  is  provided  with  a  waterproof  hood  of  thin  brass,  her- 
metically sealed.  The  hood  should  be  stripped  off  before  an  attempt 
is  made  to  set  the  fuze. 

CAUTION:  Whenever  a  round  of  shrapnel  ammunition  has  been 
withdrawn  and  the  safety  wire  b2  removed  from  the  point  of  the 
fuze  it  should  never  be  replaced  in  the  ammunition  chest  until  the 
safety  wire  has  been  reassembled  in  the  point  of  the  fuze  in  order  to 
lock  the  concussion  plunger  in  place. 

HAND-FUZE   SETTER,   MODEL  OF  1913. 

(Plate  IV.). 

DESCRIPTION. 

1.  The  hand-fuze  setter  is  a  device  for  rapid  and  accurate  setting 
of  the  time  burning  of  the  fuze  for  various  ranges  and  heights  of 
burst. 

2.  For  the  list  of  nomenclature  see  page  29.     Plate  IV  shows 
assembled  and  sectional  views  and  designation  of  parts. 

3.  The  hand-fuze  setter  provided  for  the  6-inch  howitzer  consists 
principally  of  an  aluminum  case  (1)  having  a  serrated  rim  forming 
a  handle  for  turning;  a  range  ring  (12)  mounted  on  the  range  ring 
carrier  (23),  which  is  operated  by  the  knob  (10)  on  the  worm  (16); 
a  corrector  scale  (20),  mounted  on  the  corrector  scale  support  (22), 
is  operated  by  the  knob  (10)  on  the  worm  (16)  and  a  guide  plate 
(21)  which  rests  on  the  projectile. 

4.  A  slot  is  cut  in  the  range-ring  carrier  (23)  which  engages  with 
the  pin  on  the  graduated  tune-train  ring  of  the  fuze.     A  stop  pin 
(17)  is  attached  to  the  corrector-scale  support  (22)  and  engages  with 
the  stop  pin  of  the  fuze  to  limit  the  motion  of  the  fuze  setter. 

5.  The  worms  (16)  for  the  range  and  correction  scales  are  mounted 
eccentrically  in  the  worm  cases  (11),  which  upon  rotation  provide 


© 


6311—17 3 


27 

an  adjustment  to  accommodate  for  slight  variations  in  manufacture 
and  to  take  up  for  wear  between  the  teeth  of  the  worms  and  worm 
gears. 

6.  The  worm-adjusting  screw  (24)   provided  for  each  worm  (16) 
has  a  fiber  washer  (25)  fitted  in  the  end  which  bears  on  the  flange 
of  the  worm  to  take  up  the  end  motion  and  to  cause  sufficient  fric- 
tion to  resist  accidental  turning. 

7.  Clamp  plugs  (14  and  15)  are  provided  for  locking  the  adjust- 
ing screws  and  worm  cases,  these  plugs  being  held  in  place  by  screws 
(6  and  7). 

8.  The  index  bar  (13),  which  is  attached  to  the  case  by  two  index 
bar  screws  (4),  carries  a  range  index  (26)  which  slides  on  the  bar  and 
registers  the  desired  zone.     The  range  index  is  held  in  position  by 
the  index  plunger  (27)  being  forced  into  the  notches  of  the  index 
bar  by  the  index  spring  (28). 

9.  The  range  ring  (12)  has  three  scales  for  zones  1,  2,  and  3.     The 
scale  for  each  is  graduated  from  0  to  the  range  corresponding  to  the 
maximum  elevation.     The  least  division  is  50  yards.     The  corrector 
scale  (20)  has  42  divisions  numbered  each  2  divisions  to  100,  then  120, 
150,    170,    190,   and  210,  graduation  marked  60  being  the  normal 
position  for  a  suitable  height  of  burst.     The  corrector  scale  is  used 
to  vary  the  height  of  burst  of  shrapnel  and  to  compensate  for  errors 
made  in  determining  the  angle  of  site  and  variations  in  the  rate  of 
burning  of  the  time  train  of  the  fuze. 

OPERATION. 

First.  Set  the  range  index  on  the  index  bar  to  indicate  the  zone 
corresponding  to  the  powder  charge  used. 

Second.  Turn  the  knob  of  the  range  worm  until  the  required 
range  on  range  ring  registers  with  the  index. 

Third.  Turn  the  knob  of  the  corrector  worm  until  the  graduated 
line  on  the  corrector  scale,  which  indicates  the  desired  correction 
for  height  of  burst,  registers  with  the  engraved  arrow  on  the  case. 

It  should  be  remembered  that  60  is  the  normal  position  and  an 
increased  reading  increases  the  height  of  burst  or  shortens  the  range 
to  point  of  burst;  a  decreased  reading  on  the  scales  decreases  the 
height  of  burst  or  increases  the  range  to  point  of  burst. 

To  set  a  fuse,  first  remove  the  waterproof  cap,  withdraw  the  safety 
wire,  place  the  hand-fuse  setter  over  the  fuse  and  turn  until  the  slot 
in  the  range-ring  carrier  engages  with  the  pin  on  the  graduated  time 
train  ring  of  the  fuze.  The  guide  plate  and  the  range-ring  carrier 
will  then  bear  firmly  on  the  projectile.  Then  turn  the  fuze  setter 
clockwise,  as  indicated  by  the  arrow  on  the  top  of  the  case,  until  the 
stop  pin  attached  to  the  corrector-scale  support  engages  with  the 
fixed  stop  pin  on  the  fuze  and  further  motion  is  prevented. 


28 


:,!,, 


The  pointer  which  is  attached  to  the  top  of  the  corrector  scale 
should  register  with  the  graduated  line  on  the  closing  cap  of  the  fuze 
to  indicate  when  the  stop  pin  (17)  of  the  fuze  setter  and  the  fixed 
stop  pin  of  the  fuze  are  in  contact.  This  pointer  was  added  because 
the  graduated  time  train  ring  of  the  fuze  may  have  a  tendency  to 
stick  or  bind  to  such  an.  extent  as  to  lead  the  operator  to  believe 
that  the  stop  pin  of  the  fuze  setter  and  the  fixed  stop  pin  of  the 
fuze  are  in  contact  and  thus  give  a  false  setting. 

Cards  for  recording  the  results  of  tests  of  the  fuze  setters  are  fur- 
nished by  the  Ordnance  Department,  on  which  calculated  problems 
are  given  for  inspection,  as  indicated  below. 

Hand-fuze  setter  for  81 -second  combination  fuze . 
[Calculated  fuze  settings  for  6-inch  howitzer.] 


Range 
ring. 

Corrector 
scale. 

Calculated  settings. 

Zonel. 

Zone  2. 

Zone  3. 

0 
1.000 
2,000 
3.500 
5.500 
£  500 

60 
10 
90 
60 
60 
60 

0 
8.9 
18.26 

0 
7.04 
8.65 
23.5 

0 
6.08 
5.94 
13.56 
23.47 
31.18 

To  check  the  fuze  setter,  set  the  range  ring  and  corrector  scale  to 
the  readings  given.  Set  the  fuze  with  the  fuze  setter  and  compare 
the  setting  of  the  fuze  with  the  result  in  the  table.  Use  shrapnel 
and  not  a  drill  cartridge  in  making  this  test.  When  the  range  index 
registers  with  0  on  the  range  ring  and  the  corrector  scale  is  set  at  60, 
the  fuze  will  be  set  at  0  and  will  explode  immediately  on  leaving  the 
howitzer.  When  setting  a  fuze  to  explode  on  impact  or  for  safe 
transportation,  set  the  range  index  at  S  and  the  corrector  scale  at  60. 
Great  care  should  be  exercised  in  making  this  setting  and  to  replace 
the  safety  wires  before  transporting. 

DISASSEMBLING    AND    ASSEMBLING. 

To  disassemble  remove  the  index  bar  (13),  which  is  held  in  place 
by  two  index  bar  screws  (4) .  Take  out  the  four  range-ring  screws  (3) 
and  the  two  corrector-scale  screws  (2),  then  remove  the  range  ring 
(12)  and  corrector  scale  (20).  Remove  the  six  guide-plate  screws  (9) 
and  guide  plate  (21). 

To  remove  the  worm  knobs  (10)  from  the  worms  (16)  drive  out  the 
taper  pins.  Loosen  the  two  worm-adjusting  clamp  screws  (7),  which 
release  the  adjusting  screw  clamp  plugs  (14  and  18),  then  remove  the 
two  adjusting  screws  (24) ;  the  two  worms  (16)  can  then  be  removed 
by  turning.  The  corrector  scale  support  (22)  and  range  ring  carrier 
(23)  can  then  be  removed. 


29 


To  remove  the  two  worm  cases  (11)  loosen  the  two  worm-case 
clamp  screws  (6),  which  releases  the  clamp  p!ugs  (15  and  19)  and 
allows  withdrawal.  Assemble  in  reverse  order. 

ADJUSTMENT. 

Backlash  or  lost  motion  may  appear  between  the  collars  of  the 
worms  (16)  and  the  fiber  washers  (25),  between  the  worm  teeth  of 
range-ring  carrier  (23)  and  the  threads  of  the  worm  (16),  and  between 
the  worm  teeth  of  the  corrector-scale  support  (22)  and  the  threads 
of  the  worm  (16). 

To  remove  backlash  that  appears  endwise,  loosen  the  worm- 
adjusting-screw  clamp  screws  (7),  which  releases  the  worm-adjusting- 
screw  clamp  plug  (right)  (14)  or  the  worm-adjusting-screw  clamp 
plug  (left)  (18);  then  turn  the  worm-adjusting  screws  (24)  clockwise 
with  a  screw  driver  until  end  play  is  removed  and  there  is  sufficient 
friction  to  prevent  accidental  rotation  of  the  worms  (16).  Should 
backlash  appear  between  the  worm  teeth  of  the  range-ring  carrier 
(23)  and  the  threads  of  the  worm  (16)  or  between  the  woim  teeth 
of  the  corrector-scale  support  (22)  and  the  threads  of  the  worm  (16), 
it  can  easily  be  removed  by  loosening  the  worm-case  clamp  screws 
(6),  which  release  the  worm-case  clamp  plug  (right)  (15)  or  the 
worm-case  clamp  plug  (left)  (19),  and  then  turning  the  worm  case 
(11)  with  a  screw  driver  in  which  the  worm  (16)  is  eccentrically 
mounted  in  order  to  bring  the  worm  (16)  closer  in  contact  with  the 
worm  teeth.  The  worm-adjusting-screw  clamp  plug  (right)  (14), 
worm-case  clamp  plug  (right)  (15),  worm-adjusting-screw  clamp 
plug  (left)  (18),  or  worm-case  clamp  plug  (left)  (19)  must  be  firmly 
clamped  by  tightening  up  on  their  respective  screws  after  adjust- 
ment in  order  to  secure  the  worm-adjusting  screws  (24)  or  worm 
cases  (11)  against  rotation. 

Nomenclature. 


Illus- 
tration 
No. 

Piece 
mark. 

Name  of  piece. 

Illus- 
tration 
No. 

Piece 
mark. 

Name  of  piece. 

1 
2 

55A 
55C 

Case. 
Corrector-scale  screw. 

15 
16 

54  F 
54G 

Worm-case  clamp  plug  (right). 
Worm. 

» 

55C 

Range-ring  screw. 

17 

54  H 

Stop  pin. 

4 
5 
6 

7 

55D 
55E 
55F 
55F 

Index-bar  screw. 
Oil-hole  screw. 
Worm-case  clamp  screw. 
Worm-adj  usting  -screw  clamp 

18 

19 
20 

54J 

54K 
54EA 

Worm-adjusting-screw  clamp 
plug  (left). 
Worm-case  clamp  plug  (left). 
Corrector  scale. 

8 
9 

55G 
55H 

screw. 
Stop-pin  screw. 
Guide-plate  screw. 

21 
22 
23 

54  LA 
54N 
54  P 

Guide  plate. 
Corrector-scale  support. 
Range-ring  carrier. 

10 

54  A 

Worm  knob. 

24 

58N 

Worm-adjusting  screw. 

11 

54  B 

Worm  case. 

25 

58P 

Washer. 

12 

54V 

Range  ring. 

26 

59C 

Range  index. 

13 

54D 

Index  bar. 

27 

59D 

Index  plunger. 

14 

54  E 

Worm-adj  usting  -  s  c  r  e  w  clamp 

28 

59F 

Index  spring. 

plug  (right). 

30 

The  nomenclature  given   above   should   be  used   when    ordering 
spare  parts. 

MARKING   ON    AMMUNITION    PACKING    BOXES. 

Both  ends  and  sides  of  the  box  are  marked  with  conspicuoi 
characters  to  facilitate  the  rapid  identification  of  the  ammunitioi 
contained   therein.     The  conspicuous  maiking  consists  of  the  fol- 
lowing symbols: 


The  flaming  bomb  is  always  in  red  for  mobile  artillery  am] 
nition.  The  numeral  "6"  refers  to  the  caliber,  and  the  letter  " 
differentiates  ammunition  for  guns  and  howitzers.  The  numeral 
"6"  and  the  letter  UH"  are  in  red  for  high-explosive  shrapnel  and 
in  black  for  common  steel  shell. 

The  star  when  present  in  the  conspicuous  marking  indicates  that 
the  projectiles  are  provided  with  tracers.  A  red  star  indicates  a 
night  tracer  and  a  black  star  a  day  tracer. 

In  addition  to  the  conspicuous  marking,  the  quantity  and  type  of 
ammunition  are  indicated  without  symbols  by  the  marking:  "4  fixed 
common  shrapnel/7  etc.,  so  that  in  case  one  is  not  familiar  with  the 
conspicuous  marking  system  he  can  immediately  ascertain  the  key 
by  this  additional  marking.  Similarly,  the  word  " Tracer"  is  added 
in  amplification  of  the  star  symbol. 

Also  on  both  ends  of  the  box  the  "Lot"  followed  by  a  number 
appears.  This  refers  to  the  ammunition  lot,  and  in  case  of  any 
trouble  arising  with  regard  to  the  functioning  of  the  ammunition, 
this  lot  number  should  be  quoted  in  the  report. 

On  the  sides  of  the  box  similar  markings  are  found  accompanied 
by  a  pictorial  stenciled  symbol  indicating  the  type  of  projectile,  the 
tracers,  and  the  fact  that  the  ammunition  is  fixed. 

For  blank  ammunition  when  packed  assembled,  the  numeral  "6" 
and  the  letter  "H"  are  in  blue. 

SUBCALIBER    GUN. 

A  1.457-inch  subcaliber  gun  is  being  developed  for  this  howitzer. 
The  projectile  is  to  contain  a  bursting  charge  and  fuze,  so  that  the 
points  of  impact  may  be  readily  observed.  The  projectile  weighs  1.7 
pounds  and  contains  a  smoke-producing  compound. 

MISFIRES    AND    HANGFIRES. 

Misfires  and  hangfires  are  of  rare  occurrence.  In  case  of  the  failure 
of  a  cartridge  to  fire  when  the  trigger  is  pulled,  the  pull  should  be 
repeated  without  opening  the  breech.  The  breechblock  should  not 
be  opened  until  after  the  expiration  of  at  least  one  minute  from  the 
time  that  the  trigger  is  last  pulled. 


31 


Lack  of  complete  rotation  of  the  breechblock  is  the  most  usual 
cause  of  misfires,  although  occasionally  due  to  defective  primers  or 
to  a  weakened  firing  spring. 

DRILL,  PROJECTILE,   MODEL  OF  1913. 

(Plate  V.) 

The  drill  projectile  is  a  dummy  projectile  of  the  size  and  approxi- 
mate weight  of  the  service  ammunition,  and  is  used  for  drilling  can- 
noneers in  the  use  of  the  howitzer.  It  consists  principally  of  the 
base  (1),  band  (2),  body  (5),  head  (6),  and  a  service  31-second  combi- 
nation fuse  (8). 

The  band  (2)  is  seated  on  the  beveled  surface  of  the  base  (1)  and 
held  in  position  by  four  plungers  (3)  and  four  springs  (4).  The  base 
(1)  is  screwed  into  its  threaded  seat  afforded  in  the  rear  end  of  the  body 
(5).  The  interior  surface  of  the  base  (1)  is  so  shaped  that  the  hook 
of  the  hand  extractor  (14)  can  be  brought  into  use  for  extracting  the 
drill  projectile  from  the  howitzer  when  drilling  cannoneers. 

The  head  (6)  is  seated  upon  the  front  end  of  the  projectile  and 
secured  to  the  body  (5)  by  a  0.5  by  1.75  standard  countersunk  head 
bronze  screw  (7).  The  service  31-second  combination  fuze  (8),  which 
contains  no  time  trains,  percussion  and  concussion  elements,  is 
screwed  into  the  front  end  of  the  body  (5)  and  secured  in  place  by  a 
0.28  by  0.25  bronze  shoe  (9)  and  0.375  by  0.56  headless  steel  screw 
(10).  The  fixed  stop  pin  (11),  of  a  special  design,  used  in  the  fuse 
body  instead  of  the  present  fixed  stop  pin  on  the  service  fuze,  is 
secured  to  the  body  (5)  by  a  0.099  by  0.437  standard  filister  head  steel 
screw  (12). 

The  closing  cap  wrench  (13)  is  provided  for  assembling  and  disas- 
sembling the  closing  cap  from  the  point  of  the  fuze. 

The  following  spare  parts  are  issued  to  each  battery:  8  fixed  stop 
pins  with  screws,  8  rotating  pins  with  pins  and  1  graduated  time  train 
ring. 

The  hand  extractor  (14)  and  closing  cap  wrench  (13)  are  issued  as 
tools  and  accessories. 

Nomenclature. 


Illus- 
tration 
No. 

Piece 
mark. 

Name  of  piece. 

Illus- 
tration 
No. 

Piece 
mark. 

Name  of  piece. 

1 

ID 

Base. 

8 

31-second  combination  fuze. 

2 

1A 

Band. 

9 

0.28  by  0.25  bron  e  shoe. 

3 

5F 

Plunger. 

10 

0.375  by  0.56  headless  steel  screw. 

4 
5 

5G 
1H 

Spring. 
Body. 

11 
12 

5D 

Fixed  stop  pin. 
0.099   by   0.437  standard   mister 

6 

IB 

Head. 

head  steel  screw. 

7 

0.5  by  1.75  standard  countersunk 
head  bronze  screw. 

13 
14 

5E 
5A 

Closing  cap  wrench. 
Hand  extractor. 

The  nomenclature  given  above  should  be  used  when  ordering  spare 
parts. 


32 


6-inch  howitzer,  range  table. 

SHELL  AND  SHRAPNEL. 
[Zone  3,  M.  V.  900  feet  per  second.] 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

> 

^ 

0 

0 

| 

°i 

6 

I 

„!, 

T3 

-1 

<  . 

<  . 

1. 

I* 

ft 

tub 

J>l 

1 

i 

° 

d 

°!r3 

-H.2 

"^^ 

Pw 

^HS 

'S 

3 

a  <n 

e* 

3 

• 

a  ® 

^ 

HI'S 

•sj 

«2  ^ 

fed 

•8 

1 

l§ 

<M 

O 

l'~ 

I1 

"3 

"o 

& 

£ 

x"! 

X* 

x^ 

X*o 

§ 

ii 

fj 

_<» 

1 

| 

.S 

§ 

J 

i 

3 

< 

< 

< 

1 

I 

s 

1 

_o 
55 

EH 

1 

I 

"a 

Yds 

0            1 

Yds. 

Yds 

Yds. 

Yds. 

Sees. 

Divs. 

Mils. 

Mils. 

0           / 

1  on  —  • 

F.  s.    Ft. 

100 

1    13 

4.8 

1.9 

0.1 

0.4 

0.33 

0.3 

0.34 

0.02 

22 

171.9;     896          3 

3.32 

1,004 

200 

1    34 

4.8 

3.8 

.2 

.8 

.66 

.6       .67 

.04 

43 

85.9 

8911          6 

3.31 

1.008 

300 

1    55 

4.8 

5.7 

.3 

1.2 

.99 

.9     1.  00     .07 

1      4 

56.4 

887 

9 

3.29 

1.012 

400 

2    16 

4.7 

7.6 

.4 

1.6 

1.32 

1.2     1.33     .09    1    25 

41.9 

883 

13 

3.28 

1.016 

500 

2    37 

4.7 

9.5 

.5 

2.1 

1.66 

1.  6     1.  66     .  11 

1    46 

33.  4 

879 

17 

3.27 

1.020 

600 

2    58 

4.7 

11.5 

.6 

2.6 

2.00 

2.  O1     1.  99     .  13 

2      7     27.  5 

874 

21 

3.26 

1.023 

700 

3    19 

4.6 

13.4 

.8 

3.2 

2.34 

2.  4     2.  32!     .  16 

2    28     23.4 

870         26 

3.25 

1.026 

800 

3    41 

4.6 

15.3 

1.0 

3.8 

2.68 

2.  8     2.  66     .  18 

2    50     20.  3 

866         32 

3.24 

1.029 

900 

4      3 

4.6 

17.2 

1.2 

4.4 

3.02 

3,  2     3.  00     .  20 

3     12!     17.  9 

862         39 

3.23 

1.  032 

,000 

4    25 

4.  5     19.  1 

1.4 

5.0 

3  37 

3.  6     3.  34     .  22 

3    34     16.  0 

857        47 

3.  22  1.  035 

,100 

4    47 

4.5     21.0 

1.  6 

5.6 

3.72 

4.  0     3.  68!     •  25 

3    56     14.4 

853|        56 

3.  21  1,038 

,200 

5      9 

4.  5     22.  9 

1.  8 

6.2 

4.07 

4.  4     4.  03     .  28 

4    18     13.1 

849 

66 

3.20!  1,040 

300 

5    31 

4.  4j    24.  8 

2!o 

6.9 

4.43 

4.  8     4.  38;    .  31 

4    40 

12.0 

845 

78 

3.2011,042 

,400 

5    54 

4.  4     26.  7 

2.3 

7.6 

4.79 

5.  2     4.  73 

.33 

5      3 

11.1 

841 

91 

3.201,043 

,500 

6    17 

4.  4     28.  6 

2.  6 

8.4 

5.15 

5.  6     5.  09 

.35 

5    26 

10.2 

&7 

105 

3.191,044 

600 

6    40 

4.3J    30.6 

o  q 

9.3 

5.52 

5.  9     5.  45 

.38 

5    49 

9.5 

833 

120 

3.191,045 

,700 

7      3 

4.3 

32.5 

3.2 

10.2 

5.88 

6.  3     5.  81 

.41 

6    12 

8.9 

829       137 

3.191,046 

,800 

7    26 

4.3 

34.4 

3.6 

11.1 

6.26 

6.7     6.18 

.44 

6    35 

8.3 

825 

155 

3.191,046 

1,900 

7    50 

4.  2     36.  3 

4.0 

12.1 

6.63 

7.1     6.55 

.46 

6    59 

7.8 

821 

174 

3.191,046 

2,000 

8    14 

4.  2     38.  2 

4.4 

13.1 

7.01 

7.  4     6.  92     .  49 

7    23 

7.4 

817 

194 

3.191,046 

2,100 

8    38 

4.1     40.1 

4  9 

14.1 

7.34 

7.  8     7.  30     .  52 

7    47 

6.9 

814 

215 

3.191,045 

2,200 

9      2 

4.  1     42.  0 

5^5 

15.2 

7.77 

8.2;     7.68     .55 

8    11 

6.6 

811 

236 

3.191.044 

2,300 

9    27 

4.  0     43.  9 

6.1 

16.3 

8.16 

8.  6     8.  06 

.58 

8    36 

6.2 

808 

262 

3.20 

1.042 

2,400 

9    52 

4.0 

45.8 

6.7 

17.5 

8.55 

9.0     8.45 

.61 

9      1 

5.9     804 

287 

3.20 

1,040 

2,500 

10    17 

4.  0     47.  7 

7.4 

18.7 

8.94 

9.  4     8.  84 

.64 

9    26 

5.6 

801 

313 

3.21 

1,038 

2,600 

10    42 

3.  9     49.  5 

8.1 

20.0 

9.34 

9.  8     9.  24 

.67 

9    51 

5.4 

798 

341 

3.22 

1.  035 

2,700 

11      8 

3.  9     51.  4 

8.8 

21.  3     9.  74 

10.2;     9.64 

.70 

10    17 

5.1 

795 

371 

3.23 

1,032 

2,800 

11    34 

3.  8     53.  2 

9.5!    22.  7i  10.14 

10.6   10.05 

.7410    43 

4.9 

792       403 

3.24 

1,029 

2,900 

12      0 

3.  8     55.  0 

10.2 

24.1    10.54 

11.0   10.46|     .77 

11      9 

4.7 

789       437 

3.25 

1,026 

3,000 

12    26 

3.  8     56.  8 

25.61  10.95 

11.4    10.87;     .8011    35 

4.5 

786       473 

3.26 

1,023 

3,100 

12    53 

3.  7     58.  6 

11.9 

27.1    11.36 

11.8   11.29     .83 

12      2 

4.3 

783       510 

3.27 

1.019 

3,200 

13    20 

3.  71     60.  4 

12.8 

28.71  11.77 

12.3,  11.71     .86 

12    29 

4.1 

781       549 

3.28 

1.015 

3,300 

13    47 

3.  6     62.  2 

13.8 

30.3    12.19 

12.7   12.  12     .9012    56|      3.9 

779!      590 

3.29 

1.011 

3,400 

14    15 

3.  6     63.  9 

14.8 

31.9    12.61 

13.1    12.56     .94 

13    24 

3.8 

77!      633 

3.30 

1.007 

3,500 

14    43 

3.  5     65.  6 

15.8 

33.5   13.03 

13.6    12.99     .9813    52 

3.6 

74  '      678 

3.321.002 

3,600 

15    11 

3.  5     67.  3 

16.8 

35.2!  13.46 

14.0   13.43 

.01 

14    20 

3.5 

72       725 

3.341  .997 

3,700 

15    40 

3.  4     69.  0 

17.8 

36.9)  13.88 

14.4    13.87     .04 

14    49 

3.4 

70       774 

3.361  .992 

3,800   16      9 

3.4     70.6   18.9 

38.6   14.32 

14.9!  14.32     .0815    18 

3.3 

68!      825 

3.38 

.987 

3,900   16    38 

3.4     72.2   20.0 

40.  3l  14.75 

15.3    14.78     .12 

15    47       3.1 

66!       879 

3.40 

.982 

4,000!  17      8 

3.  3     73.  8 

21.1 

42.1    15.19 

15.8   15.25     .1516    17|      3.0 

1      64|      935 

3.41 

.977 

4,100 

17    38 

3.3     75.4 

22.3 

43.91  15.64 

16.2,  15.73,     .19 

16    47       2.9 

62,      993 

3.43 

.972 

4,200 

18      9 

3.2     77.0 

45.8   16.09 

16.7    16.22     .23 

17    18       2.8 

60   1,053 

3.45 

.967 

4,300 

18    40 

3.  2     78.  6 

247|    47.7 

16.54 

17.  li  16.72     .27 

17    49       2.7 

50    i;il.5 

3.47 

.962 

4,400 

19    12 

3.1     80.1 

26.0 

49.7   17.00 

17.6   17.23      .31 

18    21       2.7 

58   1,179 

3.48 

.957 

4,500 

19    44 

3.  1      81.  7 

27.3 

51.7   17.46 

18.0   17.75     .35 

18    53       2.6 

57      .  245 

3.50 

.952 

4.600 

20    17 

3.  0!     83.  3 

28.6     53.8   17.93 

18.5    18.28     .3919    26 

2.  5     755!     .  313 

3.52 

.947 

4,700 

20    50 

3.0]     84.9 

30.0 

55.9   18.41 

19.0    18.82   1.44 

19    59 

2.4 

754'      3^ 

3.  54 

.941 

4,800 

21    24 

2.  9     86.  4 

31.4 

58.1    18.90 

19.6    19.36   1.4920    33 

2.3 

753]     ,455 

3.57 

.935 

4,900 

21    59 

2.  8     88.  0 

33.0 

60.3    19.40 

20.1    19.91    1.54 

21      8 

2.3 

752      ,  530 

3.59 

.929 

5,000 

22    35     2.71     89.5 

34.6 

62.6   19.91 

20.6   20.47    1.5921    44 

2.2:     751!     ',608 

3.61 

.923 

5.100 

23    12     2.  7     91.  Oi  36.  3 

64.9   20.42     21.1 

21.04    1.64 

22    21 

2.1 

750     ,  689 

3.  63 

.917 

5,200 

23    50     2.6     92.6   38.1 

67.3 

20.94 

21.7 

21.62   1.69 

22    59 

2.1 

749      .773 

3.65 

.911 

5,300 

24    29     2.5     94.1   40.0 

69.7 

21.47 

22.3 

22.2l!  1.7423    38 

2.0     748   1^861 

3.68 

.906 

5,400 

25      9j     2.5J    95.6   42.0 

72.2 

22.01 

22.9 

22.82    1.79 

24    18 

1.9 

747    1,953 

3.70 

.901 

5,500 

25    50     2.41    97.1   44.1 

74.8 

22.56 

23.5   23.45    1.85 

24    59 

1.8 

1     746   2,049 

3.72 

.896 

5,600 

26    32     2.4 

98.6   46.3 

77.5 

23.13 

24.21  24.10   1.9125    41 

745   2,150   3.74 

.892 

5,700 
5,800 

27    15;     2.3 
28      0     2.  2 

100.  Oi  48.  7j     80.  3 
101.4   51.31     8^.2 

23.72J     24.9]  24.78   1.9726    24 
24.34)     25.6!  25.49   2.0427      9 

1.8     744;  2:257   3.75 
1.7     743<  2,372   3.76 

.889 
.887 

5,900 

28    47!     2.1 

102.8   54.2 

i     86.2 

24.  99     26.  4 

26.  24   2.  12 

27    56 

1.6 

:     743   2,498 

3.76   .886 

6,000   29    37     1.9 

104.2   57.4 

i     89.4 

25.  68;     27.  1 

27.03    2.  20 

28    46 

1.6 

742   2,6^8 

3.  76\  .  886  i 

6,  100  30    31      1.  8 

105.5   60.8 

92.9 

26.  42;     27.  9!  27.  88   2.  29 

29    40 

741    2,795 

'  3.  76 

.886  ! 

6,200!  31    30     1.6 

106.8   64.  £ 

96.7 

27.22!     28.7   28.80   2.3930    39 

l.l 

740   2,972   3.75 

.889 

6,300   32    36     1.4 

108.0   69.1 

!  100.8 

28.09!     29.5   29.82   2.5(1 

31    45 

1.4 

740   3.172 

3.72 

.895 

6,400   33    52     1.2 

109.31  73.  c 

105.3 

29.  05     30.  4 

30.  99    2.  63  33   .   1 

1.3     739   3^399   3.69 

.904 

6,500!  35    22 

.8 

110.51  79.2 

i  110.4 

30.  14     31.  2 

32.40   2.79 

34    31 

1.2 

;     739   3,661 

!  3.64 

.916 

6,600i  37    IS 

.7 

111.8   85.  { 

i  115.9   31.471  

34.20  3.0C 

36    24 

1.1 

738  3.974 

1  3.57 

.935 

6,700|  39    5C 

.4 

112.4!  89.  f 

»    118.9;  33.27  

36.64!  3.30!38    59 

1.0     738   4'  464   3.45 

.967 

6,704   40      C 

.4 

112.4   89.  S 

i|  119.1   33.37  

36.81   3.33:39      9 

l.O!     738   4,478  3.44 

1          1            1 

.969 

33 


6-inch  howitzer,  range  table — Continued. 

SHELL  AND  SHRAPNEL— Continued. 

[Zone  2,  M.  V.  629  feet  per  second.] 


1 

-2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

1 

"3 

d 

0 

0 

ltd 

1 

_^ 

hn 

O     . 

1 

"3 

JL 

t3 

d 

o  I  ., 

. 

-H.2 

-fJL  ] 

^      |0 

.§> 

a 

w 

• 

~ 

a  ® 

cn|«2 

• 

*i 

3| 

Sod 

^s 

•2-H 

1 

11 

"o  3 

*0 

1 

I1 

i 

0 

Sf 

9 

x'® 

vP^" 

x 

X*c5 

® 

S 

€ 

<»  o> 

S 

a 

W 

® 

3 

03 

C 

I 

3 

w*3 

Sr 

o5 

OS 

•a 

| 

M 

<3 

< 

<1 

<l 

EH 

fa 

Q 

°e 

< 

02 

^ 

f 

> 

> 

yss. 

0             1 

Yds. 

Yds. 

Yds. 

Yds. 

Sees. 

Divs. 

Mils. 

Mils. 

0           / 

1  on— 

F.s. 

Ft. 

100 

1    26 

2.4 

3.2 

0.3 

0.1 

0.49 

0.4 

0.65 

0.06 

41 

76.4 

626 

3 

3.31 

1.008 

200 

2      9 

2.3 

6.4 

.6 

.3 

.98 

.8 

1.32 

.10 

1     24 

37.8 

623 

6 

3.28 

1.016 

300 

2    52 

2.3 

9.6 

.9 

.5 

1.47 

1.1 

1.99 

.14 

2      7 

25.3 

620 

11 

3.26 

1.023 

400 

3    35     2.3 

12.8 

1.2 

.  7 

1.96 

1.5 

2.  66      .  19 

92    50 

18.9 

618 

18 

3.241.029 

500 

4     181     2.3 

15.  S 

1.5 

1.0 

2.45 

1.9 

3.241     .24 

3    33 

15.0 

616 

27   3.22|1.034 

600 

5      2 

2.3 

19.  C 

1.8 

1.3 

2.94 

2.4 

4.02      .29 

4     17 

12.4 

613 

38]  3.2111.038 

700 

5    46 

2.2 

22.1 

2.1 

1.6     3.44 

3.0 

4.71 

.34 

5      1 

10.6 

610 

51   3.2011.040 

800 

6    31 

2.2 

25.2 

2.4 

2.0     3.9^' 

3.5 

5.41 

.39 

5    46 

9.2 

608 

66   3.201.042 

900 

7    16 

2.2     28.3 

2.7 

2.4|     4.45 

4.0 

6.12 

.44 

6    31 

8.2 

605 

83   3.201  013 

1,000 

8      2 

2.2     31.4 

3.0 

2.9     4.96 

4.5 

6.84 

.49 

7    17 

7.3 

603 

102   3.201.043 

1 

,100 

8    48 

22     34.5 

3.3 

3.5     5.48 

5.1 

7.57 

.54 

8      3 

6.6 

601 

123   3  201  042 

,200 

9    35 

2.1 

37.6 

3.6 

4.1     6.00 

5.6 

8.31 

.59 

8    50 

6.0 

598 

146   3  20  1  010 

,300 

10    22 

2.1 

40.7 

3.9 

4.81     6.52 

6.2 

9.06 

.64 

9    37 

5.5 

596 

172   3  211.036 

,400 

11    10 

2.1 

43.8 

4.2 

5.5J     7.05 

6.7 

9.82 

.70 

10    25 

5.1 

593 

200   3  23 

1.031 

,500 

11    59 

2.0 

46.9 

4.5 

6.3     7.58 

7.3 

10.59 

.76 

11     14 

4.8 

591 

231   3.25 

1.025 

,600 

12    49 

2.0 

50.0 

4.8 

7.1 

8.11 

7.9 

11.37 

.8212      4 

4.4 

589 

265   3.271.018 

.700 

13    40 

2.0 

53.1 

5.2 

8.0 

8.65 

8.4 

12.16 

.8812    55 

4.1 

586 

301   3.301.010 

,800 

14    32 

1.9|     56.2 

5.6 

8.9 

9.20 

9.0 

12.96 

.9413    47 

3.9 

584 

340  3.331.002 

1.900 

15    25 

1.9     59.3 

6.0 

9.9 

9.75 

9.6 

13.78   1.0014    40!      3.6 

582 

382   3.36    .993 

2,000 

16    19 

1.9 

62.4 

6.4 

10.9 

10.31 

10.1 

14.62 

1.0615    34 

3.4 

580 

427i  3.39 

.984 

2,100 

17    14 

1.8 

65.5 

6.9 

11.9 

10.88 

10.8   15.48     .1216    29 

3.2 

578 

475   3.42 

.975 

2,200 

18    10 

1.8 

68.6 

7.4 

12.9    11.46 

11.5   16.36]     .1917    25 

3.1 

577 

526   3.45 

.965 

2.300 

19      7 

1.7 

71.7 

7.9 

14.0   12.05 

12.2   17.26 

.2618    22 

2.9 

575 

580   3.49 

.955 

2.400 

20      6 

1.7 

74.8 

8.5 

15.1   12.66 

12.9 

18.18 

.3319    21 

2.7 

574 

638   3.53 

.945 

2,500 

21      7 

1.6 

77.9 

9.1 

16.2   13.27 

13.6 

19.13 

.41,20    22 

2.6 

572 

700!  3.57 

.935 

2,600 

22    10 

1.6 

81.0 

9.7 

17.4    13.90 

14.5 

20.  Hi     .4921    25 

2.5 

571 

767   3.60 

.925 

2,700 

23    15 

1.5 

84.0 

10.3 

18.6    14.56 

15.4 

21.13      .5722    30       2.4 

569 

839,  3.64 

.916 

2,800 

24    23 

1.4 

86.9 

11.1 

19.9   15.23 

16.9 

22.19      .6623    38       2.2 

567 

916   3.68 

.907 

2,900 

25    34 

1.4 

89.8 

12.1 

21.2   15.93 

17.2 

23.30      .75|24    49 

2.1 

566 

999   3.71 

.899 

3,000 

26    49 

1.3 

92.5 

13.3 

22.61  16.67 

18.0 

24.47 

.85 

26      4 

2.0 

561 

1,089 

3.74 

.892 

3,100 

28      9 

1.2 

95.1 

14.8 

24.1    17.4 

19.1 

25.72    1.96 

27    24 

1.9 

563 

,189   3.76 

.887 

3,200 
3,300 

29    36 
31     13 

1.1 

1.0 

97.6   16.6 
100.0   18.9 

25.  7j  18.28 
27.  4j  19.21 

20.2!  27.08!  2.0928    51       1.8 
21.3   28.601  2.2430    28       1.6 

561      ,305   3.77 
560      .445   3.75 

.885 
.888 

3,400 

33      6 

.8   102.3 

22.1 

29.2   20.26 

22.4   30.37]  2.41;32    21 

1.5 

559 

,619   3.71 

.898 

3,500 

35    26 

.6 

104.5 

26.8 

31.11  21.51 

23.51  32.56   2.6334    41 

1.4 

558 

,839   3.63 

.917 

3,600 

38    32 

.4 

106.6 

33.7 

33.2   23.22 

24.6   35.50   3.0037    47 

1.2 

557 

2,129   3.50 

.952 

3,  633 

40      0 

.3 

107.4 

36.8     33.9 

24.50 

25.0   36.90   3.30 

39    15 

1.1 

556 

2,310   3.44 

.970 

[Zone  1,  M.  V.  464  feet  per  second.] 


I              I 

I 

1 

100     2      0' 

L3 

'      4.6       .1 

.1 

.66!         -5 

1.26 

.09 

1    20 

45.2 

462 

11 

3.28 

1.015 

200;     3     IS      1.3 

9.2 

.2 

.2 

1.32       1.0 

2.48 

.17 

2    38 

22.6 

461 

23 

3.25 

1.028 

300!     4     37j 

.3 

13.7 

.3 

.3 

1.98       1.5 

3.71 

.26 

3    57 

14.7 

459 

37 

3.22 

1.037 

400     5    57 

.3 

18.1 

.4 

.5 

2.64J      2.0 

4.96 

.35 

5    17 

10.9 

458 

53 

3.20 

1.043 

500     7    18 

.2 

22.5 

.5 

_  7 

3.30;      2.5 

6.23 

.44 

6    38 

8.6 

456 

71 

3.19 

1.046 

1)00     8    40 

.2 

28.9 

.6 

3.96]      3.3 

7.52 

.53 

8      0 

7.1 

455 

91 

3.19 

1.044 

700    10       | 

.2     31.3 

L3 

4.631      4.0 

8.83 

.62 

9    24 

6.0 

453 

113 

3.21 

1.038 

8001  11    30 

.1 

35.7 

g 

1.6 

5.32J      4.8 

10.17 

.71 

10    50 

5.2 

452 

138 

3.24 

1.028 

900   12    58 

.1 

40.0 

l!l|       1.9 

6.03       5.6 

11.54 

.81 

12    18 

4.5 

450 

167 

3.28 

1.016 

1,000   14    28 

.1 

44.2 

1.4 

2.3 

6.76       6.4 

12.95 

.91 

13    48 

4.0 

448 

200 

3.33 

1.002 

1,100   16      1 

.0 

48.3 

1.8 

2.7 

7.51       7.5 

14.40 

.02 

15    21 

3.6 

447 

238 

3.38 

.987 

1,200   17    37 

.0 

52.  4 

2.3 

3.2 

8.29       8.5 

15.90 

.14 

16    57 

3.2 

445 

282 

3.43 

.971 

1,300   19    16 

L.O 

56.5 

2.9 

3.8 

9.10!      9.6 

17.45 

.27 

18    36       2.9 

444 

333 

3.49 

.954 

1,400!  20    59 

.9 

60.5 

3.7 

4.5 

9.94!     10.7 

19.07 

.41 

20    19       2.6 

442 

392 

3.56 

.936 

1,500   22    48! 

.'.) 

64.5 

4.7 

5.4 

10.811     11.8 

20.79 

.5622      8 

2.4 

440 

460 

3.63 

.919 

1,600;  24    46 

.s 

68.4 

5.9 

6.5 

11.72     13.4 

22.65 

.7224       (i       2.1 

439 

540 

3.69 

.903 

1,700   25    57 

.  7 

72.2 

7.4 

7.8 

12.70     15.0   24.70 

1.9026    17 

1.9 

437 

637 

3.74 

.889 

1,800;  29    27 

.(i 

76.0 

9.2 

9.3 

13.77     16.6   27.03 

2.1128    47 

1.7 

436 

756 

3.76 

.885 

1.900J  32    26i 

.5 

79.7 

11.6 

11.1 

14.99     18.2   29.81 

2.3731    46 

1.5 

434 

905 

3.72 

.895 

2,000j  36    11 

.3 

83.4 

14.9 

13.2 

16.48     19.8   33.35 

2.7235    31 

1.3 

433 

1,100 

3.60 

.925 

2,068:  40      0 

.2 

85.7 

17.  S      1!.7 

18.25     20.7   36.97 

3.2239    20 

1.1 

433 

1.300 

3.43 

.972 

! 

1            1 

34 

ALLOWANCE    OF   AMMUNITION. 

Shell  and  shrapnel  ammunition  is  issued  by  the  Ordnance  Depart- 
ment in  moisture-proof,  zinc-lined  wooden  packing  boxes,  one  round 
per  box. 

The  annual  allowance  of  ammunition  for  the  instruction  of  Field 
Artillery  is  prescribed  from  time  to  tune  in  War  Department  orders. 

BLANK   AMMUNITION. 

Blank  metallic  ammunition  consists  of  the  following  components: 
A  brass  cartridge  case,  a  percussion  primer,  a  charge  of  black  powder 
in  a  cloth  bag,  and  a  tight-fitting  felt  wad. 

The  powder  charge  is  contained  in  a  silk  cartridge  cloth  bag;  this 
is  to  prevent  any  powder  from  leaking  out  in  event  of  the  dislodge- 
ment  of  the  wad,  due  to  rough  handling  in  transportation  or  jolting 
in  caissons  and  Umbers. 

THE    CARTRIDGE    CASE. 

The  cartridge  case  for  blank  ammunition  is  identical  with  the  serv- 
ice cartridge  case. 

Cartridge  cases  that  have  become  deformed  in  service  should  ba 
turned  in  to  the  posts  or  arsenals  designated  in  current  orders  for 
resizing  and  re-forming. 

THE    PRIMER. 

The  saluting  primer  (percussion)  is  used  in  the  preparation  of  blank 
metallic  ammunition  for  the  6-inch  howitzer.  The  primer  should  be 
a  tight  fit  in  the  primer  seat  in  the  cartridge  case,  and  must  be  pressed 
into  place  with  the  primer-inserting  press  provided  for  the  purpose, 
and  not  hammered  in.  No  primer  should  be  used  that  is  not  a  tight 
fit  in  its  seat  in  the  case. 

Cartridge  cases  should  be  primed  just  before  the  insertion  of  the 
powder  charge,  and  under  no  circumstances  will  primers  be  inserted 
after  the  powder  charge  has  been  inserted. 

Primers  are  issued  in  hermetically  sealed  tin  boxes,  which  should 
not  be  broken  open  until  the  primers  are  to  be  used,  as  they  dete- 
riorate when  exposed  to  atmospheric  influences. 

THE    CHARGE. 

The  charge  to  be  used  in  the  preparation  of  blank  metallic  ammu- 
nition for  the  6-inch  howitzer  is  2  pounds. 


35 

PREPARATION   OP  BLANK    METALLIC   AMMUNITION. 

Blank  metallic  ammunition  will  be  assembled  at  posts  or  in  the 
field  under  the  personal  supervision  of  a  commissioned  officer,  who 
will  be  held  responsible  that  it  is  prepared  in  the  manner  prescribed 
in  the  annual  target-practice  orders. 

For  this  purpose  there  are  issued  cartridge  cases,  saluting  powder 
in  bulk,  cartridge  cloth  bags,  twine,  tight-fitting  felt  wads,  rubberine 
or  other  quick-drying  paint,  primers,  and  reloading  and  cleaning 
outfits. 

When  saluting  powder  is  issued  in  bulk  for  use  in  blank  ammuni- 
tion the  bags  and  twine  should  be  requisitioned  for  separately  and 
.should  be  invoiced  separately. 

Before  assembling,  the  cartridge  cases  should  be  carefully  inspected 
to  see  that  they  are  in  sound  condition  and  thoroughly  clean  and  dry. 
The^  should  also  be  tested  by  trying  them  in  the  gun,  to  determine 
whether  they  have  become  deformed.  Any  cases  that  do  not  readily 
-enter  the  chamber  in  the  gun  or  that  are  otherwise  seriously  deformed 
should  be  laid  aside  for  resizing.  After  inspecting  the  cartridge  cases 
the  blank  ammunition  should  be  prepared  as  follows  : 

(a)  Insert  the  primers  with  the  primer-inserting  press. 

(6)  Pour  the  proper  weight  of  powder  into  the  cloth  bag  and  tie 
up  the  mouth  of  the  bag  with  twine.  Before  inserting  in  the  car- 
tridge case,  see  that  the  opening  in  the  bottom  of  the  bag  is  free  to 
.allow  it  to  settle  around  the  primer.  In  tying  the  bag,  use  no  more 
twine  and  leave  no  more  cloth  in  the  "choke"  than  necessary,  and 
place  the  bag  in  the  cartridge  case  with  the  choke  end  toward  the 
mouth  of  the  case. 

(c)  Insert  the  felt  wad  and  press  it  down  hard  until  it  rests  squarely 
•on  the  powder  charge. 

(d)  Give  the  upper  surface  of  the  felt  wad  and  the  inside  of  the 
cartridge  case  just  above  the  wad  a  good  coat  of  the  rubberine  or 
other  quick-drying  paint  furnished  for  the  purpose,  using  a  brush, 
-and  allow  the  case  to  stand  until  this  coat  is  dry.     Then  apply 
another  coat  of  rubberine  paint  in  a  similar  manner.     The  object  of 
using  rubberine  paint,  which  is  strongly  adhesive,  is  to  thoroughly 
seal  the  joint  between  the  wad  and  the  case  to  prevent  any  powder 
grains  from  leaking  out,  and  at  the  same  time  to  firmly  hold  the 
ivad  in  place. 

PRECAUTIONS  TO  BE  OBSERVED. 

Firings  with  blank  metallic  ammunition  will  be  greatly  facilitated 
foy  a  careful  observance  of  the  following: 

Before  all  firings  a  careful  examination  should  be  made  of  the 
-assembled  rounds  to  see  that  the  felt  wads  have  not  become  dis- 
placed or  the  cartridge  cases  dented  or  deformed  by  careless  handling. 


36 

If  the  cartridge  cases  have  been  properly  resized  and  are  clean, 
no  difficulty  should  be  experienced  in  inserting  them  in  the  howitzer 
provided  the  chamber  of  the  latter  is  clean.  The  continued  insertion 
of  cartridge  cases  that  are  not  clean  causes  an  accumulation  in  the 
powder  chamber  which  may  make  the  insertion  of  subsequent  rounds 
difficult  or  impossible. 

In  firing  blank  ammunition  the  powder  chamber  will  be  sponge< 
after  each  round  with  a  damp  sponge,  to  extinguish  sparks  an( 
remove  powder  residue  resulting  from  the  previous  round  befoi 
the  insertion  of  another  round  as  prescribed  in  the  annual  target 
practice  orders. 

Care  will  be  taken  to  see  that  the  sponges  are  not  worn  and  thai 
they  thoroughly  fit  the  chamber.  The  interval  between  rounds  ii 
firing  blank  ammunition  should  be  sufficient  to  allow  thorougl 
sponging  of  the  chamber  and  examination  to  ascertain  that-  al 
sparks  have  been  extinguished. 

Wads  for  the  preparation  of  blank  metallic  ammunition  are  mad< 
to  tightly  fit  in  the  cartridge  case.  No  wads  should  be  used  thai 
are  not  a  tight  fit  in  the  case. 

CARE    OF    CARTRIDGE    CASES. 

As  soon  after  firing  as  practicable  the  fired  primers  should 
removed  from  the  cartridge  case  by  means  of  the  decapping  too] 
furnished  with  the  reloading  outfit.  The  case  should  be  thoroughly 
washed  in  a  strong  solution  of  lye  or  soft  soap  to  remove  all  powdei 
residue.  It  should  then  be  thoroughly  dried. 

If  the  cartridge  cases  are  carefully  cleaned  and  washed  immediately 
after  firing,  not  only  will  less  labor  be  required  but  the  life  of  the 
cases  will  be  greatly  prolonged. 

A  good  solution  for  washing  cartridge  cases  may  be  prepared  by 
using  ingredients  in  the  following  proportions : 

1  gallon  of  water. 
2J  ounces  soft  soap. 
5£  ounces  soda. 

The  mixture  should  be  boiled  and  stirred  until  the  ingredients 
are  entirely  dissolved. 

In  washing  cartridge  cases  this  solution  should  be  used  hot  and 
in  sufficient  quantity  to  completely  immerse  the  cases. 

Primers  that  misfire  should  be  turned  in  with  the  cases  to  the 
ordnance  establishment  prescribed  in  the  target-practice  order. 

Resizing  of  cartridge  cases. — The  resizing  of  6-inch  howitzer  car- 
tridge cases  that  have  become  deformed  in  service  is  done  at  Frank- 
ford  Arsenal,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 


Plate  VI 


RELOADING  AND  CLEANING  OUTFIT  FOR 
6  INCH  HOfttTttR.  MODLL  Of  1908 


STORAGE:  CHEST. 


DE CAPPING  TOOL. 


CLEANING  BRUSH. 


CASE  HOLDER. 


CASE  HOLDER  STAND. 


e 


-     i 


HAMMER. 


SALUTING 
POWDER  MEASURE. 


BUSHING. 


LARGE 
PRIMER  INSERTING  PRESS. 


20      22      24     26      28      30      32      34 


., 

CL56-DIV25-DRI 


37 

THE    RELOADING  AND   CLEANING   OUTFIT. 

(Plate  VI.) 

This  outfit  consists  of  the  following  parts  and  is  furnished  to  each 
post  where  a  saluting  gun  or  battery  is  kept : 

Large  primer-inserting  press. 

Bushing. 

Saluting  powder  measure. 

Decapping  tool  with  guide. 


Cleaning  brush. 


Class  V,  Section  5. 


Hammer,  bronze. 
Case  holder. 
Case-holder  stand. 
Storage  chest. 

The  primer-inserting  presses  are  standard  for  all  guns  using  metal 
cartridge  cases,  there  being  two  sizes,  one  size  for  cartridge  cases 
for  1 -pounder  to  3-inch  guns,  inclusive,  and  one  size  for  3-inch 
guns,  model  of  1903,  to  6-inch  guns,  inclusive.  The  bushings,  are 
furnished  to  suit  the  size  of  cartridge  case  that  is  to  be  reprimed, 
one  bushing  for  each  different  size  of  case. 

The  case-holder  stand  is  the  same  for  all  cases.  The  case  holder 
varies  with  the  size  of  case. 

The  decapping  tool  and  case  holder  are  used  for  removing  fired 
primers.  The  decapping  tool  varies  in  length  with  the  size  of  the 
cartridge  case  to  be  decapped.  A  light  blow  on  the  rod  with  a 
piece  of  wood  or  the  bronze  hammer  generally  removes  the  primer. 

A  powder  measure  to  suit  the  saluting  charge  for  each  caliber 
of  gun  is  furnished,  and  when  level  full  holds  the  required  charge. 
Each  powder  measure  is  plainly  marked  on  the  base  for  the  caliber 
of  gun  for  which  it  is  intended. 

The  cleaning  brush  is  furnished  for  cleaning  the  cartridge  cases 
after  they  have  been  used  and  should  be  ordered  to  suit  the  size  of 
case  for  which  intended. 

The  parts  constituting  the  reloading  and  cleaning  outfit  for  the 
6-inch  howitzer  are  shown  on  Plate  VI. 

THE  6-INCH  HOWITZER  CARRIAGE,   MODEL  OF  1908. 

(Class  IV,  Section  3.) 

WEIGHTS,  PRINCIPAL  DIMENSIONS,  ETC. 

Weight  of  carriage,  complete pounds. .  5, 443 

Weight  of  howitzer  and  carriage,  complete do 7,  354 

Weight  at  lunette,  carriage  limbered  and  in  battery do 455 

Weight  at  lunette,  carriage  limbered  and  howitzer  in  traveling  position,  .do 1, 193 

Diameter  of  wheels inches. .        60 

Width  of  track do 60 

Maximum  angle  of  elevation . degrees. .        40 

Maximum  angle  of  depression do 5 

6311—17- 4 


38 

Amount  of  traverse  of  howitzer  on  carriage milliemes. .  107 

Length  of  recoil  of  howitzer  on  carriage,  howitzer  at  zero-  degrees  eleva- 
tion   inches . .  63 

Length  of  recoil  of  howitzer  on  carriage,  howitzer  at  40  degrees  elevation . .  do 26 

Height  of  axis  of  howitzer do. . . 

Height  of  line  of  peep  sight do. ...  51 

Length  of  sight  radius do 19 

Nomenclature  of  parts  of  carriage. 


Num- 
ber. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property 
classification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

2 
2 
2 
2 
2 

1 

2 
3 
1 

1 
4 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

1 

1 
2 

1 

1 
1 
2 
2 
2 
1 

2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
2 
1 
2 
2 
1 
1 
1 
2 
2 
1 

1 

1 

Apron  latches,  complete,  including: 
Apron-latch  bodies 

>0n  apron  latch  bases  

V 

3 

Apron-latch  handles  

Apron-latch  springs 

Apron-latch  plungers 

Pinned  to  bell-crank  bracket 

Apron-latch  washers  

Brake  mechanism,  consisting  of: 
Bell  crank  left 

Bell  crank  right 

do 

Bell  crank  bearing  bolts 

Bolt  bell  cranks  to  bell-crank  brackets  
Through  bell  cranks  and  connecting  rod..  . 
Hinged  to  brake-beam  bracket  

Bell-crank  bolts  

Brake-beam  body,  left                .  . 

Brake-beam  bodv  risht 

_do 

Brake-beam  hinges      Riveted  to  brake-beam  bodies.  

Brake-beam  stiffeners 

.  ...do  

Brake-eccentric  strap 

On  brake-lever  hub 

Brake-lever  catch 

Riveted  to  brake  lever 

Brake-lever  hook 

do 

Brake-lever  pin 

In  brake-lever  hub  

Brake  rod,  left  

Connects  left  brake  beam  and  brake-rod 
end. 
Connects  right  bell  crank  and  brake-rod 
end. 
Riveted  to  brake-beam  body.  . 

Brake  rod,  right 

Brake-rod  bracket,  left  

Brake-rod  bracket  right 

do 

Brake-rod  ends  

Connect  left  brake  rod  and  left  bell  crank.  . 
Connect  right  brake  rod  and  brake-eccen- 
tric strap. 
Through  right  brake-rod  end  and  brake- 
eccentric  strap. 
Riveted  to  right  brake  beam                        i 

Brake-rod  pin  

Brake  segment 

Brake-segment  rack  

Riveted  to  brake  segment.  . 

Brake  shoes..  .. 

Pinned  to  brake-shoe  bearings 

Brake  shoe  bearings  

Riveted  to  brake  beam  bodies  

Brake  shoe  pins  ;  

Pin  brake  shoes  to  brake  shoe  bearings  
Connects  bell  cranks  .  - 

Connecting  rod 

Cradle,  complete,  including— 
Bushings  

Forced  on  trunnions  

Bushing  

Cradle  bottom  plate 

Riveted  in  cradle  head  (rear)  

Forms  bottom  of  cradle 

Cradle  head  

At  front  end  of  cradle  .  . 

Cradle  head  (rear) 

Riveted  near  rear  end  of  cradle 

Cradle  head  side  clips 

Cradle  head  top  clips  

do.  . 

Cradle  plate 

Forms  hood  over  recoiling  parts 

Cradle  plate  angles  

Reinforce  rear  end  of  cradle  plate 

Gun  slides 

Patent  plate  .  . 

Screwed  on  left  side  of  cradle  plate 

Pawl  bearing,  left  

Riveted  to  cradle  plate 

Pawl  bearing,  right  .  .     . 

do  . 

Rack  bolts  .  . 

Fasten  quick  release  rack  to  trunnion  
Screwed  into  right  trunnion 

Rack  studs  

Shaft  bearing  (front) 

Supports  intermediate  shaft  of  valve  turn- 
ing gear, 
do 

Shaft  bearing  (rear)  

Shoulder  guard  .  . 

Riveted  to  left  side  of  cradle  plate  
At  front  end  of  cradle 

Spring  retainer  

Spring  retainer  clip,  left.  ... 

Riveted  on  front  end  of  cradle  plate 

Spring  retainer  clip,  right  

do  . 

Spring  stirrup  guide,  left  

Rivet.p.d  tn  firarllp,  hnt.tnm  nlat« 

Spring  stirrup  guide,  right  i  do  

Swing  bolts     

In  cradle  head  and  spring  retainer  clips.  .  . 

TniTiTiioi   Ifift 

Trunnion,  right  

...do... 

39 


Nomenclature  of  parts  of  carriage — Continued. 


Name  of  part. 

Property 
classification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

Elevating  mechanism  consisting  of— 
Collar 

I      IV 

3 

Elevating  gear 

On  left  end  of  elevating  shaft  

Elevating  handwheel  consisting  of  — 
Counterbalance 

Handwheel  body.  .  . 

Hub  ..                        

On  elevating  shaft                  

Sleeve                    

Spindle 

E  levating  worm  bevel  gears  
Handwheel  shaft                

In  bearings  on  left  side  of  top  carriage  

Handwheel  shaft  bevel  pinion  

On  forward  end  of  handwheel  shaft   

Rocker  (left) 

Rocker  (right) 

do                                         

Rocker  brace 

Washers 

Riveted  to  rocker  hubs      ' 

Washers 

Washer 

On  elevating  shaft              

Worms 

In  elevating  worm  bearings   -  .          1 

Firing  mechanism,  complete,  consist- 
ing of— 

Bracket  studs 

Secure  firing  handle  bracket  to  cradle  

Check  nut 

Firing  handle 

Assembled  on  firing  handle  hub  

Firing  handle  hub   .  . 

In  firing  handle  bracket      

Firing  links 

Connect  firing  shaft  and  firing  pallet   

Firing  pallet 

Assembled  in  lower  bearing  of  bracket  
On  firing  pallet        

Firing  pallet  collar  

Firing  shaft 

Assembled  in  upper  bearing  of  bracket  — 

PaLet  collar  pin  

Secures  firing  pallet  collar  

Shaft  trip  collar 

On  front  end  of  firing  shaft                   .  .     .  ' 

Trip  collar  pin 

Trip  latch  

Trip-latch  pin  

Trip-latch  plunger  

Trip-latch  spring 

\Attached  to  front  locking  pin  and  chain 
f    rivet. 
In  front  traveling  lock 

Front  traveling  lock,  complete,  con- 
sisting of— 
Chain 

Chain  rings  

Chain  rivet 

Front  locking  pin  

On  chain                         j 

Front  traveling  lock. 

In  front  traveling-lock  bearings                    ' 

Locking-pin  spring 

Traveling-lock  fastener  

On  axle                                           . 

Handspikes,  complete,  consisting  of  — 
Handspike  bodies  

On  sides  of  handspike  webs  

Handspike  latch,  left 

Pinned  to  handspike 

Handspike  latch,  right  

do                             

Handspike  webs  

Pinned  to  spade  key  brackets           .  . 

Lower  bands 

Middle  bands  .  .  . 

Around  middle  of  handspikes  

Tips  

A.t  upper  ends  of  handspikes 

Quick-return  mechanism,   consisting 
of— 
Bearing  retainer 

Bushings 

Bushing,  lower  !  Tn  Inwpr  ond  nf  shaft,  hnnsin?       .    .    . 

Bushing,  upper 

In  upper  end  of  shaft  housing 

Clutch  spring 

Gear  

Bevel  gear  on  lower  end  of  intermediate 
shaft. 
Screwed  to  inside  of  top  carriage,  right  clip. 
In  handwheel  shaft  bearing 

Gear  cover 

Hand  wheel  shaft'  ...  . 

Handwheel  shaft  bearing 

Assembled  in  top  carriage,  right  clip  
On  pinion  shaft  .  .  . 

Inner  spring  washer..  . 

40 


Nomenclature  of  parts  of  carriage — Continued. 


Num- 
ber. 


Name  of  part. 


Location,  etc. 


Class. 


Quick-return  mechanism,  consisting 

of— Continued. 
1  Intermediate  gear Bevel  gear  on  pinion  shaft 

1  Intermediate-gear  sleeve On  pinion  shaft 

Intermediate  shaft In  shaft  housing 

Key In  bearing  retainer 

Outer  spring  washer On  pinion  shaft 

Pawl,  left... On  pawl  shaft 

Pawl,  right do 

Pawl  hand  e Riveted  to  right  pawl 

Pawl  plungers In  pawls , 

Pawl  shaft Conne:ts  pawls  through  cradle. 

Pawl  springs On  plungers , 

Pinion  shaft '  In  pinion-shaft  bearing 

Pinion-shaft  bearing In  bearing  case 

Pinion-shaft  clut,  3h On  pinion  shaft 

Quick-return  handwheel,   consist- 
ing of— 

Counterbalance 

Handwheel  body 

R±f orce  pie"eV.  \ '. '. '. '. '. '. '. '. '. '. '. ' ' !  On  handwheel  shaft . 

Sleeve 

Spindle 

Quick-return  segment Bolted  to  right  trunnion . 

Retainer  b->lts Secure  bearing  retainer 

Safety  iatch Pinned  to  safety-latch  bearing 

Safety-latch  bearing Riveted  to  right  pawl  bearing 

Safety-latch  plunger !  In  safety-lat^h  bearing ". 

Safety-latch  spring On  safety-latch  plunger 

Shaft  housing Between  top  carriage  right  clip  and  bear- 
ing case. 

Washer On  pawl  shaft 

Do.  On  safety-latch  bearing 

Rear  traveling  lock,  complete,  con- 
sisting of — 

2  Chains \Attached  to  rear  locking  pins  and  rear 

Chain  rings jj    trave  ing  lock. 

Chainrivets In  rear  traveling  lock IV  3 

Rear  locking  pin,  long Secures  traveling  lock  in  position 

1  Rear  locking  pin,  short. do 

1  Rear  trave  ing  lock In  traveling-lock  clips 

Stop  pins,  with  chains,  rings,  and     In  rear  traveling  lock 

rivets. 

Recoil  and  counterrecoil  arrangement, 
consisting  of— 

Inner  counterrecoil  springs In  spring  stirrup  on  recoil  cylinder 

Inner  spring  separators Between  sections  of  inner  counterrecoil 

spring. 

Outer  counterrecoil  springs In  cradle  on  spring  stirrup 

Outer  spring  separators Between  sections  of  outer  counterrecoil 

spring. 

Spring  follower On  recoil  cylinder 

Spring  stirrup Inside  outer  counterrecoil  spring 

Stirrup  inner  ring Screwed  into  rear  end  of  stirrup 

Stirrup  outer  ring i  On  front  of  spring  stirrup 

Recoil    cylinder,    complete,    in-  I 
eludes — 

Counterrecoil  buffer j  Screwed  into  rear  cylinder  head 

Cylinder  liner Secured  in  cylinder 

Cylinder-liner  lock j  Screwed  through  liner  and  cylinder 

Cylinder-liner  lock  gasket On  cylinder-liner  lock 

Cylinder-locking  screw Locks  cylinder  retaining  ring  on  cylinder. . 

Cylinder-retaining  ring Connects  cylinder  to  howitzer 

Filling  and  drain  plugs In  front  cylinder  head 

Filling  plug In  front  end  of  recoil  cylinder 

Filling-plug  gasket i  Under  filling-plug 

Front  cylinder  head In  recoil  cylinder 

Gland  lock Secures  piston-rod  gland  in  adjustment. . . . 

Liner  bolts i  Bolt  liner  on  piston 

Lock  fulcrum '  Screwed  in  front  cylinder  head 

Piston  and  piston  rod In  recoil  valve 

Piston  liner Bolted  on  piston 

Piston-rod  gland On  front  cylinder  head 

Piston-rod  plug Screwed  in  piston  rod 

Piston-rod  washer On  front  end  of  piston  rod . . . 

Rear  cylinder  head Screwed  into  rear  end  of  recoil  cylinder. . . 


tion 


41 


Nomenclature  of  parts  of  carriage — Continued. 


Num- 
ber. 


Name  of  part. 


Location,  etc. 


Class. 


Sec- 
tion. 


Recoil  and  counter  recoil  arrangement, 
consisting  of — Continued. 
Recoil    cylinder,    complete,    in- 
cludes— Cont  inued . 
1  Recoil  cylinder In  cradle. 

1  Recoil  valve Inside  oi  cylinder  liner 

4|  Rings   of  Garlock   hydraulic    In  stuffing  box  of  front  cylinder  head 

waterproof   packing,    0.375 
square. 

2  Screw  plugs j  In  cylinder-retaining  ring . . . 

Valve  retainer On  end  of  recoil  valve 

Vent  gasket j  Under  vent  plug 

Vent  plug I  In  rear  end  of  recoil  cylinder 

Valve  turn  ing  gear,  consisting  of —  I 

Collar j  On  intermediate  shaft 

Gear  retainer '  Retains  \al\e-gearsector  to  cradle  head... 

Gear-retainer  nut j  On  gear  retainer 

Intermediate  shaft In  bearings  in  left  side  of  cradle. . 

Shaft  arm !  On  rear  end  of  intermediate  shaft 

Val\  e-gear  sector j  On  cradle  head 

Valve  link Connects  shaft  arm  and  trunnion  cap 

2  Valve-link  pins |  Connect  \ahe  link  and  trunnion 

2  Valve-link  trunnions i  One  in  shaft  arm;  one  in  left  trunnion  cap 

of  top  carriage. 

Valve-link  trunnion  nuts ;  On  valve-link  trunnions 

1  Valve-pinion  sector Attached  to  cradle  head , 

Shields,  consisting  of — 
1  Apron  shield,  complete,  includ- 

ing— 

1  Apron  plate Hinged  to  lower  end  ol  main  shield 

2  Apron -latch  staples ;  Riveted  in  apron  plate 

Shield  hinges,  female i  Riveted  to  apron  plate 

1           Main    shield,    complete,   includ- 
ing— 
1  Bracket  base,  'eft l«nit«<i  tn  shiftiri 

1  Bracket  base,  right || Bolted  to  shield 

2  Chain  ri-ets '  In  top  shield  braces 

2  Fi  lers:  shutter  hinge'. j  Under  hinges;  sight  port  shutter. . . 

4  Fil  er  plates j  On  shie.d  stifVeners 

2  Hinges;  sight  port  shutter t  Riveted  to  shie id 

1  Main  shield  plate ! 

1  Safety-depression  st^p,  left Riveted  to  shield 

1  Safety-depression  stop,  right do 

2  Separat  rs i  Between  t^p  shield  brackets 

2  Shield  angles Riveted  near  bottom  of  main  shield 

2  Shield  bra  es,  composed  of—    i 

2  Lower  clips 1 

2  Upper  clips I /Brace  main  shield  to  axle  arms 

2  Tubes J 

4  Shield  hinges,  female I  Riveted  to  top  of  main  shield 

3  Shield  hinges,  male Riveted  to  bottrm  rf  main  shield. . 

1  Shie:d  stiffener,  .eft I  Riveted  to  main  shield 

1  Shield  stilTener,  right do 

2  Top  shie.'d   brace  pins  with     In  tcp  shield  brackets 

chains,  rings,  and  iinks. 

1  Top  shie'd  bracket,  long,  left. .    Riveted  to  main  shield 

1  Top  shield  bracket,  long,  right do 

1  Top  shield  bracket,  short,  oft do 

1  Top  shie.d  brack et ,  short .  right .  , do 

1  '  Top  shield,  c<  mp  ete,  including —  i 

4  I  Shield  hinges,  male j  Riveted  to  top  shield 

1  Tf  p  shield  plate j  Hinged  to  main  shield 

1  Top  shield  brace,  long Finned  to  top  shie.d  fastening 

1  Top  shieid  bra~e,  short | do 

2  Top  shield  fastenings i  Riveted  to  top  shield 

1  Panoramic  sight  case,  consisting  ; 

of— 

2  Bearing  plates,  lower l  Below  case  supports 

2  Bearing  plates,  upper Above  case  supports 

1  Bracket Forms  supp?  rt  f  r  case  springs 

1  Case  bank ' 

1  Caseb  dy I 

2  Case  hinges,  lower  half Riveted  to  rase  bf  dy 

2  Case  hinges,  upper  half I  Riveted  to  lid 

2  Case  supports i  Riveted  to  sides  of  case 


42 


Nomenclature  of  parts  of  carnage — Continued. 


Num- 
ber. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property 
classification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

1 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
8 
4 
2 
1 
1 

2 
1 

1 

1 
1 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
t 

2 
4 

2 

2 
1 

1 

Shields,  consisting  of—  Continued. 
Panoramic  sight  case,  consisting 
of  —  Continued. 
Chain,    complete,    with   two 
rings,  one  bolt  snap,  and  one 
padlock. 
Chain  rivet 

In  chain  rivet                     * 

IV 

; 

In  left  side  of  bracket 

•       Hasp                     

Pinned  to  hasp  hinge 

Hasp  hinge 

Riveted  to  lid 

lad  

Hinged  to  case  body   

Lid  stop                                .  .  . 

Riveted  to  case  body 

Panoramic  sight  case  springs 

0.375  pipes   

Inside  of  springs 

Spring  supports 

Riveted  to  bracket 

Wing  nut  

On  wing  nut  pin  

Wing  nut  pin        .             .... 

Riveted  to  case  bodv 

Wing  nut  pin  reinforce 

Inside  of  case  opposite  wing  nut  pin 

Wing  nut  pin  washer  
Panoramic  sight  case  sight  bracket, 
consisting  of— 
Bracket  spring  

On  wing  nut  pin 

On  sight  bracket 

Bracket  spring  lug 

Riveted  to  bracket  spring 

Sight  bracket  

Riveted  inside  of  case  . 

Wrench  stud 

In  sight  bracket 

Shutter;  peep  sight,   port,    con- 
sisting of— 
Shutter 

Hinged  to  shield 

Shutter  support  

Riveted  to  shutter  .  . 

Hinges;  sight  pirt  shutter    . 

do 

Shutter:    panoramic  sight  port, 
consisting  of— 
Shutter  .        .            

Hinged  to  shield 

Shutter  latch  base 

Riveted  to  shutter 

Shutter  latch  plunger  

In  shutter  latch  base 

Shutter  latch  spring.  . 

Around  shutter  latch  plunger 

Sighting  arrangement,  consisting  of— 
Front  sight,  complete 

On  projection  of  sight  fastening 

Panoramic  sight  

On  sight  shank  

Peep  sight  

Slides  in  sight  shank  . 

Sight  bar 

Clamped  on  shaft  of  sight  lever 

Sight  lever  

Mounted  on  sight  fastening  .  . 

Sight  link 

Between  sight  lever  and  rocker 

Sight  shank  

In  sight  shank  socket  .  .  . 

Sight  shank  socket 

On  rear  end  of  sight  bar 

Sight  shank  socket  cover 

On  sight  shank  socket 

Sight  wrench  

In  trail  box 

Teat  wrench  for  panoramic  sight 

do 

Spade,  complete,  consisting  of— 
Chain  eyes 

Riveted  in  spade  bearing.. 

Chain  rings 

On  chains 

D-rings  .        

In  spade  keys 

Float  left 

Riveted  to  spade  frame 

Float,  right  

do  

Float  reinforce  

Riveted  to  floats 

Spade  bearing  left 

Riveted  to  spade 

Spade  bearing  right 

..     .do... 

Spade  brace,  left  '  Inner  side  of  spade  framework 

Spade  brace,  right  do..  ... 

Spade  edge                                         Forms  point  of  spade 

Spade  frame.  ...                 .               Forms  face  of  spade 

Spade  frame  brace,  left  i  Riveted  to  spade  frame  . 

Spade  frame  brace,  right  do 

Spade  key,  left                                   Pins  spade  to  spade  key  bracket 

Spade  key  right                              !         do 

Spade  key  Chains  ...                                  Rnrairfl  snarlA  VAV  to  "snar^A 

Spade  pin. 

Spade  points  

Riveted  to  spade  edge 

Spade  reinforce.  . 

Brace  for  point  of  spade 

Top  carriage,  complete,  consisting  of— 
Bearing  case  

Riveted  to  right  side  plate 

Bottom  plate  bushing. 

Riveted  to  top  carriage  bottom  piate 

Depression  stop  

do  

Elevating  bearing  (left) 

Inside  of  side  nlate  .  .  . 

Elevating  bearing  (right)  .        do  .  . 

Elevating  gear  case  

Riveted  to  top  carriage  side  plate,  left  

Elevating  gear  cover 

Elevating  worm  bearings 

Riveted  to  top  carriage  bottom  piate  

Filler  ring 

Inner  plate,  left  ...                         .  |  Reinforces  side  plate  inside.  .  . 

43 


Nomenclature  of  parts  of  carriage — Continued. 


Num- 
ber. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property 
lassincation. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

1 

1 

1 

2 
1 
2 
2 
2 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
4 
4 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
4 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

1 
2 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

Top  carriage,  complete,  consisting  of  — 
Continued. 
Inner  plate  right 

do                                     

IV 

i 

I 

Oil  tube                               

Extends  from  right  side  plate  to  pinion 
shaft  bearing. 
Riveted  to  top  carriage  bottom  plate  

Right  side  plate.         

Riveted  to  right  side  plate 

Bolted  to  trunnion  hearing,  left  

Sight  fastening  studs            

Screws  into  trunnion  bearing,  left  

Top  carriage  bearing  plate,  left  

Riveted  to  top  carriage  bottom  plate  

do 

Top  carriage  bottoni  plat© 

Riveted  to  side  plates                 

Riveted  to  top  cariage  bottoni  plate 

Top  carriage  left  clip 

On  rear  end  of  left  side  plate  

On  rear  end  of  right  side  plate 

Top  carriage  side  plate  left...  . 

Riveted  to  top  carriage  bottom  plate  

Riveted  to  side  plate*' 

Trunnion  bearing  right 

do                                  

On  trunnion  bearing  left 

Trunnion  cap  right 

On  trunnion  bearing,  right    

In  trunnion  bearings  and  caps 

Trunnion  cap  swing  bolts 

In  trunnion  caps              

Bolted  to  elevating  worm  bearings  . 

Trail,  complete,  consisting  of— 

Riveted  to  flange  of  axle     

.do  

Axle  left 

Riveted  to  flask  and  pintle  plate  

Axle'  right                            

do  

Axle  arm  plugs 

Pinned  in  axles  

Azimuth  scale               

On  left  rear  trail  clip  

Azimuth  scale  screws 

Fasten  azimuth  scale  in  place  

Bell  crank  brackets 

On  flasks  forward  of  axle              

Under  bell  crank  brackets 

Bottom  plate 

Bottom  of  sight  and  tool  boxes  

Under  upper  handle  brackets 

Brake  beam  bracket  left 

Riveted  to  front  end  of  flask  

Brake  beam  bracket,  right  

do  

Brake  beam  bracket  filler,  left  
Brake  beam  bracket  filler,  right  

Fills  space  between  bracket  and  pintle 
plate, 
do 

Brake  spring  left 

Near  front  end  of  flask  

Brake  spring  right 

do 

Cleaning  track  .                      ... 

Riveted  to  top  plate       

Coupling  nut 

Couples  axles  together 

Cover  left 

Over  sight  box 

Cover  right 

Over  tool  box             

Cover  hinges 

Riveted  to  covers 

Riveted  to  top  plate 

Cupboard  catch 

On  sight  packing  No.  8    

End  plate 

Under  lower  end  of  trail 

Flask,  left 

Forms  side  of  trail       

Flask  right 

do 

Front  trail  clip 

Bolted  to  pintle  plate 

Front  trail  clip  liner 

Riveted  in  front  trail  clip  

Front  transom 

Riveted  to  flasks 

Front  traveling  lock  bearing,  left  .  . 
Front  traveling  lock  bearing,  right  . 
Handle  brackets 

Riveted  to  reinforce  plate  in  flask 

do 

Support  trail  handles 

Hasps 

On  covers                             

Intermediate  transom 

Divides  sight  and  tool  boxes 

Reinforces  left  flask 

Left  seat  support 

Riveted  to  left  flask                   

Loading  barrow  bracket,  left  
Loading  barrow  bracket  right 

Riveted  to  inside  of  flask 

do       .                  

Loading  barrow  pin,  with  chain 
and  rivet. 

Retains  loading  hand  barrow  in  stop  bear- 
ing. 

Locks,  with  bolt  snaps,  clevises, 
chains,  and  rivets. 
Lunette 

Lock  covers              

On  lunette  transom 

Lunette  transom  

Riveted  to  flasks  near  spade  end  
Pinned  to  maneuvering  bar  support  
Actuates  maneuvering  bar  lever 

Maneuvering  bar  fastening  lever.. 
Maneuvering  bar  fastening  spring  . 

Riveted,  to  left  flask 

Maneuvering  bar  stop 

do                  

Maneuvering  bar  support 

rln 

Name  plate                                                  '  i?ivAtoH  tn  t.nn  -nlat.ft 

Pintle  plate 

Connects  flasks  at  axle  end  

Pintle  plate  bushing  .  .  . 

Forced  in  pintle  plate  .  .  . 

44 


Nomenclature  of  parts  of  carriage — Continued. 


Num- 
ber. 


Name  of  part. 


Location,  etc. 


lassification. 


tion. 


i  Trail,  complete,  consisting  of— Contd. 

1  Rammer  head  stop Riveted  to  right  flask . 

1  Rear  trail  clip,  le't Riveted  to  flask. 

1  !         Rear  trail  clip,  right do. 

1  Rear  transom do. 

1  Right  rein  orce  plate Rein'orces  right  flask 

1  Right  seat  support Ri  eted  to  right  flask 

1  j         Sight  pac-ang  No.  1,  and  one  steel  i  Fastened  to  bottom  plate  inside  of  trail.. . 

strap. 
1  Sight  packing  No.  2,  and  two  steel   . do 

straps. 
1  j         Sight  packing  No.  3,  and  one  steel  j do 

strap. 
1  Sight  packing  No.  4,  and  two  steel     Fastened  to  left  cover , 

straps. 

1  Sight  packing  No.  5 1 do 

1  Sight  packing  No.  6,  and  one  steel     Fastened  to  front  transom 

strap. 

1  Sight  packing  No.  7A !  Fastened  to  intermediate  transom. . . 

1  Sight  packing  No.  7B j  Fastened  to  sight  packing  No.  7A. . 

1  Sight nacking No. 8 i  ^astened  to  intermediate  transom.. 

2  Spade  brae1  els !  Riveted  on  top  plate 

1  Spade  key  bracket I  Forms  lower  end  of  trail 

1  Spade  pin  bearing,  left j  Riveted  to  flask 

1  Spade  pin  bearing,  ri'  ht do 

1  Sponge  staff  double  hasp |  On  sponge  staff  fastening 

1  Sponrestaff  doublesocket Riveted  to  right  flask 

1  Spon  e  staff  fastening do 

1  Sp  mge  st  an*  fastening  bolt,  with   do 

chain  and  rivet. 

1  Spon -e  staff  stop Riveted  to  right  flask 

1  Staple,  loft On  top  plate 

1  Staple,  ri  'ht do 

1  Top  plate Forms  top  of  lower  trail 

1  Trail  clip  stiffener Stiffens  right  trail  clip 

1  Trnil»nd  reinforce Braces  lower  end  of  trail 

2  Trail  h  nlles In  handle  brackets 

1  Trail  pr 'P^rac1  et,  left Under  trail 

1  Trail  ^np  brae1  et,  right do 

1  Trail  pr>p  chain Secures  trail  prop  in  folded  position TV 

1  Trail  prop  oh :iin  bracket Under  bottom  plate 

1  Trail  rr  tp  chain  swivel Attached  to  prop  chain  bracket 

1  Trail  prop  hook On  prop  chain 

1  Trail  i  rip  honk  button On  front  transom 

1  Trail  seat.left On  left  seat  support 

1  Trail  seat,  right I  On  right  seat  support 

8  Trail  seat,  ri  ets In  trail  seats  and  support 

1  Tra  >  el  ing  lock  clip  bol  t I  Used  in  traveling  lock  clips 

1  Traveling  lock  clip,  left j  On  flange  of  flask 

1  Tra.  elintr  lock  clip,  front do 

1  Traveling  lock  clip,  right, do 

1  Tra  ersinir  pi  -ot  bracket Riveted  to  left  flask 

1  Traversing  pivot  reinforce  plate...   Inside  of  left  flask  at  traversing  pivot 

bracket. 
4  Upper  handle  brackets Riveted  to  flasks  and  top  plate 

2  Upper  trail  handles In  upper  handle  brackets 

2  "VMir-ol  (jnnrds Riveted  to  flasks 

2  Wheel  truanl  liners On  wheel  guards 

2  Wheel  iruanl  liner  screws Secure  liners  to  wheel  guards 

Trail  pr  >p,  o  >nsisting  of— 
2  Tmpeyes -. 

1  1'rop  foot.. lUnder trail 

2  1'rnptubes I 

Traversme  mechanism,  consisting  of — 

Ball  thrust  bearing In  traversing  pivot 

Clamp Secures  traversing  screw  dust  guard 

Thrust  V  earim-  nut, In  traversing  pivot. 

Thrust  bearine  nut  locking  screw.   Secures  thrust  bearing  nut  in  adjustment. 

Traversing  bearing  caps On  top  carriage  left  clip . 

Traversing  Kearinp  studs Secure  caps  to  top  carriage  left  clip. 

Traversing  handw  heel,  consisting 
of— 

Counterbalance 

Ilandwheel  bodv 

Tub ". 

Insi  ruction  plate On  traversing  screw. 

Rein  force  piece.... 

1  Sleeve 

I  Spindle 


45 


Nomenclature  of  parts  of  carriage — Continued. 


Num- 
ber. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property 
classification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

1 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 

16 
16 
16 
16 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 

i 

2 
2 
16 
16 
2 
16 
2 

2 
2 

2 
2 
2 
2 

Traveling  mechanism,  consisting  of— 
Continued. 
Traversing  nut  

In  top  carriage  left  clip  

IV 

3 

Traversing  nut  dust  guard 

On  innftr  find  of  traversing  scrnw 

Traversing  pivot                                          Tn  t.ravprsinir  nivnt  rirnnknt. 

Traversing  pivot  washer 

Under  nut  on  traversing  pivot  ... 

Traversing  screw. 

In  traversing  nut 

Traversing  screw  dust  guard  

On  screw,  between  pivot  and  nut  

Traversing  screw  washer  
Wheels,  60-inch,  complete,  consisting 
of— 
Carriage  bolts  and  nuts 

On  right  end  of  screw 

Rftr>nrA  snoVp.s  tn  hurts 

Dowels...               i  "Rfttwftfln  felloe  segments.--     . 

Felloe  rivets  and  washers    .  . 

Through  felloe  segments    . 

Felloe  segments  

Form  felloes  of  wheels  

Hub  bands.  . 

Screwed  on  hub  boxes.  ... 

Hub  boxes  

Hub  caps 

On  ends  of  hub  boxes 

Hub  latches 

Actuate  hub  latch  plungers 

Hub  latch  pins.  . 

Pin  hub  latches  to  plungers.  ....            | 

Hub  latch  plungers 

Lock  hub  caps  in  place                                 i 

Hub  latch  springs.  .  . 

On  hub  latch  plungers  

Hub  liners 

Forced  into  hub  boxes                                  ] 

Hub  rings  

Outer  flanges  of  wheel  hubs  

Lock  washers 

Between  hub  bands  and  hub  rings 

Oil  valves 

Slide  in  hub  caps                         " 

Oil  valve  springs  .. 

Around  oil  valves 

Oil  valve  washers 

On  inner  ends  of  oil  valves 

Spokes,  left     .  .  . 

Spokes  right 

Tires.                                 ... 

Tire  bolts  nuts  and  washers 

Through  tires  and  felloe  segments 

Wheelhooks  

On  outside  of  hubs  

Wheel  hook  bushings 

Bearings  for  wheel  hooks 

Wheel  fastenings,  complete,  consisting 
of— 
Wheel  fastenings 

On  ends  of  axle 

Wheel  fastening  plugs. 

In  wheel  fastenings.  ...        .      ...  

Wheel  fastening  plungers 

Hold  wheel  fstenings  in  place 

Wheel  fastening  springs  . 

DESCRIPTION    OF   THE    CARRIAGE. 

(Plates  VII,  VIII,  and  IX.) 

The  6-inch  howitzer  carriage,  model  of  1908,  is  of  a  type  known 
as  the  variable  recoil,  in  which  the  howitzer  is  permitted  a  sufficient 
length  of  recoil  on  the  carriage  at  low  angles  of  elevation  to  render 
the  carriage  stationary  under  firing  stresses,  but  in  which  the  length 
of  recoil  is  reduced  to  maintain  clearance  from  the  ground  at  high 
angles  of  elevation. 

For  the  purpose  of  description  the  carriage  is  considered  as  com- 
posed of  the  following  groups,  viz,  cradle  (complete),  top  carriage, 
elevating  mechanism,  quick  return  mechanism,  trail  (including  axle), 
traversing  mechanism,  road  brake,  traveling  lock,  shield,  and  wheels. 
A  detailed  description  of  the  above  groups  follows : 

CRADLE  (COMPLETE). 

Under  this  group  are  considered  the  cradle,  the  recoil-controlling 
parts,  the  valve-turning  mechanism,  and  the  firing  mechanism. 


46 

The  cradle  supports  the  howitzer,  guides  it  in  recoil,  and  forms  a 
housing  for  the  recoil  mechanism  and  parts  of  the  valve-turning 
mechanism.  It  consists  of  the  cradle  bottom  plate,  gun  slides,  spring 
stirrup  guides,  cradle  plate,  cradle  head  (rear),  trunnions,  pawl  bear- 
ings, shoulder  guard,  and  several  other  attachments  riveted  thereto. 

The  cradle  bottom  plate  is  made  of  forged  steel.  It  is  shaped  on 
the  underside  so  as  to  form  two  clips.  These  clips  are  lined  with 
bronze  gun  slides  and  form  ways  in  which  the  howitzer  recoils. 

The  spring  stirrup  guides  are  riveted  to  the  top  of  the  cradle 
bottom  plate.  Their  object  is  to  form  a  bearing  and  support  for  the 
projections  of  the  stirrup  outer  ring  and  also  for  guides  for  the  spring 
stirrup  during  the  recoil. 

The  cradle  plate  is  arch  shaped  and  made  of  flange  steel,  the  sides 
being  riveted  to  the  flanges  on  the  cradle  bottom  plate.  The  cradle 
head  (rear)  is  made  of  cast  steel,  bushed  with  a  bronze  bushing.  It  is 
riveted  to  the  rear  end  of  the  cradle  plate  and  is  used  to  take  the 
thrust  of  the  outer  spring  column  and  support  the  rear  end  of  the 
spring  stirrup. 

The  trunnions  are  riveted  on  each  side  of  the  cradle  plate,  and  ai 
so  located  as  to  bring  the  preponderance  of  the  loaded  howitzer  at 
the  breech  and  of  the  unloaded  piece  at  the  muzzle,  thus  aiding  the 
movements  to  and  from  the  loading  position.  The  trunnions  are 
made  of  forged  steel  bored  out  in  the  center  to  reduce  the  weight. 
Bronze  bushings  forced  on  these  trunnions  form  bearing  surfaces. 

The  pawl  bearings  are  forged  steel  pieces  riveted  to  each  side  of 
the  cradle  plate  near  the  rear  end.  Bosses  on  these  bearings  form 
supports  for  the  pawls  of  the  quick  return  mechanism.  The  pawls 
are  assembled  to  the  pawl  shaft,  which  extends  through  the  pawl 
bearings  and  the  cradle. 

The  shoulder  guard  is  a  pressed  flange  steel  plate  riveted  to  the 
left  side  of  the  cradle.  Clips  for  securing  the  cradle  head  and  spring 
retainer  to  the  cradle  are  riveted  to  the  front  end  of  the  cradle  plate. 

The  recoil,  con  trolling  parts  of  the  carriage  include  the  counter- 
recoil  springs,  spring  stirrup,  recoil  cylinder,  cylinder  liner,  recoil 
valve,  piston,  counterrecoil  buffer,  and  cradle  head. 

Immediately  inside  the  cradle  plate  are  located  the  four  helical 
spring  sections  comprising  the  outer  counterrecoil  spring  column. 
The  sections  are  separated  by  the  outer  spring  separators.  The  rear 
end  of  the  column  bears  against  the  bushing  of  the  cradle  head  (rear) 
and  the  front  end  against  the  stirrup  outer  ring.  The  stirrup  outer 
ring  is  screwed  and  pinned  to  the  front  end  of  the  spring  stirrup. 

The  spring  stirrup  is  a  forged  steel  tube,  which  separates  the  outer 
and  inner  spring  columns.  Inside  the  rear  end  of  the  spring  stirrup 
is^threaded  and  pinned  the  stirrup  inner  ring,  which  is  bored  out 
so  as  to  form^a^slidingifit^for^the  recoil  "cylindei^  Immediately 


47 

inside  the  spring  stirrup  are  located  the  four  helical  spring  sections 
composing  the  inner  counterrecoil  spring  column.  These  sections  are 
similarly  separated  by  the  inner  spring  separators.  The  rear  end  of 
the  column  bears  against  the  stirrup  inner  ring,  while  the  front  end 
bears  against  the  spring  follower. 

The  spring  follower  is  a  bronze  ring  which  fits  over  the  recoil 
cylinder  in  front  of  the  inner  counterrecoil  spring  column. 

The  forged  steel  spring  retainer  is  secured  to  the  cradle  by  means 
of  two  lugs  and  swing  bolts.  It  is  located  immediately  hi  front  of 
the  spring  stirrup  and  spring  follower,  and  serves  to  hold  the  springs 
in  position  when  the  cylinder  is  removed. 

The  springs  are  assembled  in  the  carriage  under  sufficient  tension 
to  return  the  howitzer  into  battery  at  maximum  angles  of  elevation. 
The  approximate  force  exerted  by  the  spring  at  assembled  heights 
,is  3,000  pounds  for  the  outer  column  and  2,900  pounds  for  the  inner. 

The  cylinder  extends  to  the  rear  through  the  stirrup  inner  ring  and 
the  lug  of  the  howitzer,  and  is  locked  to  the  lug  by  the  cylinder- 
retaining  ring  screwed  on  its  rear  end.  To  prevent  entrance  of  dirt 
the  clearance  between  the  cylinder  and  the  stirrup  inner  ring  is  closed 
by  means  of  a  felt  washer. 

The  front  cylinder  head  closes  the  forward  end  of  the  cylinder. 
The  stuffing  box  is  packed  with  four  rings  of  Garlock  hydraulic  water- 
proof packing,  held  by  the  bronze  piston-rod  gland,  threaded  to  the 
cylinder  head.  Two  holes  through  the  walls  of  the  cylinder  head 
are  closed  by  filling  and  drain  plugs  and  copper  gaskets.  The  rear 
cylinder  head  closes  the  rear  end  of  the  recoil  cylinder.  It  is  threaded 
to  the  cylinder,  and  in  turn  is  bored  and  threaded  for  the  counter- 
recoil  buffer.  Both  the  front  and  rear  cylinder  heads  are  supplied 
with  fiber  gaskets  to  insure  oil- tight  joints. 

The  cylinder  liner  is  a  tube  assembled  inside  the  cylinder,  the  front 
end  being  threaded  for  a  short  distance  and  the  rear  end  fitting  into 
a  tapered  seat  of  the  cylinder.  A  threaded  plug  through  the  cylinder 
and  extending  into  the  liner  prevents  any  turning  of  the  liner  in  the 
cylinder,  and  similarly  a  pin  in  the  howitzer  lug  prevents  rotation  of 
the  cylinder  in  the  lug. 

Between  the  end  bearings  of  the  liner  the  cylinder  is  counterbored 
to  a  larger  internal  diameter.  The  space  thus  created  is  called  the 
by-pass.  It  is  utilized  for  the  passage  of  oil  from  the  front  to  the 
rear  of  the  piston  head. 

Parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  liner  are  cut  three  rows  of  rectangular 
ports  through  its  wall.  These  rows  are  120°  apart,  and  are  for  the 
purpose  of  connecting  the  valve  chamber  with  the  by-pass.  At  the 
extreme  rear  of  the  liner  are  drilled  additional  holes  for  the  same 
purpose. 


48 

Fitting  with  a  very  small  clearance  inside  of  the  cylinder  liner,  but 
free  to  rotate  in  it,  is  the  recoil  valve.  This  valve  is  a  hollow  cylinder 
having  three  equally  spaced  longitudinal  ribs  or  keys  on  its  inner 
surface.  Rows  of  holes  parallel  to  each  other  and  to  the  axis  of  the 
valve  are  drilled  through  the  wall.  The  number  of  holes  in  any  one 
row  is  practically  the  same  as  the  number  in  each  of  the  rows  120° 
from  it.  The  total  number  of  holes  in  three  rows  120°  apart  varies 
from  that  in  any  other  three  rows  120°  apart,  except  where  the  length 
of  recoil  is  the  same,  and  depends  on  the  number  of  apertures  needed 
at  any  given  length  of  recoil  for  the  passage  of  the  oil  from  the  ulterior 
of  the  valve  through  the  liner  ports  into  the  by-pass  and  back  to  the 
other  side  of  the  piston  head. 

The  bronze  piston  liner  working  inside  the  valve  and  bolted  to  the 
head  of  the  piston  rod  has  three  notches  or  keyways  which  fit  over 
the  ribs  or  keys  of  the  recoil  valve.  This  piston  liner  fits  closely 
inside  of  the  valve  and  practically  prevents  any  oil  from  passing  from 
one  side  of  the  piston  head  to  the  other  except  through  the  holes 
in  the  valve  and  liner  and  the  by-pass.  The  piston  rod  extends 
through  the  stuffing  box  in  the  front  cylinder  head  and  through  the 
valve  pinion  sector,  as  hereafter  described.  The  rear  end  of  the 
piston  rod  is  bored  out  to  receive  the  counterrecoil  buffer,  which  fits 
into  this  bore  with  a  very  small  clearance. 

The  buffer  is  threaded  in  the  rear  cylinder  head  and  moves  with 
it  during  recoil.  In  counterrecoil  the  oil  caught  in  the  piston-rod 
bore  can  escape  only  by  the  small  clearance  around  the  buffer.  This 
checks  the  return  into  battery  so  that  very  little  shock  and  derange- 
ment of  aim  is  experienced. 

The  front  end  of  the  cradle  is  closed  by  the  cradle  head,  a  forged- 
steel  piece  with  four  projecting  lugs.  It  is  secured  to  the  cradle  plate 
by  four  clips  and  swing  bolts.  The  cradle  head  is  bored  out  and  is 
used  to  cover  parts  of  the  valve-turning  mechanism. 

The  valve-turning  mechanism  consists  of  the  valve  pinion  sector, 
the  valve-gear  sector,  the  intermediate  shaft,  the  valve  link,  and 
several  other  smaller  parts  connected  with  it. 

The  hub  of  the  valve  pinion  sector  fits  into  the  bearing  formed  by 
the  bore  in  the  cradle  head.  A  clip  interlocking  with  the  flange  on 
the  cradle  head  prevents  longitudinal  movement.  The  front  end  of 
the  piston  rod  passes  through  the  valve  pinion  sector.  Two  keys  on 
the  piston  rod,  so  placed  as  to  prevent  assemblage  in  any  but  the 
correct  position,  fit  into  key  slots  in  the  sector  and  bronze  piston-rod 
washer.  The  latter  is  located  immediately  in  rear  of  the  piston-rod 
nut.  The  piston  rod  and  valve  pinion  sector  are  free  to  revolve  in 
the  cradle  head,  but  longitudinal  movement  is  prevented  by  the 
piston-rod  nut  and  shoulders  on  the  rod  and  sector. 


49 

A  zero  mark  on  the  piston-rod  washer,  together  with  a  scale  on  the 
hub  of  the  cradle  head,  serves  to  indicate  the  elevation  of  the  howitzer 
for  which  the  valve  is  set. 

The  valve  pinion  sector  meshes  with  the  valve-gear  s;ector,  which 
is  located  on  the  forward  end  of  the  intermediate  shaft.  This  shaft 
is  located  in  the  lower  left  corner  formed  by  the  cradle  plate  and  the 
cradle  bottom  plate.  For  convenience  in  assembling,  the  valve-gear 
sector  is  made  removable  from  the  shaft  and  is  secured  in  its  proper 
relation  longitudinally  with  regard  to  the  valve  pinion  sector  by  the 
gear  retainer.  The  gear  retainer  is  a  short  stud  screwed  and  pinned 
in  the  hub  of  the  valve-gear  sector  and  extending  through  the  hole 
in  the  cradle  head,  to  which  it  is  secured  by  a  nut  and  split  pin. 

The  intermediate  shaft  is  supported  by  the  front  and  rear  bronze 
bearings  riveted  to  the  cradle  plate  and  cradle  bottom  plate.  The 
shaft  is  squared  near  its  rear  end  and  is  fitted  with  the  shaft  arm, 
which  projects  through  the  rear  shaft  bearing  and  through  the  side 
of  the  cradle.  The  shaft  arm  is  connected  by  means  of  the  valve- 
link  trunnions  to  the  valve  link,  which  in  turn  is  connected  to  the  lug 
on  the  left  trunnion  cap  of  the  top  carriage. 

ACTION   OF  THE    MECHANISM   DURING    RECOIL. 

The  gears  and  other  parts  of  the  valve- turning  mechanism  are  so 
assembled  that  as  the  howitzer  is  elevated  the  piston  and  piston  rod, 
and  with  it  the  valve,  are  rotated  inside  the  liner  through  a  propor- 
tionate angle.  Forty-five  degree  movement  of  the  howitzer  corre- 
sponds to  a  100°  movement  of  the  valve.  As  stated  above,  there  are 
three  rows  of  ports  in  the  cylinder  liner  120°  apart.  Similarly  there 
are  three  sets  of  rows  of  holes  in  the  valve,  the  corresponding  rows  of 
each  of  the  three  sets  having  practically  the  same  number  of  holes, 
while  for  all  adjacent  rows,  except  such  as  have  identical  lengths  of 
recoil,  the  number  varies.  For  the  howitzer  at  5°  depression,  the 
three  rows  having  the  largest  number  of  holes  are  opposite  the  ports 
of  the  liner,  while  for  higher  elevation  the  valve  turns,  putting  rows 
with  a  less  number  of  holes  opposite  the  ports.  In  this  way  the  orifice 
through  which  the  oil  passes  from  one  side  of  the  piston  head  to  the 
other  is  automatically  reduced  as  the  howitzer  is  elevated. 

When  the  howitzer  recoils  it  pulls  with  it  the  cylinder,  cylinder 
liner,  and  valve.  The  piston,  being  fastened  to  the  cradle  head, 
remains  stationary.  The  oil  in  front  of  the  piston  head  is  forced 
through  such  holes  in  the  valve  as  may  be  opposite  the  liner  ports 
and  through  the  ports  into  the  by-pass.  From  there  is  it  forced 
again  through  the  ports  and  holes  in  the  valve  into  the  valve  chamber 
in  rear  of  the  piston  head. 
6311—17 5 


50 

The  energy  of  recoil  of  the  piece  is  absorbed  by  the  resistai 
which  the  oil  offers  to  being  forced  through  the  small  openings  an< 
by  the  resistance  of  the  counter-recoil  springs.  The  energy  stoi 
in  the  springs  returns  the  piece  to  battery.  This  return  movement 
is  checked  by  the  counterrecoil  buffer  and  limited  by  the  gun 
coming  in  contact  with  the  rear  of  the  cradle. 

The  number  of  holes  in  the  valve  is  calculated  so  as  to  stop  th< 
howitzer  at  a  recoil  of  63  inches  at  5°  depression  and  at  a  recoil  oi 
26  inches  at  40°  elevation. 

The  carriage  mechanism  for  firing  the  howitzer  is  as  follows:  A 
firing  pallet  has  its  bearing  arm  assembled  in  a  bracket  bolted  to  the 
rear  end  of  the  cradle  on  the  right  side.  The  pallet  or  lip  is  in  such 
a  position  as  to  engage  an  arm  on  the  trigger  shaft  of  the  breech 
mechanism.  A  helical  spring  in  the  bracket  tends  to  hold  the  pallet 
in  a  position  free  from  the  trigger.  In  a  second  bearing  of  the  bracket, 
above  and  parallel  to  that  of  the  firing  pallet,  is  assembled  the  firing 
shaft,  having  on  its  rear  end  a  crank  arm  which  is  connected  to  a 
similar  arm  of  the  firing  pallet  by  two  links.  The  rotary  movement 
of  the  pallet  in  its  bearing,  caused  by  its  return  spring,  is  limited  by 
a  stop  pin  in  the  bracket  coming  in  contact  with  a  projection  on  the 
firing  shaft.  The  forward  end  of  the  firing  shaft  is  squared  and  fitted 
with  a  small  ratchet  shaft  trip  collar.  The  firing-handle  hub  adja- 
cent to  the  shaft  trip  collar  and  free  to  turn  on  the  shaft  carries  a 
spring  pawl  trip  latch  which  engages  a  notch  of  the  trip  collar.  The 
front  end  of  the  firing-handle  hub  is  slotted  to  receive  the  rear  arm 
of  the  pawl  handle,  as  hereafter  described.  A  helical  spring  in  the 
bracket  rotates  the  firing-handle  hub  into  firing  position.  In  another 
bearing  in  the  bracket  is  located  an  adjusting  screw  which  limits  the 
movement  of  the  firing  handle. 

The  action  of  the  firing  mechanism  is  as  follows :  Pulling  the  handle 
rotates  the  trip  latch,  shaft  trip  collar,  firing  shaft,  and  pallet  until 
the  head  of  the  trip-latch  plunger,  on  the  end  of  which  is  located  the 
trip  latch,  strikes  the  adjusting  screw  in  the  bracket  when  the  trip 
latch  is  released  from  the  collar  and  the  lower  return  spring  returns 
the  pallet  and  firing  shaft  to  their  original  position.  The  trigger 
should  fire  the  piece  just  before  the  trip  latch  releases.  When  the 
handle  is  released  the  upper  spring  throws  it  upward  and  resets  the 
mechanism  in  the  firing  position.  The  piece  may  be  fired  by  a  lan- 
yard attached  directly  to  the  trigger  shaft  of  the  breech  mechanism, 
but  should  habitually  be  fired  by  the  cradle-firing  mechanism. 


THE   TOP   CARRIAGE. 


The  top  carriage  is  built  up  of  flange  steel  plates  pressed  into 
shape  and  riveted  together.  The  two  side  plates  are  flanged  all 
around,  the  flanges  turning  inward.  The  bottom  plate  rests  on  the 


51 

lower  flanges  of  the  side  plates  and  extends  upward  in  front,  forming 
a  stiff  connection  for  the  sides,  which  are  further  reinforced  by 
inner  plates  of  flanged  steel.  A  bronze  bushing  extends  through  an 
opening  in  the  bottom  plate  and  fits  in  the  pintle  plate  bushing  of 
the  trail.  A  steel  filler  ring  is  riveted  on  the  underside  of  the  bottom 
plate.  A  forged  steel  top  carriage  front  clip  riveted  to  the  front  of 
the  bottom  plate  engages  the  front  trail  clip. 

Bronze  top  carriage  left  and  right  clips  riveted  on  the  rear  end 
of  the  top  carriage  side  plates  engage  the  left  and  right  rear  trail 
clips.  The  top  carriage  left  clip  has  a  projecting  arm  with  a  bearing 
for  the  rear  end  of  the  handwheol  shaft  of  the  elevating  mechanism. 
Vertical  bearings  for  the  traversing  nut  are  cast  integral  with  the 
top  carriage  left  clip. 

On  the  top  of  the  side  plates  are  located  the  cast  steel  trunnion 
bearings  which  support  the  trunnions  of  the  cradle.  The  rear  of  the 
left  trunnion  bearing  forms  a  "seat  for  the  sight  fastening.  The  trun- 
nion caps  are  hinged  to  the  trunnion  bearings  and  secured  by  the 
trunnion  cap  swing  bolts. 

Near  their  forward  ends  the  side  plates  are  stamped  to  form 
vertical  and  parallel  seats  for  the  flanges  of  the  elevating  bearings 
of  the  elevating  shaft.  A  similar  vertical  seat  is  formed  near  the 
center  of  the  right  side  plate  for  the  bearing  case  of  the  quick-return 
mechanism.  Top  carriage  bearing  plates  of  bronze,  riveted  under 
the  forward  ends  of  the  side  plates,  bear  upon  the  upper  surfaces 
of  the  brake-beam  brackets  of  the  trail. 

Other  parts  riveted  to  the  top  carriage  are  the  bronze  elevating- 
gear  case  on  the  left  side  plate,  the  bronze  depression  stop  on  the 
upper  edge  of  the  front  face  of  the  bottom  plate,  and  the  elevating- 
worm  bearings  just  inside  the  inner  plates. 

The  bearing  surfaces  of  all  of  these  riveted  parts  are  finished  after 
riveting,  and  the  top  carriage,  complete,  is  regarded  as  one  inter- 
changeable piece. 

THE    ELEVATING   MECHANISM. 

The  elevating  mechanism  consists  of  the  rockers,  rocker  brace, 
worm,  elevating  shaft,  and  handwheel  shaft,  and  their  accompanying 
parts. 

The  rockers  are  made  of  forged  steel.  A  circular  hole  at  the 
center  of  the  arc  fits  over  the  cradle  trunnion.  The  rockers  are 
located  between  the  rim  bases  of  the  cradle  trunnions  and  the  trun- 
nion bearings  of  the  top  carriage.  Lugs  on  their  extreme  rear  end 
engage  pawls  of  the  quick-return  mechanism,  as  hereafter  described. 
A  tubular  rocker  brace  passing  under  the  howitzer  connects  the 
rockers  and  insures  their  action  as  a  unit.  Bronze  washers  are 
riveted  to  the  inside  of  the  rockers  and  afford  a  wearing  surface 
against  the  top  carriage  trunnion  bearings. 


52 

The  worm  teeth  of  the  rockers  engage  the  worms  lying  in  the 
elevating-worm  bearings  riveted  to  the  bottom  plate  and  inner 
plates  of  the  top  carriage.  The  worm-bearing  caps  are  bolted  to 
the  bearings.  Bevel  gears  on  the  forward  ends  of  the  worms  engage 
gears  on  the  elevating  shaft.  The  right  end  of  this  shaft  is  sup- 
ported in  the  right  bearing  bushing,  which  is  secured  by  bolts  to 
the  elevating  bearing,  right.  The  left  end  of  the  shaft  is  supported 
by  the  elevating  bearing,  left,  on  the  inside  of  the  top  carriage  and 
supports  the  elevating  gear  on  the  outside.  The  elevating-gear  case 
on  the  left  side  plate,  together  with  the  elevating-gear  cover 
forms  a  bearing  for  the  forward  end  of  the  handwheel  shaft ;  a  pinion 
on  this  shaft  meshes  with  the  gear  on  the  elevating  shaft.  When 
the  handwheel  shaft  is  rotated,  by  means  of  the  elevating  handwheel 
located  on  its  rear  end,  the  gears  transmit  the  motion  through  the 
elevating  shaft  and  the  worms  to  the  rockers,  forcing  them  to  rotate 
about  the  trunnions,  elevating  or  depressing  the  cradle. 

Drain  plugs  are  provided  in  the  elevating-gear  case  and  worm- 
bearing  caps  for  draining  off  the  excess  oil. 

QUICK-RETURN   MECHANISM. 

The  quick-return  mechanism  is  designed  to  afford  means  of  quickly 
returning  the  cradle  and  howitzer  to  the  loading  position  and  re- 
leasing them  from  the  elevating  mechanism  without  interfering  with 
the  laying  of  the  piece  or  disturbing  the  setting  of  the  sights.  By 
this  means  the  howitzer  can  be  brought  to  the  loading  position 
without  changing  the  sight  setting,  thereby  saving  time  in  firing. 

The  quick-return  mechanism  consists  of  the  pawls,  the  hand- 
wheel  shaft,  the  intermediate  shaft,  the  pinion  shaft,  and  accom- 
panying parts  of  each.  The  pawls  are  heavy  hooks  supported  on 
bosses  of  the  pawl  bearings  and  connected  through  the  cradle  by 
the  pawl  shaft.  The  shaft  is  operated  by  the  pawl  handle  on  the 
right  pawl.  The  pawls  have  spring  plungers  which  bear  against 
projections  oil  the  bearings  and  tend  to  keep  the  pawls  locked  to  the 
rockers. 

For  quickly  bringing  the  howitzer  to  loading  position  when  the 
pawls  are  released  from  the  rockers  a  train  of  gears  is  provided  in 
the  right  side  of  the  top  carriage  which  act  on  the  cradle  through 
the  quick-return  rack  bolted  to  the  right  trunnion.  The  bearing 
case  is  a  short,  hollow  cylinder  of  bronze  riveted  between  the  right 
side  plate  and  the  inner  plate  (right)  of  the  top  carriage.  The  inner 
end  of  the  bearing  case  is  bored  to  a  smaller  diameter  and  fitted  with 
a  bronze  hub  called  the  pinion-shaft  bearing.  The  bearing  retainer 
telescopes  in  the  larger  bore  of  the  bearing  case  and  holds  the  flange 
of  the  pinion-shaft  bearing  firmly  against  the  shoulder  in  the  bearing 
case.  The  pinion  shaft  projects  through  the  pinion-shaft  bearing 


53 

and  bearing  retainer  and  has  a  pinion  formed  on  its  inner  end  which 
meshes  with  the  quick-release  rack. 

The  outer  end  of  the  pinion  shaft  is  squared  and  fitted  with  the 
pinion-shaft  clutch  which  meshes  with  the  intermediate  gear  sleeve 
mounted  on  the  pinion  shaft  and  carrying  the  intermediate  gear. 
The  end  pressure  on  the  clutch  is  supplied  by  the  clutch  spring 
between  the  inner  and  outer  spring  washers  mounted  on  the  shaft. 

The  intermediate  gear  meshes  with  a  bevel  pinion  on  the  upper 
end  of  the  intermediate  shaft  which  is  carried  in  bearings  in  the 
shaft  housing  assembled  between  the  bearing  case  and  the  top 
carriage  right  clip.  A  bevel  gear  on  the  lower  end  of  the  intermediate 
shaft  meshes  with  a  pinion  on  the  handwheel  shaft  which  is  supported 
in  the  handwheel-shaft  bearing  bolted  to  the  clip.  A  bronze  gear 
cover  screwed  to  the  inside  of  the  top  carriage  right  clip  incloses  the 
lower  pair  of  gears.  The  shaft  housing  rests  in  a  cup-shaped  socket 
at  its  lower  end  and  is  locked  in  position  when  the  bearing  retainer 
is  assembled.  Means  of  oiling  the  inner  bearing  of  the  pinion  shaft 
is  provided  through  an  oil  tube  leading  from  the  right  side  plate 
through  the  bearing  case  to  the  pinion-shaft  bearing. 

When  the  pawls  are  disengaged  one  revolution  of  the  quick- 
return  handwheel  elevates  or  depresses  the  cradle  about  9.8°. 

As  will  be  seen  from  the  above,  by  elevating  or  depressing  the 
rocker  the  gears  and  handwheel  of  the  quick-return  mechanism  will 
be  actuated  also,  while  by  turning  the  quick-return  handwheel  only 
the  cradle  and  handwheel  move. 

By  means  of  the  intermediate  gear  sleeve  and  pinion-shaft  clutch, 
described  above,  it  is  possible  to  move  the  rocker  without  actually 
moving  the  quick-return  mechanism  except  the  pinion  shaft,  pro- 
vided the  resistance  at  the  quick-return  handwheel  is  sufficient  to 
overcome  the  resistance  of  the  clutch.  This  may  occur  when  the 
howitzer  is  fired,  where,  due  to  play  in  the  pawls  and  elevating 
worms,  a  certain  movement  of  the  howitzer  takes  place  during 
firings  and  the  mass  of  quick-return  handwheel  and  shafts  resist 
movement  sufficiently  to  bring  the  clutch  into  action. 

SAFETY   FIRING   DEVICE. 

The  bronze  safety  latch  bearing  is  riveted  to  the  right  pawl  bearing 
and  forms  a  support  foi  the  safety  latch  and  a  seat  for  the  safety 
latch  plunger  and  spring.  The  rear  arm  of  the  pawl  handle  engages 
the  slot  ir  the  firing  handle  hub  when  the  pawls  are  released,  making 
it  impossible  to  pull  the  firing  handle.  The  pawl  handle  is  locked 
in  this  position  by  the  hook  of  the  safety  latch  engaging  the  notch 
on  the  top  of  the  right  pawl.  The  safety  latch  plunger  bears  against 
a  projection  on  the  safety  latch  and  tends  to  keep  the  latch  hooked. 


54 

When  the  cradle  and  howitzer  are  bi  ought  back  to  the  firing  position 
the  lower  arm  of  the  safety  latch  comes  in  contact  with  the  rocker 
and  releases  the  pawl  handle. 

TRAIL. 

The  flasks  of  the  trail  are  made  of  flange  steel,  shaped  to  form  a 
channel  section  and  reinforced  to  form  a  box  section.  The  forward 
ends  are  connected  with  each  other  by  means  of  the  flange  steel 
pintle  plate.  The  latter  forms  a  support  for  the  pintle  which  engages 
in  the  corresponding  part  of  the  top  carriage  bottom  plate. 

The  axle  is  made  in  three  parts,  the  two  axle  arms  and  the  body. 
In  assembling  the  axle  arms  are  forced  onto  the  body  of  the  axle. 
The  inner  ends  of  the  axle  arms  are  flanged.  Rivets  through  these 
flanges  and  corresponding  flanges  on  the  pintle  plate  connect  the 
axle  to  the  flasks.  The  spindles  of  the  axle  arms  are  offset  6.5  inches 
from  the  body.  They  are  given  a  slight  set  so  as  to  bring  the  lowest 
spoke  in  the  wheel  vertical  when  the  carriage  is  limbered.  Both  the 
axle  and  axle  arms  are  bored  out  to  i educe  weight;  the  bore  in  the 
arms  is  closed  at  the  inner  end  by  a  plug.  The  space  thus  created 
is  used  as  a  reservoir  for  the  lubricating  oil. 

The  pintle  plate  bushing  is  riveted  to  the  pintle  plate  12^  inches 
forward  of  the  axis  of  the  wheels  and  forms  a  circular  seat  for  the 
bottom  plate  bushing  on  the  top  carriage.  Forged  steel  rear  trail 
clips  riveted  on  the  upper  flanges  and  sides  of  the  flasks  and  a  front 
trail  clip  bolted  to  the  front  of  the  pintle  engage  with  the  rear  and 
front  clips  of  the  top  carriage. 

For  about  half  its  length  from  the  axle  the  trail  is  open  to  allow 
the  howitzer  to  pass  between  the  flasks  when  fired  at  the  higher 
angles  of  elevation.  In  this  open  part  each  flask  is  strengthened 
inside  by  a  flange  steel  reinforce  plate.  At  the  middle  of  the  trail 
the  flasks  are  connected  and  braced  by  the  front  transom;  below 
this  the  rear  and  the  lunette  transoms  perform  the  same  function. 
A  flange  steel  end  plate,  riveted  to  the  lower  flanges  of  the  flasks, 
is  bent  up  around  their  extreme  rear  ends,  while  the  top  plate  covers 
the  trail  from  the  front  transom  to  the  rear  end. 

The  cast-steel  spade  key  bracket  rests  on  the  top  plate  at  its  lower 
end  and  is  riveted  through  it  to  the  flasks.  It  has  also  a  flange 
turned  downward  over  the  end  plate  and  riveted  to  the  latter  and 
to  the  end  flanges  of  the  flasks.  This  spade  key  bracket  has  a  heavy 
lug  011  each  side  bored  to  receive  the  keys  which  lock  the  spade  in 
position  and  is  surmounted  by  projections  for  the  engagement  of  the 
handspikes  hinged  to  other  lugs  farther  forward  on  the  bracket. 

Six  other  steel  pieces — the  spade  bearings,  right  and  left,  the  spade 
phi  bearings,  right  and  left,  and  the  spade  brackets — are  riveted  to 
the  trail  as  additional  points  of  attachment  of  the  spade;  the  spade 


55 

and  spade  pin  bearings  are  located  on  the  sides  of  the  flasks 
and  are  used  to  receive  the  spade  pin.  The  spade  brackets  are  lo- 
cated on  the  top  plate  and  are  used  to  secure  the  spade  in  a  folded 
position. 

The  trail  end  reinforce  is  a  flange  steel  piece  riveted  to  the  end  plate. 
It  has  a  flanged  opening  to  receive  the  horn  of  the  top  carriage  of  the 
limber.  The  lunette  transom  riveted  to  the  flasks  and  the  end  plate 
supports  the  lunette,  a  forged  steel  piece  having  a  seat  for  engaging 
the  pintle  of  the  limber. 

A  bottom  plate  closes  the  underside  of  the  trail  between  the  front 
and  rear  transoms;  the  space  in  the  trail  thus  created  is  divided  into 
right  and  left  compartments  by  the  intermediate  transom  riveted 
to  the  front  and  rear  transoms  and  the  bottom  and  top  plates. 
Flanged  openings  in  the  top  plate  closed  by  hinged  covers  give 
entrance  to  these  compartments,  of  which  the  right  is  used  as  a  tool 
chest  and  the  left  as  a  sight  box.  The  covers  are  secured  by  hasps 
and  padlocks. 

Four  trail  handles  are  riveted  to  the  tiail  for  use  in  limbering;  a 
trail  prop  is  hinged  in  brackets  under  the  rear  transom.  The  trail 
prop  when  not  in  use  is  swung  forward  and  its  foot  held  against  the 
bottom  plate  by  a  chain  with  a  hook  slipped  over  a  button  on  the 
front  transom. 

Two  seats  for  cannoneers  serving  the  piece  are  mounted  on  brackets 
riveted  to  each  side  of  the  trail.  Attachments  foi  carrying  the 
sponge  and  rammer  are  provided  on  the  right  flask,  and  attachments 
for  carrying  the  maneuvering  bar  are  provid'ed  on  the  left  flask. 
Wheel  guards  with  removable  cast-iron  liners  riveted  to  each  side  of 
the  flasks  protect  the  latter  from  the  limber  wheels.  Other  brackets 
for  the  attachment  of  the  front  and  rear  traveling  locks,  loading 
barrow,  brakes,  and  traversing  mechanism  are  riveted  to  the  trail, 
as  described  later.  A  steel  cleaning  track  is  riveted  to  the  top  plate 
of  the  trail  between  the  covers  for  use  when  it  is  desired  to  clean  the 
howitzer  slides. 

A  name  plate,  giving  the  number  of  the  carriage,  model,  name  of 
manufacturer,  year  of  completion,  and  initials  of  inspector,  is  riv- 
eted on  the  top  plate. 

In  all  reports  and  correspondence  the  carriane  is  to  be  desiqndted  bu 

•L  X-  y  */  y 

the  number  and  model  given  on  the  name  plate. 

The  spade  frame  is  a  plate  of  flange  steel  stiffened  by  the  spade 
reinforce  riveted  to  its  rear  face  and  placed  crosswise  to  the  center 
line  of  the  trail,  with  wings  extending  to  the  front.  Between  these 
wings  and  parallel  to  them,  with  flanges  butting  against  and  riveted 
to  the  spade  frame,  are  two  spade  braces,  whose  upper  portions 
extend  above  the  frame  and  are  riveted  to  the  forged-steel  spade 
bearings.  Riveted  to  the  wings  of  the  spade  frame  and  to  the  spade 


56 

braces  is  the  float,  and  on  this  is  a  steel  angle  stiffener,  called  the 
float  reinforce.  The  float  and  the  float  reinforce  form  a  heavy  rail 
across  the  top  of  the  spade  frame. 

The  spade  pin  passes  through  the  forward  holes  of  the  spade  boar- 
ings  and  through  the  spade-pin  bearings  riveted  to  the  trail.  The 
spado  keys,  in  conjunction  with  the  rear  holes  of  the  spade  bearings 
and  corresponding  holes  in  the  spade-key  bracket,  serve  to  lock  the 
spado  in  its  position  in  rear  of  the  trail  when  the  carriage  is  unlim- 
berod.  For  traveling  the  spade  is  rotated  about  tho  spade  pin  to  the 
top  of  the  trail  and  secured  by  means  of  tho  spade  keys.  A  hard- 
ened-steel wearing  edge  is  riveted  to  the  lower  edge  of  tho  spade 
frame,  and  hardoned-steol  spade  points  are  riveted  to  the  spade  frame 
and  spado  edge.  Both  the  spade  edge  and  spade  points  can  be 
replaced  in  the  service. 

Two  handspikes  are  mounted  on  the  spade-key  bracket  of  the 
trail  in  such  a  manner  as  to  fold  forward  on  tho  trail  when  not  hi 
use;  in  this  position  they  are  held  by  tho  folded  spade.  When  in 
use,  they  are  locked  to  the  projecting  lugs  of  tho  spade-koy  bracket 
by  the  handspike  latches,  hinged  to  the  central  webs  of  the  hand- 
spikes. 

The  apron-latch  body  is  pivoted  on  the  apron-latch  base,  riveted 
to  tho  flanges  of  the  axle  arms.  Tho  lower  end  of  the  latch  body 
terminates  in  a  hook,  which  engages  tho  latch  staple  riveted  to  the 
apron  plate  and  holds  tho  latter  in  traveling  position.  To  prevent 
accidental  disengagement  of  the  hook  from  the  staple,  tho  opening 
of  the  hook  is  closed  by  a  plunger  seated  in  the  latch  body  and 
pressed  outward  into  position  by  a  spring. 

TRAVERSING   MECHANISM. 

The  traversing  mechanism  consists  of  the  traversing  screw  and 
handwheel,  the  traversing  pivot,  tho  traversing  nut,  the  thrust- 
bearing  nut,  the  ball  thrust  bearing,  and  tho  traversing-pivot  brack- 
ets and  thoir  accompanying  parts. 

Tho  bronzo  traversing  pivot  swivels  on  a  vertical  axis  in  the  steel 
traversing-pivot  bracket,  the  latter  being  riveted  to  tho  loft  trail 
flask.  Tho  upper  part  of  this  pivot  is  bored  horizontally  to  form  ja 
housing  for  tho  ball  thrust  bearing. 

Tho  thrust-bearing  nut  is  bored  to  fit  over  the  hub  of  tho  hand- 
wheel  and  threaded  to  the  traversing  pivot.  The  ball  thrust  bearing 
takes  tho  thrust  between  this  nut  and  the  traversing  screw.  The 
thrust-bearing  nut  is  hi  adjustment  when  the  end  play  of  the  screw 
is  taken  up  without  any  interference  with  the  movement  of  the  balls. 

The  traversing  nut,  which  is  of  bronzo,  swivels  on  a  vertical  axis 
in  bearings  on  the  top  carriage  loft  clip.  On  its  inner  end  is  screwed 
tho  travorsing-nut  dust  guard.  The  traversing  screw  is  threaded 
into  the  traversing  nut  with  a  loft-hand  thread  and  extends  outward 


57 

through  bearings  in  the  traversing  pivot  to  the  handwheel.  A  dust 
guard,  located  on  the  screw  between  the  nut  and  the  pivot,  protects 
the  screw  against  dust  and  dirt.  When  the  handwheel  is  turned, 
the  traversing  nut  is  forced  along  the  screw  and  carries  the  top  car- 
riage with  it.  Angular  movement  of  the  axis  of  the  screw  as  the 
top  carriage  turns  about  the  pintle  center  is  allowed  for  by  the  vor- 
tical bearings  of  the  nut  and  the,  pivot.  The  collar  on  the  screw  also 
serves  as  a  stop  to  limit  the  traversing  movement  to  the  loft,  while 
a  washer  nut  assembled  on  the  inner  end  of  screw  limits  movomont 
in  the  opposite  direction. 

An  azimuth  scale  is  attached  to  the  left  rear  clip  of  the  trail  and 
in  conjunction  with  a  zoro  mark  on  the  top  carriage  indicates  the 
position  in  azimuth.  The  scale  is  graduated  to  minimum  readings 
of  5  mils. 

ROAD   BRAKE. 

The  brake  consists  of  the  brake  beams,  the  brake  shoes,  the  brake 
lever,  the  bell  cranks,  the  brake  rods,  the  connecting  rod,  tho  brake 
segment  and  rack,  and  their  accompanying  parts. 

The  two  brake  beams  are  each  built  of  a  flango  steel  body  having 
a  brake-shoo  bearing  riveted  to  one  ond  and  two  hinges  for  attach- 
ment to  tho  brake-beam  bracket  riveted  at  the  other  end.  Noar 
the  brake-shoe  bearing  tho  flangos  of  the  beam  are  stiffened  by  the 
brake-beam  stiffonor,  and  on  the  insido  face  of  the  beam  is  rivotod 
the  brake-rod  bracket.  Tho  brake  segment,  with  its  rack,  is  riveted 
to  the  top  of  the  right  brako  beam  and  to  tho  brake-rod  bracket. 
The  flange  at  the  rear  of  tho  brako  segment  is  widened  and  forms  a 
stop  for  tho  brako  lover  when  tho  brakes  are  roloasod.  To  tho  brake- 
shoe  bearing  is  pinned  tho  brako  shoo,  which  boars  against  tho  tire 
of  tho  wheel.  The  hingos  on  tho  brako  beam  aro  pivotod  to  the 
brake-beam  bracket,  rivotod  to  tho  front  ond  of  the  trail  flask. 

The  hub  of  the  brake  lever  is  pinned  in  the  right  brake  rod  bracket, 
and  is  bored  eccentrically.  The  brake  eccentric  strap  turns  freely 
on  the  hub  of  tho  brake  lever  and  is  fastened  to  the  right  brake  rod, 
which  in  turn  is  fastened  to  the  right  bell  crank  mounted  in  the  bell- 
crank  bracket  riveted  to  the  flask  of  the  trail.  The  connecting  rod 
links  the  right  bell  crank  to  the  left  bell  crank,  and  the  latter  is 
connected  directly  through  the  left  brake  rod  to  the  brake-beam 
bracket  of  the  left  brake  beam.  A  leaf  spring  attached  to  each  flask 
bears  against  the  bell  cranks,  thus  preventing  the  swinging  or  whip- 
ping of  the  entire  brake  system. 

When  the  brakes  are  set,  the  brake  lever  is  held  by  the  teeth  of  the 
brake-segment  rack  engaging  the  brake-lever  catch,  a  small  steel 
piece  riveted  to  brake  lever.  For  the  purpose  of  adjustment  for 
orn  brake  shoes,  etc.,  the  brake  rods  aro  made  in  two  parts  screwed 
ether.  The  brako  may  be  used  as  a  firing  as  well  as  a  road  brake. 


58 


THE    TRAVELING   LOCK, 


To  relieve  the  pointing  mechanisms  from  undue  stresses  in  travel- 
ing, two  distinct  means  of  locking  the  howitzer  to  the  trail  are  pro- 
vided. The  front  traveling  lock  is  in  shape  an  inverted  V  with  a 
yoke  at  the  apex  embracing  a  lug  under  the  breech  of  the  howitzer, 
and  the  ends  of  the  legs  bolted  to  bearings  riveted  inside  the  trail  to 
the  flask  reinforce  plates.  A  pin  with  a  spring  catch  is  passed 
through  the  yoke  and  the  howitzer  lug  and  is  chained  to  one  of  the 
legs.  When  not  in  use  the  locking  pin  is  withdrawn  and  the  yoke 
is  disengaged  from  the  howitzer  lug,  rotated  upon  the  bolts  and 
engaged  in  the  traveling  lock  fastener  clamped  on  the  axle,  where1 
it  is  again  secured  by  the  locking  pin.  The  front  traveling  lock 
should  be  used  only  in  an  emergency,  when  there  is  not  time  to 
retract  the  howitzer  to  the  position  afforded  by  the  rear  traveling 
lock. 

The  rear  traveling  lock  consists  of  a  bar  with  one  end  hinged 
in  a  clip  on  the  left  flask  and  the  other  end  secured  by  a  locking 
pin  in  a  sim^ar  clip  on  the  right  flask.  The  middle  of  the  bar  is 
shaped  as  a  yoke  to  embrace  the  lug  of  the  howitzer  and  is  provided 
with  a  locking  pin  for  securing  the  latter  in  the  bar.  When  the 
howitzer  is  drawn  back  to  the  rear  traveling  lock  the  load  on  the 
wheels  of  the  carriage  and  limber  is  equalized,  and  the  howitzer 
should  habitually  be  kept  in  this  position  except  when  unlimbered 
and  ready  for  firing.  When  not  in  use  the  rear  traveling  lock  is 
swung  forward  and  its  right  end  secured  in  a  third  clip  on  the  left 
flask. 

The  maneuvering  bar  and  retracting  chain  are  used  to  retract 
the  howitzer  to  the  rear  traveling  lock.  To  accomplish  this,  the 
howitzer  is  disconnected  from  the  cylinder,  the  toggle  of  the  retract- 
ing chain  is  passed  through  the  hole  in  the  lug  of  the  howitzer,  and 
the  maneuvering  bar  put  through  the  ring  of  chain.  The  side  of  one 
of  the  holes  in  the  reinforced  plate  of  the  flask  may  be  used  as  a 
fulcrum  for  starting  the  howitzer.  The  maneuvering  bar  may  be 
left  in  the  chain  ring  for  the  balance  of  the  pull,  or  may  be  used 
directly  back  of  the  lug  of  the  howitzer.  The  cradle  should  be 
placed  at  the  proper  elevation  and  azimuth  before  the  retracting 
operation  is  begun.  The  shifting  of  the  weight  of  the  howitzer 
should  be  done  while  the  carriage  is  limbered,  both  to  avoid  lifting 
the  extra  weight  in  Umbering  and  to  avoid  the  tendency  of  the  piece 
to  slide  out  of  the  cradle  when  it  is  elevated  and  not  held  by  the 
recoil  springs. 

THE    TRAVELING    COVERS. 

The  traveling  breech  cover  protects  the  howitzer  slides,  breech 
mechanism,  and  firing  mechanism  from  dust  and  dirt.  The  cover  is 
first  placed  over  the  upper  lug  of  the  breech  hoop  and  is  then  drawn 


59 

forward.  A  pocket  is  provided  on  the  left  to  accommodate  the 
shoulder  guard,  and  a  smaller  pocket  at  the  right  is  drawn  over  the 
firing  handle.  Four  straps  on  the  underside  of  the  cover  secure  it  in 
position.  Two  buckles  are  sewed  at  the  front  end  of  the  cover  to 
.engage  the  straps  on  the  traveling  muzzle  cover. 

The  traveling  muzzle  cover  closes  the  muzzle  of  the  howitzer. 
'The  upper  extremities  of  the  cover  fit  into  the  gun  slides  of  the 
.cradle,  and  in  removing  the  cover  it  should  be  drawn  forward  to  the 
,end  of  the  slides  to  clean  them.  A  metal  handle  is  welded  to  the 
.cover  to  assist  in  removing  it.  Two  straps  are  provided  which 
.engage  the  buckles  on  the  front  end  of  the  traveling  breech  cover 
;and  hold  both  covers  in  position  longitudinally. 

THE    SHIELD. 

'The  shield  for  the  protection  of  the  cannoneers  is  a  hardened 
steel  plate  0.15-inch  thick,  made  in  three  parts — the  apron,  main 
shield,  and  top  shield. 

The  main  shield  has  a  large  opening  through  which  the  howitzer 
and  cradle  project,  and  smaller  openings  for  the  lines  of  sight.  Its 
lower  edge  is  attached  to  the  front  end  of  the  trail  by  short  shield 
angles  and  shield-support  plates.  Two  steel  angle  shield  stiffeners, 
;riveted  on  the  rear  of  the  main  shield  to  maintain  its  shape,  are 
"braced  at  the  upper  ends  by  tubular  braces  which  extend  to  lugs  on 
•the  axle  arms.  Additional  diagonal  shield  braces  extend  front  the 
same  dugs  and  are  attached  to  the  main  shield  near  the  top  carriage 
trunnions.  The  lower  edge  of  the  main  shield  extends  slightly 
below  the  trail  and  is  fitted  with  three  hinges  for  the  apron  shield. 
A  panoramic  sight  case  for  carrying  the  panoramic  sight  in  traveling 
is  attached  to  the  left  rear  side  of  the  main  shield  by  means  of  the 
right  and  left  bracket  bases  and  bolts. 

The  top  shield  is  hinged  to  the  main  shield  and  is  arranged  so  as  to 
fold  back  for  traveling  to  an  approximately  horizontal  position.  It  is 
fastened  in  the  upright  position  by  the  top  shield  brace  on  either  side 
extending  from  near  its  upper  edge  to  the  top  shield  brackets  riveted 
on  the  main  shield.  In  folding  the  top  shield,  the  pins  supporting 
the  bracket  ends  of  the  top  shield  braces  are  removed,  the  shield  laid 
back  upon  the  bracket,  thus  locking  the  shield  in  the  new  position. 

The  apron  extends  to  within  5  inches  of  the  ground,  and  for  travel- 
ing it  is  swung  to  the  under  surf  ace  of  the  trail,  where  it  is  held  by  the 
two  apron  latches. 

WHEELS. 

The  wheels  are  a  modified  form  of  the  Archibald  pattern,  60  inches 
in  diameter  and  with  0.625-inch  tires.  The  hub  consists  of  a  steel 
hub  box  and  hub  ring,  the  two  having  flanges  which  clamp  the  spokes 
and  are  drawn  together  by  eight  heavy  bolts  and  a  ring  called  a  hub 


60 

band,  which  is  threaded  to  the  hub  box.  The  lock  washer  and  th( 
wheel-hook  bushing  are  located  on  the  hub  box  between  the  hub  band 
and  the  hub  ring.  The  wheel-hook  bushing  is  assembled  under  th( 
wheel  hook  and  by  means  of  a  flange  secures  the  hook  to  the  wheel. 
The  wheel  hook  is  used  for  attachment  of  ropes  or  chains  in  emergency 
traction.  The  lock  washer  is  located  between  the  wheel-hook  bushinj 
and  the  hub  band  and  prevents  the  latter  from  unscrewing. 

A  removable  bronze  liner  is  forced  into  the  hub  box  to  form 
wearing  surface,  and  the  outer  end  of  the  hub  is  closed  by  a  bronze 
hub  cap  screwed  on  the  hub  box  and  locked  with  a  small  bolt  callec 
the  hub-latch  plunger,  which  is  withdrawn  and  held  in  the  disengagec 
position  by  the  hub  latch  when  the  cap  is  to  be  unscrewed.  The  hul 
cap  is  also  fitted  with  the  standard  wheel  oil  valve,  which  is  pullet 
out  to  expose  the  opening  for  oiling  the  wheel  and  closes  to  rendei 
the  hub  dust  proof. 

The  wheel  fastening,  a  yoke  of  bronze,  fitting  recesses  in  the  outei 
end  of  the  axle  arm,  secures  the  wheel  to  the  axle  and  is  expose< 
when  the  hub  cap  is  removed.     The  yoke  is  secured  to  the  axle  arm 
by  the  wheel-fastening  plunger. 

A  description  of  one  of  the  accessories  follows : 

Two  loading  handbarrows  for  transporting  ammunition  to  the 
breech  of  the  howitzer  are  supplied  with  each  carriage.  The  barrow 
is  made  up  of  a  flange  steel  tray,  concave  in  section,  riveted  to  handle 
supports  having  handles  on  either  side  for  the  servers.  A  breech- 
recess  guide  is  riveted  to  the  front  end  to  support  the  tray  in  the 
breech  recess  of  the  howitzer  while  the  projectile  is  being  rammed 
into  place.  The  barrows  are  carried,  with  the  handles  folded,  on 
brackets  riveted  to  the  inside  of  the  trail  flasks  and  are  secured  by  a 
pin  passing  through  holes  in  the  tray  stop  on  the  barrow  and  in  the 
stop  bearing  riveted  to  the  front  transom. 

DISMOUNTING    AND    ASSEMBLING    HOWITZER    AND    CARRIAGE. 

To  dismount  the  howitzer. — Unscrew  the  cylinder-retaining  ring  on 
the  rear  end  of  the  cylinder  and  draw  the  piece  to  the  rear  until  the 
rails  are  free  from  the  cradle  gun  slides. 

To  mount  the  howitzer. — Shove  the  piece  from  the  rear,  with  the 
gun  slides  engaging  the  rails,  guiding  the  cylinder  carefully  into  the 
lug  on  the  howitzer,  taking  care  that  the  locating  pin  in  the  bore  of 
the  lug  enters  the  notch  cut  on  the  exterior  surface  of  the  cylinder. 
Assemble  the  cylinder-retaining  ring,  locking  it  in  place  on  the  cylin- 
der with  the  locking  screw. 

In  moving  the  piece  on  or  off  the  cradle  particular  care  must  be 
taken  to  support  the  breech  end  so  that  the  howitzer  rails  are  in  pro- 
longation of  the  cradle  gun  slides.  The  firing  pallet  is  also  exposed 
to  injury  during  this  maneuver,  and  care  should  be  taken  to  prevent 


61 

it  from  being  struck  by  the  muzzle  of  the  piece  or  by  implements  in 
the  hands  of  cannoneers.  The  cradle  should  be  placed  at  the  desired 
elevation  and  azimuth  before  beginning  either  of  these  maneuvers 
and  not  changed  during  its  progress,  since  the  working  of  either  of 
the  elevating  or  traversing  mechanisms  when  the  piece  is  partially 
out  of  battery  brings  an  excessive  and  unnecessary  strain  and  wear 
upon  the  parts. 

To  dismount  the  cylinder. — The  cradle  should  always  be  brought  to 
zero  elevation  before  the  cylinder-retaining  ring  is  removed.  If  the 
cylinder  is  to  be  dismounted  without  removing  the  howitzer,  the 
howitzer  should  be  securely  lashed  to  the  cradle  to  prevent  move- 
ment to  the  rear.  The  piece  having  been  brought  to  the  horizontal 
position,  the  piston-rod  nut  is  removed,  the  four  swing-bolt  nuts 
securing  the  cradle  head  are  released  and  the  cradle  head  removed. 
Only  those  swing  bolts  affecting  the  front  cradle  head  are  to  be  dis- 
turbed; the  two  securing  the  spring  retainer  are  only  to  be  loosened 
when  the  spring  compressor  is  in  place  and  when  it  is  desired  to  re- 
move the  springs.  The  cylinder-retaining  ring  in  rear  of  the  howitzer 
lug  is  taken  off,  and  the  cylinder  with  piston  rod,  etc.,  withdrawn  to 
the  front. 

To  assemble  the  cylinder. — The  springs,  spring  stirrup,  and  spring 
retainer,  being  in  assembled  position,  shove  the  cylinder  into  its  seat 
from  the  front,  taking  care  that  the  locating  pin  in  the  bore  of  the  lug 
of  the  howitzer  enters  the  notch  cut  on  the  exterior  surface  of  the 
cylinder.  Screw  in  place  the  cylinder-retaining  ring  and  secure  it 
with  the  locking  screw.  Assemble  the  cradle  head  and  screw  in 
place  the  piston-rod  nut. 

In  replacing  the  cylinder  it  sometimes  happens  that  the  inner 
springs  have  become  displaced  in  a  way  to  prevent  the  entrance  of 
the  cylinder;  in  such  a  case,  reach  in  from  the  rear  of  the  cradle 
and  place  the  coil  in  its  right  location,  either  with  the  hand  or  a 
wooden  stick. 

To  drain  the  cylinder. — Clean  receptacles  for  holding  8  gallons  of 
oil  are  to  be  provided.  With  the  trail  of  the  carriage  limbered  or 
supported  on  the  trail  prop,  unscrew  both  drain  plugs  from  the 
front  cylinder  head,  and  depress  the  cradle  to  its  maximum.  A 
duct  should  be  improvised  to  lead  the  flow  of  oil  beyond  the  muzzle, 
where  it  can  be  caught  by  the  receptacles  provided. 

To  jill  the  cylinder. — Practically  all  damages  to  the  rear  cradle  head 
and  parts  of  cylinder  can  he  traced  to  the  fact  that  the  cylinder  was  not 
completely  filled  with  oil.  For  that  reason  the  cylinder  should  he  filled 
with  the  greatest  care;  a  commissioned  officer  should  himself  verify 
that  the  cylinder  is  full  and  that  no  air  is  left  in  it,  with  the  exception 
of  the  void  noted  below. 


62 

The  easiest  way  to  fill  the  cylinder  is  to  fill  it  when  disassembled 
from  the  carriage.  If  this  is  impracticable,  fill  as  follows:  The  piston, 
rod,  valve,  counterrecoil  buffer,  and  cylinder  heads  being  assembled,  th '. 
piston  rod  is  drawn  out  until  clear  of  the  counterrecoil  buffer,  approxi  • 
mately  32  inches.  With  the  cylinder  assembled  to  the  howitzer  lug  ir, 
such  a  location  as  to  bring  the  filling  and  drain  holes  in  a  nearly  vertica  I 
line,  elevate  the  howitzer  to  maximum  elevation. 

Remove  both  plugs  and  fill  slowly  through  either  hole.  When  about 
two-thirds  full,  replace  the  plugs  and  depress  to  zero  elevation  to  permit 
the  air  pocketed  in  the  counterrecoil  buffer  recess  to  escape.  The  piston 
rod  is  now  forced  in  to  within  an  inch  of  its  firing  position.  The  cradli 
is  again  elevated,  the  cylinder  entirely  filled,  and  the  rod  forced  in. 
Before  final  insertion  of  the  plugs  the  valve  should  be  rotated  slowki 
to  permit  the  escape  of  any  entrapped  air  in  the  by-pass;  also  allow 
plenty  of  time  for  pocketed  air  to  escape. 

When  satisfied  that  the  cylinder  is  entirely  full,  allow  about  10  cubi<1. 
inches  (about  one-third  pint)  of  oil  to  escape,  this  providing  a  void  fo  • 
the  expansion  of  the  oil.  Tighten  both  plugs  and  secure  them  wiii, 
copper  wire. 

It  may  happen  that  after  firing  a  few  rounds  the  howitzer  will 
not  return  to  battery.  This  may  be  due  to,  first,  weakness  o' 
springs;  second,  stuffing-box  gland  being  screwed  up  too  tightly; 
or,  third,  the  oil  having  expanded,  due  to  heat. 

In  either  case  the  cause  must  be  ascertained  and  remedied;  if  duo 
to  expansion  of  oil,  it  is  proven  by  the  fact  that  the  gun  can  not  bo 
pushed  into  battery  by  force  exerted  on  the  breech  of  the  howitzer 
In  that  case  elevate  to  maximum  elevation  and  remove  the  upper- 
most plug.  The  oil  will  now  escape,  permitting  the  howitzer  to 
return  to  battery. 

Approximately  62  pints  of  oil  are  required  for  filling  the  cylinder. 
Hydroline  oil  of  a  specific  gravity  of  0.85  is  furnished  by  the  Ordnance 
Department  for  use  in  these  cylinders;  it  is  characterized  by  its  low 
freezing  point  and  by  its  noncorrosive  action  on  metals.  The  oil 
used  in  the  cylinder  is  to  be  clean  and  free  from  grit  and  dirt;  to 
insure  this  it  is  to  be  strained  through  a  clean  piece  of  linen  or  muslir. 
before  using. 

In  emergencies  water  may  be  used  in  the  cylinder.  This  should 
be  done  only  when  absolutely  necessary  and  never  in  freezing  weather, 
and  as  soon  as  practicable  the  cylinder  is  to  be  emptied,  cleaned,  and 
thoroughly  dried  and  filled  with  hydroline  oil. 

To  dismount  the  springs. — The  carriage  should  either  be  limbered, 
or  the  trail  supported  in  an  approximately  horizontal  position  by 
the  trail  prop  or  temporary  blocking.  With  the  cradle  approxi- 
mately level,  remove  the  cylinder-retaining  ring,  screw  the  retracting; 
eye  into  the  threaded  recess  in  the  rear  end  of  the  counterrecoil 


63 

buffer.  Hitch  the  trail  chain  securely  around  the  lugs  on  the  spade- 
key  bracket  on  the  end  of  the  trail  (spade  removed),  and  attach  the 
upper  hook  of  the  duplex  block  to  it.  By  means  of  the  retracting 
chain  and  the  block  put  sufficient  strain  on  the  retracting  eye  to 
relieve  the  spring  retainer  from  spring  pressure.  Kemove  the  spring 
retainer  and  cradle  head  by  loosening  the  swing  bolts.  Ease  off  the 
block  until  the  springs  are  free. 

On  account  of  the  great  length  of  the  free  spring  column,  temporary 
blocking  must  be  placed  in  front  of  and  on  line  with  the  bottom  of 
the  cradle  to  support  the  weight  of  the  cylinder,  stirrup,  and  springs, 
both  in  releasing  and  in  assembling  the  column. 

To  assemble  the  springs. — With  the  cradle  approximately  level  and 
the  trail  up  as  directed  for  dismounting,  shove  the  first  section  of 
the  outer  springs  into  the  cradle  until  the  front  end  has  entered  a 
few  inches ;  set  up  a  separator  against  the  forward  end  of  this  section, 
keeping  the  separator  upright  betwetn  the  sections;  enter  the  second 
section  and  shove  the  column  against  the  rear  head  of  the  cradle, 
setting  up  the  second  separator.  Place  the  other  two  outer  springs 
with  the  third  separator  on  the  spring  stirrup  and  enter  the  rear 
end  of  the  stirrup  into  the  spring  column  in  the  cradle.  Similarly 
assemble  the  springs  of  the  inner  column,  two  into  the  stirrup,  two 
on  the  cylinder.  Extend  the  duplex  block  as  far  as  possible  and, 
passing  the  end  of  the  retracting  chain  through  the  spring  column, 
engage  it  in  the  retracting  eye  screwed  into  the  rear  end  of  the 
counterrecoil  buffer.  The  elevation  of  the  cradle  and  the  position 
of  the  supporting  blocking  should  be  such  that  when  the  chain  is 
taut  it  will  be  in  the  center  of  the  hole  in*  the  gun  lug.  While  the 
spring  column  is  being  compressed,  care  must  be  taken  to  see  that 
the  feet  on  the  stirrup  outer  rings  enter  the  spring  stirrup  guides 
and  that  the  rear  ends  of  the  cylinder  and  stirrup  are  properly  guided 
through  the  rear  head  of  the  cradle.  When  the  springs  are  suffi- 
ciently compressed,  the  spring  retainer  is  assembled.  The  retracting 
chain  can  then  be  released  and  disengaged  and-  the  cylinder-retaining 
ring  assembled. 

As  the  spring  columns  are  assembled  under  a  load  of  3,000  pounds, 
serious  results  may  attend  a  sudden  release  by  breakage  of  the  chain 
or  other  part  during  the  process  of  compressing;  all  parts  should  be 
carefully  inspected  before  using,  and  all  members  of  the  gun  crew  be 
required  to  keep  arms  and  bodies  away  from  the  front  of  the  column 
during  these  operations. 

To  dismount  the  piston  and  piston  rod. — The  cylinder  is  removed 
from  the  cradle  and  drained.  The  gland  lock  is  released  and  the 
gland  slackened  a  few  turns.  Each  carriage  is  furnished  with  two 
large  wrenches,  one  of  which  fits  the  rear  cylinder  head  and  one  the 
spring  compressing  ring;  noting  that  the  last  named  is  locked  by 
6311—17 6 


64 

the  spring  compressing  ring  lock,  the  rear  cylinder  head  may  be  un- 
screwed and  the  piston  and  rod  may  be  withdrawn  from  that  end; 
or,  the  front  cylinder-head  spanner  may  be  applied  and  that  head 
removed,  and  the  piston  and  rod  taken  out  toward  the  front.  If  it 
be  desired  to  dismount  the  valve  the  front  cylinder  head  is  taken  off 
as  the  valve  is  removed  at  that  end.  If  the  piston  only  is  to  be 
removed  it  is  best  to  break  the  joint  in  the  cylinder  exposed  to  the 
least  internal  pressure,  i.  e.,  that  of  the  rear  head.  When  either 
head  of  the  cylinder  is  removed  the  opening  is  to  be  closed  immedi- 
ately by  returning  the  head  or  by  using  clean  cotton  cloths  to  pre- 
vent grit  from  blowing  into  the  valve  and  cylinder  liner  ports. 

The  cylinder  liner  screws  into  the  cylinder  from  the  front  end  and 
is  locked  by  a  plug  at  the  rear  end  screwed  through  the  cylinder 
wall.  It  is  never  to  be  disturbed  outside  of  the  machine  shop,  as 
each  liner  is  forced  in  its  seat  and  located  individually  by  the  lock, 
the  notches  in  the  rear  of  the  cylinder  being  cut  later  to  insure  the 
exact  position  of  the  rows  of  cylinder  liner  ports  in  relation  to  the 
keys  of  the  valve.  Each  cylinder,  cylinder  liner,  and  lock  are  there- 
fore considered  collectively  as  one  interchangeable  piece. 

In  dismounting  and  assembling  the  cylinder  heads  the  cylinder  is 
always  to  be  held  by  the  wrenches.  It  should  never  be  held  by 
clamping  bars  at  its  middle  or  by  using  a  chain  wrench,  as  its  walls 
are  thin  and  not  intended  to  withstand  such  usage. 

In  assembling  the  valve  in  the  cylinder  liner  it  will  be  noted  that 
the  keys  hi  the  valve  do  not  come  to  within  0.5  inch  of  one  end;  this 
is  the  forward  end — the  other  enters  the  cylinder  liner  first.  Before 
assembling  the  valve  be  perfectly  sure  that  it  is  clean. 

In  assembling  the  piston  rod  the  operations  of  dismounting  are 
reversed.  It  ought  not  to  be  necessary  to  take  out  the  stuffing-box 
packing. 

The  necessity  for  dismounting  parts  of  the  cylinder  will  seldom 
arise.  It  is  to  be  done  only,  in  the  presence  of  a  commissioned 
officer,  who  will  see  that  the  parts  are  handled  with  the  greatest 
care.  In  assembling  the  parts  are  to  be  thoroughly  cleaned,  as  the 
clearances  in  the  valve  are  very  small  and  the  presence  of  small 
foreign  particles  may  interfere  with  the  proper  working  of  the  parts. 

To  pack  the  stuffing  box. — The  stuffing  box  is  packed  with  four 
rings  of  Garlock  hydraulic  waterproof  packing  0.375  inch  square, 
issued  in  rings  cut  to  such  size  that  the  ends  nearly  meet  around  the 
rod.  These  rings  are  assembled  in  the  cylinder,  each  ring  being 
placed  so  as  to  break  joints  with  the  preceding  one,  and  each  in  suc- 
cession being  forced  into  its  seat  by  a  packing  tool  of  copper  or  hard 
wood;  one  end  of  this  tool  is  shaped  like  a  carpenter's  gouge,  while 
the  other  end  is  formed  jnto  a  handle  strong  enough  to  withstand 
light  taps  from  a  hammer.  Such  a  tool  may  be  readily  improvised 


65 

by  the  battery  mechanic.  After  the  four  rings  are  firmly  seated  in 
the  chamber  the  gland  is  screwed  on. 

Be  sure  that  at  least  eight  threads  of  the  gland  are  engaged  with 
the  threads  of  the  cylinder  head,  as  otherwise  the  threads  oi  the 
gland  may  be  stripped  in  firing. 

The  adjustment  of  the  gland  will  require  the  exercise  of  some 
judgment.  If  screwed  up  too  tight  the  frictional  resistance  of  the 
packing  on  the  piston  rod  will  be  so  increased  that  the  counter- 
recoil  springs  may  fail  to  return  the  howitzer  to  battery,  especially 
at  high  angles  of  elevation,  or  the  valve-turning  mechanism  may  be 
strained.  It  is  to  ~be  screwed  up  just  tight  enough  to  prevent  the  leakage  of 
oil.  Ordinarily  this  can  be  done  by  hand,  but  where  hand  power  is 
not  sufficient  the  wrench  provided  for  the  purpose  should  be  used. 
When  adjusted,  the  gland  is  to  be  locked. 

To  assemble  and  disassemble  the  valve-turning  mechanism. — -The 
valve  gear  sector  assembled  in  the  cradle  head  and  the  valve  pinion 
sector  are  always  to  be  engaged  with  their  assembling  marks  coinciding 
The  seats  for  the  valve  gear  sector  and  the  shaft  arm  on  the  inter- 
mediate shaft  are  so  arranged  as  to  admit  assembling  in  but  one 
position,  which  arrangement,  together  with  the  assembling  marks  of 
the  gears  and  the  keying  of  the  valve  to  the  piston  rod,  insures  the 
correct  alignment  of  valve  and  cylinder  liner.  To  remove  the  valve 
gear  sector  from  the  cradle  head  it  is  only  necessary  to  dismount  the 
latter  and  remove  the  gear  retainer  nut.  The  valve  gear  sector  being 
disengaged,  the  valve  pinion  sector  may  be  given  a  half  turn,  when  its 
clip  will  be  free  from  the  cradle  head. 

A  loose  coUar  in  rear  of  the  shaft  bearing  (front)  is  secured  to  the 
intermediate  shaft  by  a  split  pin;  with  this  pin  removed  the  shaft 
may  be  withdrawn  forward.  No  instructions  for  dismounting  or 
assembling  other  parts  of  the  valve-turning  gear  should  be  required. 

To  dismount  the  quick-return  mechanism,. — The  pinion-shaft  nut 
and  the  four  nuts  securing  the  bearing  retainer  are  removed  and  the 
intermediate  gear  and  sleeve,  clutch,  washers,  and  spring,  with  the 
bearing  retainer,  may  be  withdrawn  from  the  bearing  case.  Remove 
the  gear  cover  and  the  nut  on  the  lower  end  of  the  intermediate 
shaft.  The  shaft  and  the  housing  may  now  be  removed  through  the 
bearing  case,  after  which  the  pinion  shaft  may  be  unseated. 

To  assemble  the  quick-return  mecJianism. — The  pinion  shaft  being 
assembled  in  the  pinion-shaft  bearing,  seat  the  latter  in  the  bearing 
case.  With  the  intermediate  shaft  in  its  housing,  the  latter  is 
assembled  in  the  bearing  case  and  top  carriage  right  clip,  at  the  same 
time  placing  the  gear  on  its  squared  seat  on  the  shaft  and  securing 
it  with  the  intermediate  shaft  nut  and  split  pin.  On  the  pinion 
shaft  placed  in  succession  are  the  inner  spring  washer,  the  spring, 


66 

outer  spring  washer,  intermediate  gear  sleeve,  with  the  intermediate 
gear  in  place,  and  the  pinion-shaft  clutch.  The  bearing  retainer 
is  then  assembled  and  secured  with  the  four  nuts,  after  which  the 
pinion-shaft  nut  is  assembled  and  the  gear  cover  replaced. 

To  remove  the  shield. — First  remove  the  bolts  and  nuts  connecting 
the  shield  braces  and  lugs  on  the  axle,  the  shield  angles  and  trail, 
and  the  shield-support  plates  and  the  shield.  The  shield  is  then 
free  to  be  moved  to  the  front.  The  apron  may  be  removed  before 
the  shield  braces  are  loosened  to  facilitate  handling. 

To  dismount  the  cradle. — The  howitzer,  shield,  and  quick-return 
pinion  are  dismounted,  the  valve  link  disconnected  from  the  left 
trunnion  cap,  the  trunnion-cap  swing  bolts  loosened,  and  the  caps 
swung  open;  the  cradle  and  rockers  may  now  be  lifted  free  from  the 
top  carriage  toward  the  rear. 

To  dismount  the  elevating  mechanism.. — Note  that  the  worms  can 
not  be  assembled  or  disassembled  while  the  rockers  are  engaged. 
With  the  howitzer  dismounted  it  is  possible  to  depress  the  cradle 
sufficiently  to  disengage  the  rockers  from  the  worms,  but  in  dis- 
mounting the  worms  it  will  generally  be  preferable  to  dismount  the 
cradle  first.  The  right  worm  bearing  cap  may  then  be  removed  and 
the  right  worm  dismounted.  The  elevating-gear  cover  and  the  nut 
from  the  left  end  of  the  elevating  shaft  are  removed,  the  right  bearing 
bushing  unbolted,  and  the  elevating  shaft  withdrawn  through  the 
right  side  plate.  The  left  worm  bearing  cap  may  now  be  removed 
and  the  worm  dismounted.  To  remove  the  handwheel  shaft,  the 
nut  in  front  of  the  bevel  pinion  is  removed  and  the  shaft  withdrawn 
through  the  bearing  on  the  rear  clip. 

To  assemble  the  elevating  mechanism. — Note  that  both  rockers  must 
elevate  simultaneously,  and  to  do  so  the  following  points  are  observed 
in  the  manufacture:  The  threads  on  the  worms  are  in  exactly  the 
same  relative  position;  the  flat  faces  of  the  squared  end  of  the  worms 
are  located  in  fixed  relation  to  the  thread;  the  teeth  of  the  gears 
are  cut  in  exact  location  with  respect  to  the  squared  hole,  and  the 
teeth  of  the  elevating-shaft  pinions  are  located  exactly  alike.  To 
assure  the  proper  assembly  of  the  worms,  the  thrust  washers  on  the 
rear  of  the  worms  have  cut  upon  them  assembling  marks  which 
should  coincide  simultaneously  with  the  dividing  lines  between  their 
respective  worm  bearings  and  caps. 

To  assemble,  reverse  the  order  of  dismounting.  The  handwheel 
shaft  collar  is  placed  in  the  half  bearing  of  the  elevating-gear  case 
(shoulder  to  the  rear)  and  the  handwheel  shaft  and  pinion  assembled. 
The  left  worm  and  gear  are  next  assembled  in  the  worm  bearing  and 
the  intermediate  worm  shaft  replaced,  adjusting  as  it  enters,  the 
collar  on  the  inside  of  the  left  elevating  bearing.  The  right  bearing 
bushing  is  restored,  and  the  right  worm,  gear,  and  cap  assembled. 


67 

To  dismount  the  traversing  mechanism. — Remove  the  traversing 
nut  dust  guard,  and  the  traversing-screw  washer  and  nut,  from  the 
inner  side.  The  handwheel  is  then  taken  off,  the  locking  screw 
taken  out,  the  thrust-bearing  nut  unscrewed,  and  the  ball-thrust 
bearing  removed;  the  traversing  screw  is  then  unscrewed  and  with- 
drawn through  the  traversing  pivot.  No  special  instructions  are 
required  for  removing  the  balance  of  the  mechanism.  In  reassem- 
bling the  thrust-bearing  nut  must  not  be  tightened  enough  to  clamp 
the  ball-thrust  bearing. 

To  dismount  the  -firing  mechanism. — No  special  instructions  should 
be  required.  Withdrawing  the  taper  pin  securing  the  collar  on  the 
forward  end  of  each  shaft  allows  th6  shaft  to  be  withdrawn  to  the 
rear.  In  assembling,  tension  is  put  upon  the  springs  as  the  firing- 
handle  hub  is  assembled. 

To  dismount  the  top  carriage. — The  howitzer,  shields,  cradle,  and 
traversing  mechanism  are  dismounted  and  the  front  clip  of  the 
trail  is  removed.  The  top  carriage  may  then  be  traversed  to  the 
left  until  free  from  the  clips. 

To  remove  a  wheel. — Support  the  axle  to  bring  the  wheel  clear  of 
the  ground.  Lift  up  the  flap  of  the  hub  latch,  thus  disengaging  its 
bolt,  and  unscrew  the  hub  cap;  the  wheel  fastening,  which  is  now 
exposed,  is  secured  to  the  axle  by  a  spring  pin  in  one  side;  when 
this  is  pressed  back,  the  wheel  fastening  may  be  lifted  free  and  the 
wheel  slipped  off. 

To  remove  a  hub  liner. — Take  the  wheel  from  the  axle  and  drive 
the  liner  out  by  striking  with  a  heavy  hammer  or  sledge  upon  a  suit- 
able wooden  or  metal  block  placed  against  the  small  end  of  the  liner. 
A  hub-liner  driving  tool  is  carried  in  the  forge  limber  for  this  purpose. 
In  assembling  a  new  liner  be  sure  the  surfaces  are  perfectly  clean 
and  that  no  dust  gets  under  the  flange  of  the  liner  to  prevent  it  being 
driven  solidly  against  the  face  of  the  hub.  Unless  the  liner  is  forced 
completely  into  the  hub  the  distance  from  the  face  of  the  liner  to  the 
small  end  of  the  hub  may  be  too  great  to  allow  the  assemblage  of  the 
wheel  fastening.  Should  the  outer  end  of  the  liner  project  beyond 
the  small  end  of  the  hub,  it  may  be  filed  flush. 

The  parts  of  this  carriage  in  general  are  made  with  sufficient 
clearance  to  permit  the  assemblage  of  any  part  without  the  use  of 
force.  In  assembling  them  no  part  should  be  directly  struck  with  a 
hammer.  If  resort  to  force  is  necessary,  a  piece  of  wood  or  copper 
drift  should  be  interposed  between  the  hammer  and  the  part  struck. 
Most  of  the  nuts  and  pins  are  provided  with  split  pins  as  keepers. 
The  split  pins  must,  of  course,  be  removed  to  remove  the  nut,  and 
when  the  nut  or  pin  is  assembled  the  split  pin  should  be  inserted 
and  properly  opened. 


68 

CARE  AND  CLEANING  OF  RECOIL  CYLINDER  AND  OTHER  PARTS  OF  THE 

CARRIAGE. 

The  carriage  is  a  machine  for  controlling  the  recoil  of  the  howitzer 
and  should  be  properly  cleaned  and  cared  for  to  insure  its  working 
correctly.  The  officers  responsible  for  the  efficiency  of  the  battery 
should  familiarize  themselves  with  the  carriage  mechanism  and  with 
the  foregoing  instructions  as  to  the  methods  of  mounting  and  dis- 
mounting the  various  parts  and  should  see  that  the  carriage  is 
properly  handled,  cleaned,  and  cared  for.  The  following  general 
directions  for  its  care  and  cleaning  are  given. 

The  recoil  cylinder  should  be  emptied  and  refilled  once  every 
three  months.  The  piston  and  valve  should  be  examined  every  six 
months  (or  of tener  if  conditions  require  it)  for  rubbing  or  scoring 
of  the  inside  of  the  valve  or  piston.  If  such  roughening  be  noted, 
the  roughness  is  to  be  carefully  smoothed  down  by  a  skilled  workman 
with  a  dead  smooth  file  or  with  fine  emery  cloth;  the  cause  of  the 
roughness  should  be  ascertained  and  removed.  To  prevent  chips 
and  emery  from  entering  the  cylinder  liner  ports,  work  on  the  valve 
should  always  be  done  with  the  valve  removed  from  the  liner.  When 
unusual  rubbing  or  scoring  has  occurred,  the  facts  will  be  reported 
to  the  officer  of  the  Ordnance  Department  charged  with  the  duty  of 
keeping  the  battery  in  repair  for  his  information  and  action.  Before 
reassembling  the  valve,  liner,  piston,  counterrecoil  buffer,  and  the 
tuffing  box  should  be  thoroughly  cleaned  by  the  use  of  cotton  cloths 
and  coal  oil  and  wiped  dry.  The  use  of  cotton  waste,  especially  in 
the  cylinder  liner,  is  not  recommended,  as  particles  of  waste  will 
work  into  the  ports.  The  removal  of  the  packing  is  not  necessary 
in  cleaning  the  stuffing  box. 

The  parts  are  to  be  reassembled  immediately  after  their  clean- 
ing and  inspection  and  the  cylinder  filled  with  the  hydroline  oil 
issued  for  that  purpose.  The  piston  should  be  moved  back  and  forth 
and  rotated  in  the  cylinder  by  hand  to  make  sure  that  all  parts  are 
correctly  assembled  and  without  interference.  After  the  cylinder 
is  mounted  in  the  cradle,  the  howitzer  should  be  pulled  from  battery 
by  means  of  the  2-ton  chain  bnock  and  permitted  to  counterrecoil 
rapidly  to  insure  that  all  parts  are  in  proper  position  for  firing.  This 
should  never  be  done,  however,  unless  the  cylinder  is  known  to  be  filled 
with  oil.  In  reassembling  the  parts  the  condition  of  the  fiber  washers 
between  cylinder  heads  and  cylinder  should  be  noted ;  they  should  be 
replaced  whenever  necessary. 

In  removing  and  inserting  the  piston  rod,  care  should  be  taken 
to  keep  it  central  in  the  cylinder,  so  as  not  to  bind,  burr,  or  spring 
any  parts.  The  dismounting  and  reassembling  of  the  parts  of  the 
cylinder  should  in  every  case  be  supervised  by  a  commissioned 


69 

.'• 

officer.  Before  firing,  an  inspection  should  be  made  to  ascertain 
that  the  different  parts,  especially  the  piston  rod  and  nut,  are  correctly 
assembled. 

The  recoil-cylinder  oil  should  be  stored  in  the  closed  cans  provided 
for  the  purpose,  and  be  carefully  protected  from  dirt,  sand,  or  water. 
Oil  withdrawn  from  cylinders  and  containing  any  sediment  must 
not  be  used  again  for  any  purpose  until  it  has  been  allowed  to  settle 
for  not  less  than  24  hours.  When  sediment  has  thus  been  permitted 
to  settle,  great  care  must  bo  taken  not  to  disturb  it  in  removing  the 
oil.  To  insure  the  cleanliness  of  all  cylinder  oil  it  should  be  strained 
through  a  clean  piece  of  linen  or  muslin  before  using. 

The  counterrecoil  springs  should  be  dismounted  at  least  once 
every  six  months  and  be  thoroughly  cleaned.  All  rust  should  be 
removed  and  the  springs  well  oiled  before  assemblage.  When  the 
springs  are  dismounted  the  interior  of  the  cradle  should  be  cleaned 
and  examined  for  defective  riveting,  missing  rivet  heads,  and  scor- 
ing. The  stirrup  should  be  carefully  examined  for  bulged  or  cracked 
ends,  and  all  burrs  or  scores  on  the  bronze  heads  carefully  smoothed 
off. 

The  gun  slides  should  be  kept  well  cleaned  and  lubricated.  The 
operation  of  cleaning  the  slides  is  as  follows:  First  clean  those  parts 
of  the  howitzer  guides  projecting  in  front  of  the  cradle.  Remove 
the  cylinder  locking  screw  and  cylinder  retaining  ring,  and  with  the 
aid  of  the  retracting  chain  and  maneuvering  bar,  as  described  under 
the  traveling  locks,  pull  the  howitzer  back  a  sufficient  distance  to 
permit  inserting  the  arm  between  the  howitzer  lug  and  the  rear  of 
the  cradle,  and  clean  the  parts  of  the  gun  slides  thus  exposed.  The 
howitzer  should  then  be  pulled  back  to  the  extreme  position  with  the 
lug  resting  on  the  ways  of  the  cleaning  track.  When  in  this  position 
the  howitzer  guides  will  still  have  a  bearing  of  5  inches  in  the  gun 
slides,  thus  supporting  the  muzzle  end  of  the  howitzer.  The  slides 
should  be  well  oiled  before  the  howitzer  is  returned  into  battery. 
Before  beginning  to  fire,  the  gun  slides  should  always  be  oiled  through 
the  oil  holes  on  the  sides  of  the  cradle.  Lack  of  proper  lubrication 
of  the  gun  slides  is  the  most  frequent  cause  of  failure  to  return  fully 
into  battery. 

In  traveling  the  howitzer  should  be  locked  to  the  trail  oy  means 
of  the  rear  traveling  lock,  so  as  to  relieve  the  pointing  mechanisms 
of  all  travel  stresses.  After  the  howitzer  is  so  locked  the  pawls 
should  be  released  and  the  rockers  elevated  until  the  pawls  are  clear. 

The  wheels  and  wheel  fastenings  should  be  dismounted  periodi- 
cally and  the  fastenings,  hub  boxes,  axle  arms,  and  axle  bore  cleaned 
and  examined.  All  roughness  due  to  scoring  or  cutting  should  be 
smoothed  off.  In  oiling  the  wheels  in  service,  a  small  quantity 


(about  1  gill)  of  lubricating  oil  should  be  placed  in  the  axle  bor<> 
through  the  oi1  valve  in  the  hub  cap.  A  short  experience  will  en- 
able the  battery  commander  to  determine  how  often  the  wheels 
should  be  oiled. 

The  nuts  on  the  hub  bolts  should  be  tightened  monthly  the  first 
year  of  service  and  twice  a  year  thereafter.  The  ends  of  the  bolts 
should  be  lightly  riveted  ovei  to  prevent  the  nut  from  unscrewing. 
When  the  hub  bolts  are  tightened,  the  hub  band  should  be  screwed 
up  as  tightly  as  possible  against  the  lock  washer  at  the  outer  end  of 
the  wheel-hook  bushing. 

The  wooden  parts  of  the  wheels  are  made  of  thoroughly  seasoned 
materials,  and  the  hub  bolts  and  bands,  when  the  wheels  are  issued,. 
are  properly  tightened;  but  all  wood  is  stfsceptible  to  change  with 
atmospheric  conditions,  so  that  the  spokes  speedily  become  loose, 
and  if  a  wheel  is  used  in  this  condition  it  will  rapidly  be  made  un- 
serviceable, and  may  be  damaged  beyond  repair. 

TJie  importance  of  strict  compliance  with  these  rules  can  not  be  over- 
estimated. 

THE  6-INCH  HOWITZER  CARRIAGE,   MODEL  OF  1908  MI» 

(Class  IV,  section  3.) 
WEIGHTS,   PRINCIPAL   DIMENSIONS,    ETC. 

Weight  of  carriage,  complete pounds. .  5, 671 

Weight  of  howitzer  and  carriage,  complete do 7, 582 

Weight  at  lunette,  carriage  limbered  and  howitzer  in  battery do 550 

Weight  at  lunette,  carriage  limbered  and  howitzer  in  traveling  position .  .do 1, 371 

Diameter  of  wheels inches. .  60 

Width  of  track do 60 

Maximum  angle  of  elevation degrees. .  40 

Maximum  angle  of  depression do 5 

Amount  of  traverse  of  howitzer  on  carriage milliemes . .  107 

Length  of  recoil  of  howitzer  on  carriage,  howitzer  at  zero  degrees  eleva- 
tion  inches. .  63 

Length  of  recoil  of  howitzer  on  carriage,  howitzer  at  40°  elevation do 26 

Height  of  axis  of  howitzer do 43 

Height  of  line  of  peep  sight do 51 

Length  of  sight  radius do 19 


71 

Nomenclature  of  parts  of  carriage. 


Name  of  part. 


Location,  etc. 


Apron  latches,  complete See  nomenclature  of  parts  of  6-inch  how- 
itzer carriage,  model  of  1908 

Brake  mechanism do I 

Cradle,  complete,  including— 

Bushing In  front  cradle  head 

Do In  rear  cradle  head I 

Bushings Forced  on  trunnions 

Connecting  rod  bearing,  front Bearing  for  middle  connecting  rod  of  valve 

turning  gear. 

Connecting  rod  bearing,  rear do 

Connecting  rod  guides Riveted  on  right  side  of  cradle  bottom 

plate. 

Cradle  bottom  plate Forms  bottom  of  cradle 

Cradle  head  side  clips I  Riveted  on  front  end  of  cradle  plate 

Cradle  head  top  clips do 

Cradle  plate Forms  hood  over  recoiling  parts 

Cradle  plate  angles Reinforce  rear  end  of  cradle  plate 

Front  cradle  head At  front  end  of  cradle 

Gun  slide,  left Riveted  in  cradle  bottom  plate 

Gun  slide,  right do 

Patent  plate Screwed  on  left  side  of  plate 

Pawl  bearing,  left Riveted  to  cradle  plate 

Pawl  bearing,  right do 

Rack  bolts Fasten  quick-release  rack  to  trunnion 

Rack  studs Screwed  into  nght  trunnion 

Rear  cradle  head Riveted  to  rear  of  cradle  plate 

Shoulder  guard Riveted  to  left  side  of  cradle  plate 

Spring  retainer At  front  end  of  cradle 

Spring-retainer  clips Riveted  on  front  end  of  cradle  plate 

Spring  stirrup  guide,  lert Riveted  to  cradle-bottom  plate. 

Spring  stirrup  guide,  right do 

Swing  bolts In  cradle  head  side  clips,  t'op  clips,  and 

spring-retainer  clips. 

Thrust  bearing Riveted  to  inside  of  front  cradle  head 

Trunnion,  left Riveted  to  cradle  plate 

Trunnion,  right do 

Elevating  mechanism  . .       See  nomenclature  of  parts  of  6-inch  how- 

itzer carriage,  model  of  1908. 

Firing  mechanism I do IV  3- 

Front  traveling  lock do 

Handspikes do 

Quick-return  mechanism,   consisting 
of— 

Bushings In  right  and  left  pawls 

Gear-case  cover I  Bolted  to  quick-return  gear  case 

Intermediate  shaft  In  quick-return  gear  case 

Pawl,  left On  pawl  shaft 

Pawl,  right do 

Pawl  handle Riveted  to  right  pawl 

Pawl  plungers I  In  pawls 

Pawl  shaft I  Connects  pawls  through  cradle 

Pawl  springs I  On  pawl  plungers 

Quick-return  gear On  intermediate  shaft 

Quick-return  hand  wheel See  nomenclature  of  parts  of  6-inch  how- 

izter  carriage,  model  of  1908. 

Quick-return  pinion '  In  quick-return  gear  case  with  extension 

for  hand  wheel. 

Quick-return  segment Bolted  to  right  trunnion 

Safety  latch Tinned  to  safety-latch  bearing 

Safety-latch  bearing I  Riveted  to  right  pawl  bearing 

Safety- latch  plunger j  In  safety-latch  bearing 

Safety-latch  spring On  safety-latch  plunger 

Washer On  pawl  shaft 

Washer On  safety-latch  tearing 

•  Rear  traveling  lock j  See  nomenclature  of  parts  of  6-inch  how- 
itzer carriage,  model  of  1908. 

i  Recoil  and  counter-recoil  arrangement.    See  nomenclature  of  parts  of  6-inch  how- 
itzer carriage,  model  of  1908,  except 
val  ve-turning  gear. 
Valve-turning  gear,  consisting  of — j 

1  I  Connecting-rod  nut !  On  connecting-rod  pin,  rear 

1  j  Connecting- rod  pin,  front !  In  valve  turning  gear  and  front  connect- 

j     ing  rod. 

1  !  Connecting-rod  pin,  middle ...   In  ront  and  middle  connecting  rods 

1  {  Connecting-rod  pin,  rear j  In  rear  connecting  rod  and  right  trunnion 

1  i  Front  connecting  rod i  Connects  valve  turning  gear  and  middle 

connecting  rod. 


Property 

classification. 


Class. 


Sec- 
tion. 


72 


Nomenclature  of  parts  of  carriage — Continued. 


Num- 
ber. 


Name  of  part. 


Recoil    and   counter-recoil   arrange- 
ment—Continued, 
Valve-turning    gear,    consisting 
of—  Continued. 

Middle  connecting  rod 

Rear  connecting  rod 


Shields. 


Slide 

Val  .re  turning  gear . . . 
Valve  turning  pinion. 
Washer 


Sighting  arrangement 

Spade 

Top  carnage  complete,  consisting  of — 

Bottom  plate  bushing 

Depression  stop 

Elevating  bearing,  left 

Elevating  bearing,  right 

Elevating  gear  case 

Elevating  gear  cover 

Elevating  worm  bearings 

Filler  ring 

Inner  plate,  left 

Inner  plate,  right 

Quick-return  gear  case 

Sight  fastening 

Sight  fastening  studs 

Top  carriage  bearing  plate,  left.. . 

Top  carriage  bearing  plate,  right. . 

Top  carriage  bottom  plate 

Top  carriage  front  clip 

Top  carriage  left  clip 

Top  carriage  right  clip 

Top  carriage  side  plate,  left 

Top  carriage  side  plate,  right 

Trunnion  bearing,  left 

Trunnion  bearing,  right 

Trunnion  cap,  left 

Trunnion  cap,  right 

Trunnion  cap  pins 

Trunnion  cap  swing  bolts 

Worm  bearing  caps 

Trail 


Location,  etc. 


Connects  front  and  rear  connecting  rods . .. 

Connects  middle  connecting  rod  and  trun- 
nion cap. 

On  connecting-rod  pin,  rear 

In  iront  cradle  head 

Keyed  to  \  iston  rod 

Under  nut  on  valve  turning  gear 

See  nomenclature  of  parts  of  6  inch  how- 
itzer carriage,  model  of  1908. 

Sa  ety  depression  stops  not  used  withshield 

See  nomenclature  oi  parts  of  6-inch  how- 
itzer carriage,  model  of  1908. 

See  nomenclature  of  parts  of  6-inch  how- 
itzer materiel,  model  of  1908. 

Riveted  to  top  carriage  bottom  plate 

.do. 


Inside  of  side  plate 

Inside  of  side  plate 

Riveted  to  top  carriage  side  plate,  left 

Bolted  to  elevating  gear  case 

Riveted  to  top  carriage  bottom  plate 

.do. 


Reinforces  side  plate  inside 

....do 

Riveted  to  top  carriage  side  plate,  right. . . 

Bolted  to  trunnion  bearing,  left 

Screwed  into  trunnion  bearing,  left 

Riveted  to  top  carriage  bottom  plate 

.do. 


Proi 


Class. 


Riveted  to  top  carriage  side  plates 

Riveted  to  top  carriage  bottom  plate 

On  rear  end  of  side  plate,  left 

On  rear  end  of  side  plate,  right 

Riveted  to  top  carriage  bottom  plate 

.do. 


Trail  prop 

Traversing  mechanism . 

Wheels,  60-inch 

Wheel  fastenings 


Riveted  to  top  carriage  side  plate,  left 

Riveted  to  top  carriage  side  plate,  right. .  .1 

On  trunnion  bearing,  left 

On  trunnion  bearing,  right | 

In  trunnion  bearings  and  caps : 

In  trunnion  caps I 

Bolted  to  elevating  worm  bearings i 

See  nomenclature  of  parts  of  6-inch  howit-  i 
zer  carraige,  model  of  1908. 
...do 


.do. 
.do. 
.do. 


IV 


Sec- 
tion. 


DESCRIPTION    OF   THE    CARRIAGE. 

The  6-inch  howitzer  carriage,  model  of  1908  MI,  is  similar  to  the 
6-inch  howitzer  carriage,  model  of  1908,  and  many  of  the  parts  of  the 
two  carriages  are  identical  and  interchangeable.  A  number  of  minor 
changes  and  improvements  have  been  made,  as  hereafter  described. 


THE    CRADLE. 


The  right  trunnion  and  cradle  plate  are  slotted  to  allow  for  the 
movement  of  the  rear  connecting-rod  pin  of  the  valve-turning  mech- 
anism. The  outer  counterrecoil  spring  column  is  of  slightly  larger 
diameter,  and  the  dimensions  of  the  cradle  plate,  cradle  heads,  recoil- 
controlling  parts,  etc.,  are  changed  to  correspond. 


Plate  XI 


Quick  Refu 


Quick  Ftetu  r  n  fvfechanis  m. 
Section 

ffiy  Camaye   Model  Of   1908/fV 


73 

The  valve- turning  mechanism  consists  of  the  valve- turning  pinion, 
the  valve-turning  gear,  the  connecting  rod,  and  the  connecting-rod 
pins. 

The  hub  of  the  valve- turning  pinion  fits  into  the  bearing  formed 
by  the  bore  in  the  front  cradle  head  and  meshes  with  the  valve- 
turning  gear,  also  located  in  a  bearing  in  the  front  cradle  head.  An 
arm  on  the  valve-turning  gear  is  pinned  to  the  connecting  rod  which 
slides  between  the  right  spring  stirrup  guide  and  connecting-rod  bear- 
ings bolted  in  the  upper  flange  of  the  cradle  bottom  plate.  The  con- 
necting rod  is  in  three  parts,  connected  by  the  connecting-rod  pins. 
The  rear  connecting-rod  pin  projects  through  the  side  of  the  cradle 
and  flange  of  the  trunnion  and  engages  the  lug  on  the  right  trunnion 
cap.  A  bronze  slide  on  the  rear  connecting-rod  pin  works  in  a  groove 
in  the  cradle  plate. 

ACTION   OF   THE    MECHANISM   DURING   RECOIL. 

The  action  of  the  mechanism  during  recoil  is  the  same  as  on  the 
1908  carriage. 

THE   TOP   CARRIAGE. 

The  top  carriage  is  built  in  the  same  manner  as  the  1908  carriage, 
except  that  the  quick-return  gear  case  riveted  to  the  right  side  plate 
is  different,  as  hereafter  described. 

THE    ELEVATING   MECHANISM. 

The  elevating  mechanism  is  the  same  as  on  the  1908  carriage,  and 
all  parts  for  both  carriages  are  identical  and  interchangeable. 

THE    QUICK-RETURN   MECHANISM. 

The  quick-return  mechanism  consists  of  the  quick-return  gear, 
the  quick-return  pinion,  the  quick-return  segment,  quick-return  gear 
case  and  cover,  handwheel,  pawls,  and  accompanying  parts  of  each. 

The  pawls  with  their  accompanying  parts  are  identical  and  inter- 
changeable with  those  on  the  1908  carriage. 

The  quick-return  gear  case  is  riveted  to  the  top-carriage  side  plate, 
.right,  and  with  the  gear-case  cover  completely  incloses  the  gears  of 
the  quick-return  mechanism.  The  intermediate  shaft  has  a  pinion 
cut  on  its  inner  end  which  meshes  with  the  quick-return  segment 
bolted  to  the  right  trunnion.  A  collar  formed  on  the  intermediate 
shaft  fits  in  a  groove  in  the  bearing  of  the  gear  case  and  prevents 
axial  movement  of  the  shaft.  The  quick-return  gear  is  fitted  on  the 
squared  outer  end  of  the  intermediate  shaft  and  meshes  with  the 
quick-return  pinion.  The  quick-return  handwheel  is  located  on  the 
end  of  the  quick-return  pinion. 

When  the  pawls  are  disengaged,  one  revolution  of  the  quick- 
return  handwheel  elevates  or  depresses  the  cradle  about  9.6°. 


74 

As  will  be  seen  from  the  above,  by  elevating  or  depressing  tin 
rocker  the  gears  and  handwheel  of  the  quick-return  mechanism  wiJ 
be  actuated  also,  while  by  turning  the  quick-return  handwheel  onb 
the  cradle  and  quick-return  gears  move. 

SAFETY  FIRING  DEVICE. 

The  safety  firing  device  is  the  same  as  used  on  the  1908  carris 
and  all  parts  for  both  carriages  are  identical  and  interchangeable. 

THE  TRAIL. 

The  trail  is  the  same  as  that  used  on  the  1908  carriage,  and  a] 
parts  for  both  carriages  are  identical  and  interchangeable,  with  tl 
exception  of  the  axle  and  the  sight  packing. 

The  axle  is  made  in  two  parts,  each  part  being  forged  from  a  singl 
piece  of  steel.  Each  half  of  the  axle  is  flanged,  and  rivets  througl 
these  flanges  and  corresponding  flanges  on  the  pintle  plate  conru 
them  to  the  flasks.  The  coupling  nut  with  right  and  left  ham 
threads  joins  the  parts  of  the  axle.  Both  the  body  and  the  arm 
each  part  of  the  axle  are  bored  out  to  reduce  weight ;  the  bore  in  tl 
arm  being  closed  at  the  inner  end  by  the  axle-arm  plug.  The  spa( 
thus  created  is  used  as  a  reservoir  for  lubricating  oil. 

The  sight  packing  in  the  trail  is  designed  to  accommodate  the  mod< 
of  1912  sight,  and  the  cover,  bottom  plate,  and  front  transom 
drilled  to  correspond. 

THE  TRAVERSING  MECHANISM. 

The  traversing  mechanism  is  the  same  as  used  on  the  1908  carriage 
and  all  parts  for  both  carriages  are  identical  and  interchangeable 

THE    ROAD  BRAKE. 

The  road  brake  is  the  same  as  now  used  on  the  1908  carriage,  an< 
all  parts  for  both  carriages  are  identical  and  interchangeable. 

THE   TRAVELING   LOCKS. 

The  traveling  locks  are  the  same  as  used  on  the  1908  carriage  an< 
all  parts  for  both  carriages  are  identical  and  interchangeable. 

THE   TRAVELING  COVERS. 

The  traveling  breech  cover  and  the  traveling  muzzle  cover  are 
identical  and  interchangeable  with  those  used  on  the  1908  carriage. 

THE    SHIELD. 

The  shield  is  the  same  as  used  on  the  1908  carriage  and  all  parts 
for  both  carriages,  except  the  main  shield  plates,  are  identical  and 
interchangeable. 


75 

The  large  opening  in  the  main  shield  is  cut  to  accommodate  the 
large  cradle,  and  projections  into  the  openings  serve  the  purpose  of 
the  safety-depression  stops  used  on  the  1908  carriage. 

THE    WHEELS. 

The  wheels  and  wheel  fastenings  are  the  same  as  and  interchange- 
able with  those  on  the  1908  carriage. 

The  loading  handb arrows  are  also  the  same  as  those  used  with  the 
1908  carriage. 

DISMOUNTING    AND    ASSEMBLING    HOWITZER    AND    CARRIAGE. 

The  instructions  for  dismounting  and  assembling  the  1908  howitzer 
and  carnage  apply  also  to  the  model  of  1908  Ml,  except  in  the  case 
of  the  valve-turning  mechanism,  the  quick-return  mechanism,  and 
the  cradle. 

To  assemble  and  dismount  the  valve-turning  meclianism. — The  valve- 
turning  gear  assembled  in  the  cradle  head  and  the  valve-turning 
pinion  are  always  to  be  engaged  with  their  assembling  marks  coin- 
ciding. The  seat  for  the  valve-turning  pinion  on  the  piston  rod  is 
so  arranged  as  to  admit  assembling  in  but  one  position,  which, 
together  with  the  assembling  marks  on  the  gear  and  pinion  and  the 
keying  of  the  valve  to  the  piston  rod,  insures  the  correct  alignment 
of  valve  and  cylinder  liner.  In  dismounting,  the  split  pin  in  the 
rear  connecting-rod  pin  is  removed  and  the  pin  taken  out.  The  four 
swing  bolts  holding  the  front  cradle  head  are  released  and  the  cradle 
head  removed  just  far  enough  to  disconnect  the  valve-turning  gear 
from  the  connecting  rod.  In  reassembling,  the  connecting  rod  should 
be  pulled  out  far  enough  to  pin  it  to  the  arm  of  the  valve-turning 
gear.  The  rear  connecting-rod  pin  is  assembled  in  place  by  elevating 
or  depressing  the  cradle. 

No  special  instructions  are  necessary  for  the  dismounting  and 
assembling  of  the  quick-return  mechanism.  All  the  parts  are  readily 
accessible  after  the  gear-case  cover  is  removed. 

In  dismounting  the  cradle,  the  parts  are  lifted  free  from  the  top 
carriage  toward  the  front. 

THE    4.7-INCH     GUN    AND    6-INCH    HOWITZER    LIMBER, 

MODEL  OF  1905. 

[This  limber  is  common  to  the  4.7-inch  gun  and  6-inch  howitzer  batteries.] 

WEIGHTS,  DIMENSIONS,  ETC. 

Weight,  complete,  including  spare  connecting  pole pounds. .  1, 545 

Weight,  with  6-inch  howitzer  and  carriage,  model  of  1908 do 8, 900 

Weight,  with  6-inch  howitzer  and  carriage,  model  of  1908  MI do 9, 127 

Diameter  of  wheels inches. .  50 

Width  of  track do 60 

Free  height  under  limber  and  carriage do 16. 5 

Turning  angle  with  6-inch  howitzer  carriage degrees. .  39 


76 

Nomenclature  of  parts . 


Num- 
ber. 


Name  of  part. 


Axle 

Bucket  holders 

Bucket  straps 

Bucket  strap  fasteners,  style  No.  1 . . . 

Center  angle,  left " 

Center  angle,  right 
Center  angle  plate 

clip :.. . 

Doub  etree,  complete,  consisting  of — 

Doub  etree  bndy 

Double  hooks 

Nipp'.e 

Nipp'e  nut 

Nipple  separator 

Reinforce  piece 

Separatcrs 

Doub:etree  chnins.  complete,  consist- 
ing of — 

Chains 

Clevises 

End  links 
Doubletree  pivot 
Doubletree  pivot  strap 
Doubletree  strap 
Eye  rivet 
Name  plate 
Neck  yoke,  complete,  consisting  of— 

Neck-yoke  body 

Center  eye  sleeve 

End  eye  sleeves 

Eye  rings 

Eye-ring  loops 

Loop  sleeves 

Martingale  staples 

Pole  ring 
Pintle,  complete,  consisting  of— 

Pintle 

Lower  bashing 

Key 

Pintle  nut 

Upper  bushing 
Pintle  bearing 


Pintle  bolt,  complete,  consisting  of 
Pintle  bolt . . . 


Pintle-bolt  lever 

Bolt  snap 

Chain 

Ring 

Pole,  complete,  consisting  of — 

Pole  body 

Pole-pin  bushing 

Pole  plug 

Butt  reinforce 

Neck-yoke  chafing  plate 

Neck-yoke  counter  stop 

Neck-yoke  counter  stop  pin  — 
Neck-yoke  counter  stop  spring. 
Neck-yoke  stop 


Location,  etc. 


Riveted  to  side  braces 

In  strap  fasteners 

Riveted  to  bucxet  holders 

Under  axle 

....do 

Over  ax  e 

Bra:es*top  carriage  rail  at  center. 


Class. 


At  ends  of  doubletree 

Thr  nigh  center  of  doubletree 

On  nipple 

Ar  ^und  nipp'e 

Reinfor  es  middle  of  doub.etree. 
Around  rivets 


Limit  movement  rf  doubletree. 

Bolted  to  rail  brackets 

Loop  over  double  hooks 

In  pivot  strap 

Bearing  for  doubletree. 

Bolted  to  pole  housing 

On  underside  of  pintle  bearing.. 
On  right  side  of  pole  housing . . . 


Around  middle  of  body . . 
Riveted  on  ends  of  body . 
Through  end  eye  sleeves.. 

In  eye  rings 

On  eye-ring  loops 

Through  nock-yoke  body. 
In  center  eye  sleeve 


Through  pintle  bearing 

In  lower  end  of  pintle 

In  side  of  pintle 

On  lower  end  of  pintle 

In  upper  end  of  pintle 

Riveted  to  rear  ends  of  center  angles  and 
center-angle  plate. 


Through  pintle 

On  lower  end  of  pintle  bolt 

Snaps  into  eye  rivet 

Holds  pintle  bolt  in  locked  position 

Through  hole  in  end  of  pintle-bolt  lever. , 


In  side  of  body  ............................ 

Riveted  in  front  end  of  pole  ............... 

Riveted  in  rear  end  of  pole  ................ 

Riveted  to  upper  side  of  body  ............. 

Hinges  on  counter  stop  pin  ............... 

Riveted  in  pole  body  ...................... 

Bears  on  neck-yoke  counter  stop  .......... 

Riveted  in  body  ........................... 


Pole  bracket  reinforce,  left  ............    Riveted  to  pole  bracket,  left 

Pole  bracket  reinforce,  right.  .  .  ........   Riveted  to  pole  bracket,  right. 

•fpoU 


Pole  housing Over  rear  of  pole  socket 

Pole  pin Secures  pole  hi  socket 

Pole-prop  pocket \  Riveted  to  side  brace,  left . . 

Pole-prop  support do 

Pole-prop  strap \  In  strap  fasteners 

Pole-prop  strap  fasteners,  style  No.  2. .   Riveted  to  side  brace,  left. . 

Pole  socket,  complete Hinges  in  pole  brackets 

Consisting  of— 

Pole  socket  body i 

Pole  socket  clamp ',  Riveted  to  pole-socket  body 

Pole  socket  end Over  end  of  pole-socket  body 

Pole  socket  reinforce !  Riveted  to  top  of  pole-socket  body 

»  The  components  are  for  steel  pole,  which  will  be  issued  to  replace  the  wooden  pole  when  the  latte 
becomes  unserviceable  and  the  present  supply  of  wooden  poles  is  exhausted. 


IV 


Sec- 
tion 


6311—17- 


I 


wi  -f 

HII  s  i 


§ 
5 

*  *|>5* 

II 

^^s 
^  ^ 


•^ 

^ 


N 


a 

3 


3 


'\ 


77 

Nomenclature  of  parts — Continued. 


Property 
^lassiflcatfon. 


Name  of  part. 


Pole  stop ! 

Rail  bracket,  left i 

Rail  bracket,  right i 

Side  brace,  left I 

Side  brace,  right j 

Singletrees,  complete j 

Consisting  of— 

Singletree  bodies j 

Singletree  eyes 

Singletree  hooks ' 

Spare  connecting-pole  bracket  (front) . 
Spare  connecting-pole  bracket  (front) 'i 

upper  strap. 

Spare  connecting-pole  support,  com- 
plete, consisting  of— 

Spare    connecting-pole    support  ; 
(lower). 

Spare  connecting-pole  support  pin.j 

Chain,  with  bolt  snap  and  two 
rings. 

Chain  rivet i 

Top  carriage,  complete,  consisting  of— 

Top  carriage ! 

Top-carnage  clips j 

Rollers j 

Roller  pins j 

Top-carriage  rail i 

Wheels,  50-inch,  complete,  consisting 
of— 

Carriage  bolts  and  nuts 

Dowels 

Felloe  rivets  and  washers 

Felloe  segments 

Hub  bands 

Hub  boxes 

Hub  caps 

Hub  latches 

Hub  latch  pins 

Hub  latch  plungers 

Hub  latch  springs 

Hub  liners 

Hub  rings 

Lock  washers 

Oil  valves 

Oil-valve  springs 

Oil- valve  washers -. 

Spokes 

Tires 

Tire  bolts  with  nuts  and  washers.. 

Wheel  hooks 

Wheel-hook  bushings 

Wheel  fastenings,  complete,  consist- 


Location,  etc. 


Class. 


Sec- 
tion. 


Under  rear  of  pole  socket 

Brace  top  carriage  rail  at  sides . 
do 


Attached  to  doubletree. 


In  middle  of  singletree 

At  ends  of  singletree 

Riveted  to  center  angles 

Riveted  to  spare  connecting-pole  bracket 
(front). 


Hinged  to  spare  connecting-pole  support 
(upper). 

Locks  pole  support  (lower)  in  position 

In  end  of  connecting-pole  support  pin 

In  pole  support  (lower) 


ingpf- 


heel  fastenings 

Wheel  fastening  plugs 

Wheel  fastening  plungers. 
Wheel  fastening  springs . . 


Turns  in  pintle  bearing 

Bolted  to  top  carriage 

On  roller  pins 

Pinned  in  top  carriage 

Bearing  for  top-carriage  rollers. . . 


Through  hub  box  and  spokes . 

In  ends  of  felloe  segments 

Through  felloe  segments 


Screwed  on  hub  boxes. 


On  ends  of  hub  boxes 

Actuate  hub-latch  plungers 

Pin  hub  latches  to  plungers 

Lock  hub  caps  in  place 

On  hub-latch  plungers 

Forced  into  hub  boxes 

Outer  flanges  of  wheel  hubs 

Between  hub  bands  and  hub  rings . 

Slide  in  hub  caps 

Around  oil  valves 

On  inner  ends  of  oil  valves . . . 


Through  tires  and  felloe  segments 

On  outside  of  hubs 

Bearings  for  wheel  hooks 


On  ends  of  axle 

In  wheel  fastenings 

Hold  wheel  fastenings  in  place . . . 
Actuate  wheel  fastening  plungers . 


IV 


DESCRIPTION    OF    THE   4.7-INCH    GUN    AND    6-INCH    HOWITZER    LIMBER 

MODEL   OF   1905. 


(Plate  XII.) 


The  carriage  limber  is  designed  to  afford  the  usual  arrangement 
for  the  attachment  of  the  team  and  to  support  the  trail  in  traveling. 
Motor  traction  may  also  be  employed  by  substituting  a  short  con- 
necting pole  for  the  regular  limber  pole.  The  principal  parts  are 
the  wheels,  axle,  frame,  top  carriage,  pole  socket,  pole,  doubletree, 


singletrees,  and  neck  yoke.     The  limber  is  made  of  metal  through- 
out, wood  being  used  only  in  the  spokes  and  felloes  of  the  wheels. 

The  top  carriage  is  formed  for  use  with  the  trails  of  either  the  4.7- 
inch  gun  carriage,  model  of  1906,  or  the  6-inch  howitzer  carriage. 
The  trail  of  the  carriage  rests  on  the  top  carriage  of  the  limber. 
When  the  limber  is  turning  a  corner  the  top  carriage  revolves  aboul 
the  pintle  center,  rolling  on  the  top-carriage  rail  of  the  limber  frame. 

A  wide  flange  steel  center  angle  plate  is  riveted  to  the  axle  as 
middle  rail,  and  with  the  braces  of  heavy  steel  angles  underneatl 
and  at  the  sides  forms  a  trussed  frame  for  the  vehicle.  Sixteei 
inches  to  the  rear  of  the  axle  a  bronze  bearing  for  the  pintle  is  solidly 
riveted  between  the  rear  ends  of  the  center  angle  plate  and  centei 
angles.  Forward,  these  converge  with  the  side  braces  and  form 
yoke  in  which  the  pole  socket  may  oscillate  in  a  vertical  plane.  Th( 
front  ends  of  this  yoke  are  connected  by  the  riveted  doubletre< 
pivot  strap.  A  seat  for  the  doubletree  is  formed  on  the  top  of  th< 
doubletree  pivot  strap;  the  doubletree  pivot  is  screwed  into  tl 
seat  and  projects  up  through  the  doubletree;  its  upper  end 
threaded  for  a  crown  nut  and  is  braced  back  to  the  pole  housing, 
flange  steel  part  which  constrains  the  pole  socket  in  its  vertical 
plane  and  limits  the  upward  movement  of  its  rear  end.  The  pole 
socket  is  of  flange  steel  with  its  forward  end  split  and  furnishe< 
with  a  clamp  bolt  for  drawing  firmly  about  the  pole. 

The  pole  pin  passes  through  pole  brackets  and  pole  bracket  rein- 
forces, riveted  on  each  side  of  the  yoke,  and  the  clamp  forging  oi 
the  socket,  securing  the  socket  to  the  frame.     Between  the  pol 
housing  and  the  pole  stop  the  socket  may  swing  through  an  angle  oi 
about  31°  with  the  socket  pin  as  an  axis.     This  pivoting  of  the  pol 
is  necessary,  as  the  entire  limber  body  rotates  about  the  axle 
passing  over  uneven  ground. 

The  top-carriage  rail  is  a  steel  angle  bent  to  the  arc  of  a  circle  am 
located  on  the  frame  with  the  center  of  the  arc  at  the  pintle  center. 
It  is  riveted  to  the  side  braces  by  the  rail  brackets  and  to  the  centei 
angle  plate  by  a  suitable  clip. 

The  top  carriage  is  a  steel  casting.  Its  rear  end  fits  in  the  bearing 
of  the  frame  and  is  bored  to  receive  the  steel  pintle,  a  heavy  pii 
with  a  long  head  of  elliptical  section,  keyed  in  with  the  major  axis 
of  the  ellipse  on  the  center  line  of  the  top  carriage.  The  pintle  boll 
in  the  center  of  the  pintle  has  an  elliptical  head  to  match  the  pintl< 
and  at  its  lower  end  a  lever  with  chain-and-snap  fastening.  Whei 
a  carriage  is  to  be  limbered,  the  bolt  is  turned  until  its  elliptical  heac 
coincides  with  the  pintle  so  that  both  may  enter  the  elliptical  lunetl 
transom  bushing  of  the  carriage  trail;  once  so  entered,  the  pintle 
bolt  is  turned  90°  in  the  pintle  and  secured  by  its  chain  in  thai 


position,  the  head  thus  preventing  the  disengagement  of  pintle  and 
lunette. 

The  front  end  of  the  top  carriage  is  provided  with  three  bronze 
conical  rollers  which  rest  and  run  on  the  top-carriage  rail;  and  with 
clips  which  embrace  the  edge  of  the  rail  to  prevent  accidental  dis- 
mounting. There  is  also  a  spur  located  on  the  top  of  the  top  carriage 
which  enters  the  trail-end  reinforce  plate  of  the  carriage  and  holds 
the  trail  and  top  carriage  in  line. 

The  wheels  are  50  inches  in  diameter,  with  tires  5  inches  wide. 
The  hubs  are  exactly  similar  and  interchangeable  with  those  in  the 
wheels  of  the  carriage.  The  axle  is  hollow  and  is  made  from  a  single 
piece  of  forged  steel. 

The  pole  is  of  steel  and  is  prevented  from  turning  in  its  socket  by 
the  pole  pin.  A  pole  plug  is  riveted  in  the  front  end  of  the  pole,  and 
a  neck-yoke  stop  near  the  end.  Just  forward  of  the  neck-yoke  stop 
is  the  neck-yoke  counters  top,  which,  with  its  spring,  is  hinged  inside 
of  the  pole  and  works  through  a  slot  cut  in  the  underside  of  the  pole. 
A  neck-yoke  chafing  plate  is  riveted  to  the  top  of  the  pole  above 
the  neck-yoke  stop. 

The  doubletree  and  singletrees  are  made  of  flange  steel  formed 
to  a  U  shape.  The  hole  in  the  former  for  the  doubletree  pivot  is 
bushed  with  a  bronze  nipple,  held  in  place  by  a  steel  nut,  and  may 
be  replaced  when  worn.  Two  doubletree  chains  reach  from  the 
ends  of  the  doubletree  to  the  rail  brackets  on  the  frame,  to  which 
they  are  bolted.  The  neck  yoke  is  of  steel  tubing  with  steel  sleeves 
and  rings.  The  spare  connecting  pole  is  carried  in  brackets  under 
the  frame.  A  pole  prop  is  carried  on  the  left  side  brace.  A  bucket 
holder  with  straps  is  located  on  each  side  brace  for  carrying  the  four 
'canvas  watering  buckets.  A  name  plate  is  riveted  to  the  left  side 
of  the  pole  housing,  giving  number,  name  of  limber,  model,  name  of 
manufacturer,  year  of  completion,  and  initials  of  inspector.  In  all 
reports  and  correspondence,  the  limber  should  be  designated  by  the 
number,  name,  model,  etc.,  as  given  on  the  name  plate.  As  repairs  to 
the  limber  may  from  time  to  time  be  required,  the  parts  needed 
should  be  referred  to  by  the  names  given  in  the  nomenclature  of 
parts,  and  the  symbols  should  be  copied  exactly  as  stamped  upon 
the  unserviceable  pieces. 

THE  6-INCH  HOWITZER  LIMBER  AND   CAISSON,   MODEL 

OF  1909. 

WEIGHTS,    DIMENSIONS,    ETC. 

Weight  of  limber,  empty,  without  implements  or  ammunition. . .  .pounds. .  1,  866 

Weight  of  tools  and  equipments  carried  on  limber do 84 

Weight  of  limber  completely  equipped  and  loaded do 3,  948 

Weight  of  caisson,  empty,  without  implements  or  ammunition do 2, 120 


80 

Weight  of  tools  and  implements  on  caisson,  including  spare  connecting 

pole, pounds . .  171 

Weight  of  ammunition  carried  in  caisson  or  limber do ....  1,  849 

Weight  of  caisson  completely  equipped  and  loaded do 4.  289 

Rounds  of  ammunition  carried  in  limber number . .  14 

Rounds  ol  ammunition  carried  in  caisson do ....  14 

Diameter  of  wheels inches . .  60 

Width  of  track do. . . .  60 

Free  height  under  caisson do ....  19. 75 

Turning  angle degrees . .  67 

Nomenclature  of  parts. 


Num- Num- 
ber I  ber 
on       on 
lim-  I  cais- 
ber.  i  son. 


Name  of  part. 


Property 
fication. 


class! 


Location,  etc. 


Class. 


1  Apron :  Hinged  to  bottom  of  chest  front 

3     Apron  hinges,  male !  Riveted  to  top  of  apron 

3     Apron  hinges,  female !  Riveted  to  bottom  of  chest 

3  Apron-hinge  pins j 

2  Apron  latches,  complete,  consisting  , 

of— 

2  Latch  bodies 

2  Latch  handles 

2  Latch  springs Attached  to  chest  sides 

2  Plungers 

2  Handle  pins 

2     Apron-latch  staples Riveted  into  apron 

1  i       1     Ax-handle  bracket On  left  side  of  chest 

1          1     Ax-handle  bracket  plate !  On  left  side  under  ax-handlc  bracket. 

1          1     Axpocket j  On  left  side  of  chest 

1          1     Ax  strap i  In  fastener 

1          1     Ax-strap  fastener,  style  No.  1 j  On  left  side  of  chest 

1          1     Axle I I 

1   Axle  bearing  (2  parts)  right |  Riveted  on  outside  of  side  plate  of 

chest. 

1   Axle  bearing  (2  parts)  left | do 

...        1     Axle  bearing  (2  parts)  right do 

1  Axle  bearing  (2  parts)  left do I 

4         4     Axle-bearing  bolts,  and  four  crown  J  Clamp  axle  in  bearings 

nuts. 

12        12     Axle-bearing  reinforce  plates |  Inside  of  chest  body  under  axle  bear- 
ings. 

1          1     Bolt  snap  with  3  inches  of  0.125  j  At  lock  bar  handle  catches 

twist  coil  chain . 

2  Brake  beams,  complete,  consisting  )    IV 

of— 

2  Brake-beam  bodies Hinged  to  brake-beam  brackets 

2  Brake-beam  s  tiff eners do ! 

2  Brake-rod  brackets do 

2  i         Brake-shoe  bearings ' do 

4  ,         Hinges 

1     Brake-beam  bracket,  right '  Riveted  to  chest  front 

1  Brake-beam  bracket,  left ! do 

2  Brake-beam  pins !  Secure  brake  beams  in  brackets 

2     Brake-bracket  reinforce  plates [  Under  rivets  of  brake  shaft  bearing. . 

4   do 

Brake  crank On  left  end  of  brake  shaft 

Brake  guard Riveted  to  right  side  of  chest 

Brake  rack do 

Brake  separator do 

Brake  le  ver 

Brake-lever  catch. 

2     Brake  rods,  consisting  of— 

2  Brake-rod  bushings In  spring  cover  ends 

2  Brake-rod  ends Beam  end  of  brake  rods 

2  Brake-rod  springs 

2  j         Brake-spring  cover  ends Crank  end  of  brake  rods 

2  I         Brake-spring  covers Inclose  springs  and  plungers 

2  i         Brake  rods 

2     Brake-rod  pins Fasten  brake  beam  and  brake  rod  | 

connection. 

1  Brake  shaft 

2  Brake-shaft    bearings,    with    two     One  on  either  side  of  chest 

bushings,  4  bronze  pins,  and  2 

handy  oilers.  I, 


tion. 


81 

Nomenclature  of  parts — Continued. 


Num-  Num. 
ber  ber 
on  on 
lira-  cais- 
ber.  son. 


Name  of  part. 


Location,  etc. 


Brake  shoes 

Brake-shoe  pins 

Bucket-holder  body 

Bucket-holder  strap 

Bucket-holder  strap  fasteners,  style 
No.  10. 

Button  bracket 

Caisson  instruction  plate 

Caisson  prop,  complete,  consisting 
of— 

Prop  eyes 

Prop  foot 

Prop  tubes 

Carrier  stop 

Carrier  tubes 

Cartridge-case    carriers,    complete, 
consisting  of — 

Bodies  (in  halves) 

Front  ends  (in  two  parts) 

Rear  ends  (in  two  parts) 

Handles 

Handle  eyes 

Hinge  pins 

Springs 

Separators  (in  halves) 

Cartridge-case  carrier  stop 


On  end  of  brake  beams 

Pin  shoes  to  brake  beams 

On  front  of  chest , 

In  strap  fasteners 

Riveted  to  chest  and  bucket-holder 
body. 

Riveted  to  bucket  holder 

On  caisson  chest  door  (upper) 


Hinged  to  connecting  pole 

do 

do 

Inside  of  chest  door  (upper) 

Connect  rear  and  middle  diaphrams. . . 


Carried  in  ammunition  chest . 

do 

do 

...do... 


Property 
classification. 


Class. 


.do. 
.do. 
.do. 


.do. 


1  |  Center  bearing,  right. 


Horizontally  through  chest  in  front  of 

cartridge-case  carriers. 
!  Riveted  to  underside  of  upper  interme- 
diate plate. 

1  ;  Center  bearing,  left j do 

1  I  Chest  body j  In  two  sections,  forms  top,  sides,  and 

bottom  of  chest. 

do do 

1     Chest  door  (lower) Flangesteel 

1     Chest  door  (upper).... Armor  plate  on  caisson 

. .    do |  Flange  steel  on  limber 1 . . . 

1     Chestframe '  Steel  angle  around  chest  front 

1     Chestfront !  Armor  plate  on  caisson 

do :  Flange  steel  on  limber 

1     Connecting  pole,  complete,  consist- 
ing of— 

1  Body Of  steel  tubing 

1  Caisson-prop  connection Bracket  for  caisson  prop 

1  Key  bearing i  Riveted  in  rear  end  of  Dody 

1  Lunette i  In  lunette  bearing 

1  Lunette  bearing !  Riveted  in  front  end  of  body 

2  Lunette  pins 

1  Wheel  guard.. '  Riveted  to  body 

1     Connecting-pole  key Keys  connecting  pole  in  socket 

1  Diaphragm  brace,  with  three  crown     Separates  upper  middle  diaphragm 

nuts.  and  upper  diaphragm,  front . 

2  Door  angles Stiff  en  edges  of  doors 

1     Door  handle  (lower)  without  stop . .    One  on  right  side  of  chest  door,  lower, 

on  the  caisson  and  on  limber. 

1  Door  handle  (lower)  with  stop Left  side  of  chest  door,  lower,  on  the 

caisson. 

2  i  Door  handles  (upper) On  chest  door,  upper 

7     Door  hinges,  female 

7     Door  hinges,  male , 

7     Door  hinge  pins 

2     Door  props Attached  to  door-prop  stud 

2     Door-prop  rivets Slide  in  door-prop  guides 

1     Door-prop  guide,  right On  side  of  chest 

1  Door-prop  guide,  left do 

2  Door-prop  studs,  with  2  crown  nuts.   Riveted  to  chest  door,  upper 

1     Door  stiffeners,  right Inside  of  chest  door,  upper 

1     Door  stiffeners,  left do 

. . !  Doubletree,  complete See  nomenclature  of  parts  on  4.7-inch 

gun  and   6-inch  howitzer  limber, 

model  of  1905. 

2   Doubletree  chains In  doubletree-chain  eyes 

2   Doubletree-chain  clevises Connect  doubletree  chains  and  chain 

eyes. 
1  | Doubletree-chain  eye,  right i  Riveted  to  side  of  chest 

1  | Doubletree-chain  eye,  left j do 

2  I |  Doubletree-chain  pins !  Fasten  chain  to  chest 


Sec- 
tion. 


82 

Nomenclature  of  parts — Continued. 


Num- 
ber 
on 
cais- 
son. 


Name  of  part. 


Doubletree-pin  and  crown  nut 


Doubletree  strap 

Filler  plate. 

Foot  rest 

Foot-rest  support,  right 

Foot-rest  support,  left 

Grip  strap 

Grip-strap  fasteners,  style  No.  7... 

Handbarrow  brackets 

Handles  (for  lock  bars),  right,  left. 

Handle  catches 

Handle-catch  bearing,  right 

Handle-catch  bearing,  left 

Handle-<:atch  rivets 

Handrails 

Handrail  shanks 

Hatchet-blade  bracket 

Hatchet-handle  bracket 

Hatchet  strap 

Hinge  pins  with  8  steel  pins 

Intermediate  angle  (lower) 

Intermediate  angle  (upper) 

Intermediate  plate  (lower) 


Intermediate  plate  (upper) . 


Key 

Key  bracket 

Lantern-bracket  body 

Lantern-bracket  bottom 

Lantern  strap 

Lantern-strap  fasteners 

Latch  base,  right,  with  washer 

Latch  base,  left,  with  washer 

Limber  blanket  straps  (front) 

Limber  blanket  straps  (rear) 

Limber  blanket     strap     fasteners, 
style  No.  5. 

Limber  instruction  plate 

Limber  prop,  complete,  consisting 
of— 

Prop  eye 

Prop  foot 

Prop  tube , 

Lock  bars  with — 

Pins 

Washers 

Lock-bar  bracket,  right 

Lock-bar  bracket,  leit , 

Lock-bar  bracket  reinforce  plates . . , 

Locking  levers , 

Locking-lever  bearings 


Lower  diaphragm: 

Front 

Middle 

Rear 

Lower  stiffener: 
Right...... 


Left 

Lunette  bracket 

Lunette  strap 

Lunette-strap  fastener,  style  No.  1. 

Name  plate 

....do 

Neck  yoke,  complete 


Oil-can  guide,  right. . 


Oil-can  guide,  left 

Oil-can  packing  block. 


Pro 


Location,  etc. 


Attaches  doubletree  to  pole  socket  on 

limber. 

Braces  doubletree  pin 

In  pintle  support,  under  pintle  spring. 

On  foot-rest  supports 

Riveted  to  chest  front 

...do... 


In  fasteners 

Riveted  to  chest  front 

Riveted  to  upper  diaphragm . . 
On  outer  end  of  each  lock  bar. 

On  handle  catch  bearings 

Riveted  on  side  of  chest 

...do... 


Steel  tubing 

Riveted  to  sides  of  chest. 

On  right  side  of  chest 

...do... 


In  hatchet-blade  bracket 

Through  locking  levers  and  bearings. . 
Riveted  to  intermediate  plate  and 

chest  front. 

...do... 


Forms  top  of  lower  compartment  of 

chest. 
Forms  bottom  of  upper  compartment 

of  chest. 
Secures  connecting  pole  in  pole  socket . 

On  right  side  of  chest 

Riveted  to  chest  front 

Riveted  in  lantern-bracket  body 

In  lantern-strap  fasteners 

Riveted  to  lantern-bracket  body 

Riveted  to  side  of  chest 

...do... 


On  top  of  chest 

On  limber  chest,  door,  upper. 


Hinged  to  pole  socket. 
do 

...do... 


Operate  the  locking  levers.. 
.do. 


On  side  of  chest. 
...do.... 


Inside  of  chest 

Secure  upper  and  lower  doors 

Riveted  to  upper  and  lower  interme- 
diate plates. 


Brace  for  lower  intermediate  plate  and 
chest  front. 
...do.... 


Holds  lunette  of  spare  connecting  pole. 


With— 

Oval    head    machine    screws, 
washers  and  nuts. 


On  left  side  of  chest 

On  limber  chest  front 

On  caisson  chest  front 

See  nomenclature  of  parts  of  4.7-inch 

gun   and   6-inch   howitzer  limber, 

model  of  1905. 
On  upper  side  of  lower  intermediate 

plate  of  caisson. 
....do 


intermediate  plate  j 


Fasten  oil-can  packing  block. 


Sec- 
tion. 


IV 


83 


Nomenclature  of  parts — Continued. 


Num- 
ber 
on 
lim- 
ber. 

Num- 
ber 
on 
cais- 
son. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

classification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

1 
2 
1 

3 

Oil-can  stop  .  .  . 

Riveted  to  intermediate  plate  (upper). 
Riveted  in  sides  of  chest 

IV 

3 

2 
1 

3 
3 
3 
2 

Padlock-chain  rivets 

2-inch  Yale  lock  No.  850,  with  bolt 
snap  clevis,  and  3  inches  of  0.125 
twist-cord  chain. 
Paulin  straps. 

For  left  lock  bar  handle  .*. 

On  top  of  chest     

Paulin-strap  fasteners,  style  No.  3  .  . 
Paulin-strap  fasteners,  style  No.  10  . 
Picket-rope  straps 

On  chest  front 

3 

On  top  of  chest 

On  chest  front       

3 
3 

6 

Picket-rope  straps  (upper) 

On  top  of  chest 

Picket-rope  straps  (lower)  

do  ,  

4 

Picket-rope  strap  fasteners,  style 
No.  5. 
do  ;  

On  chest  front       .             .           

On  top  of  chest     

1 

..... 

Pick-head  strap 

On  pick  rest 

Pick-mattock  strap 

do 

1 
1 

Pick-head  strap  fastener,  style  No.  2. 
Pick-head  strap  fastener,  style  No.  1  . 
Pick-mattock  strap  fastener,  style 
No.  1. 
Pick-mattock  strap  fastener,  style 
No.  2. 
Pick  rest 

do                     

On  left  side  of  chest 

1 

j 

1 

1 
j 

o 
4 

1 

1 

1 
2 

.do       

On  pick  rest 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
4 

1 
1 

1 
2 

1 

On  top  of  chest 

Pick  staple...    . 

.do      

Pintle,  complete,  consisting  of— 
Pintle 

In  pintle  bearings 

Pintle  latch 

do      ... 

Pintle-latch  spring 

do 

Pintle-latch  pin 

.do       

Pintle  bearings 

Between  pintle-bearing  supports  

Pintle-bearing  bolts  and  4  crown 
nuts. 
Pintle-tearing  support  (upper)  
Pintle-bearing  support  (lower)  

Clamp  pintle-bearing  supports 

Riveted  to  upper  intermediate  plate.  . 
Riveted  to  lower  intermediate  plate.  .  . 
Bears  against  flat  on  pintle 

Pintle  spring,  with  2  washers,  1 
bolt,  and  1  crown  nut. 
Pintle-spring  guide 

On  pintle  spring  .             

Plates 

Bases  for  lock-bar  staples 

Pole,  complete 

See  nomenclature  of  parts  on  4.  7-inch 
gun  and  6  inch  howitzer  limber, 
model  of  1905. 
Supports  right  end  of  square  connect- 
ing pole. 

[At  left  end  of  spare  connecting  pole.  . 
At  left  end  of  connecting  pole 

1 
1 

1 

1 
1 
18 

2 

14 

..... 

1 

1 
1 
1 

1 

Pole  bracket  (right) 

Pole  bracket  (upper  left)  . 

Pole  bracket  (lower  left) 

Pole-bracket  pin 

1 

1 

1 
1 
2 
1 

Pole  pin...  . 

Through  pole  and  pole  socket  

Pole-prop  bracket 

On  chest  front 

Pole-prop  bracket  plate    . 

On  chest  front  under  bracket  

Pole-prop  pocket 

On  chest  front       .                        ... 

Pole-prop  pocket  plate 

On  rvhfist.  front,  nnrlnr  nnnlcfit 

Pole-prop  strap                                      On  chest  front.  

Pole-prop  strap  fasteners,  style  No.  1 
Pole  socket  with  bolt  and  1  crown 
nut. 
Pole  socket  (without  lugs) 

On  pole  prop  bracket  and  bracket  plate 
Screwed  into  pole  socket  base  

rin 

1 

18 

2 

14 
2 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

..... 

Pole-socket  base  Bolted  to  chest  front  

Pole-socket  bolts  and  nuts  

Through  chest  front  and  pole  socket 
base. 
Inside  of  chest,  between  intermediate 
plates. 
Connect  rear  and  middle  diaphragms.. 
Bolted  to  pole  socket  

Pole-socket  bolt  filler  plates.  . 

Projectile  tubes  

Prop  bracket  halves 

Prop  chain,   complete,   consisting 
of— 
Prop  chain 

Secures  limber  prop  in  folded  position. 

rln 

Prop-chain  fastening 

Prop-chain  handle                                 do  

Prop-chain  button  

Riveted  to  button  bracket  

Tn  riVht.  Hnnhlfit.rfifi  nhain  nlovis 

Prop-chain  eye 

Prop   chain,   complete,   consisting 
of— 
Prop  chain                                       On  connecting  pole 

Prop  eve                                               do  

Prop  hook                                              do                             .  .             ... 

Prop-eve  bolt                                              do 

Prop-hook  bolt                                             do  

Reinforce  plate  (upper).  .  .                .    Above  pintle  bearing  support,  upper. 

84 

Nomenclature  of  parts — Continued. 


Num- 
ber 
on 
lim- 
ber. 

Num- 
ber 
on 

cais- 
son. 

1 
Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property 
classification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

1 

1 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

1 
2 

1 
1 
1 
1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

1 

Reinforce  plate  (lower) 

Below  pintle  bearing  support,  lower.. 
On  top  of  lower  intermediate  plate  
Riveted  to  lower  intermediate  olate 
and  chest  on  right. 

>      IV 

' 

Shot-tongs*  leg  pocket  

Shot-tongs  pocket 

Shot-tongs  stop  

Shot-tongs  strap  

In  fastener  

Shot-tongs  strap  fastener  style  No.  3  . 
Shovel-handle  rest. 

On  top  of  lower  intermediate  plate  .  .  . 
On  left  side  of  chest 

Shovel-handle  strap  

....  do... 

Shovel-handle  strap  fastener,  stvle 
No.  1. 
Shovel  support  .  .  . 

do 

do  .. 

Singletrees  

See  nomenclature  of  parts  on  4.7-inch 
gun  and   6-inch  howitzer  limber, 
model  of  1905. 
On  right  side  of  limber  chest 

""2" 
1 
1 

4 

1 
1 
1 
1 

1 
2 
2 

2 

Spanner  bracket  (front) 

Spanner  bracket  (rear).  

do 

Spanner-bracket  plate 

do 

Spanner  strap  

.      do.. 

Spanner-strap  fastener,  style  No.  1. 
Spanner-strap  fastener,  style  No.  2. 
Tie-rods......  

On  spanner-bracket  plate 

Brace  pole  socket 

Tie-rod  bracket  (right)  

On  front  corners  of  chest 

Tie-rod  bracket  (left) 

do 

Tie-rod  pins  

Upper  diaphragm,  (front) 

Upper  diaphragm,  (rear)  

Upper  middle  diaphragm.  .  .  . 

Upper  stiffener  (right) 

Brace  for  upper  intermediate  plate 
and  chest  front, 
do 

Upper  stiffener  (left).  . 

wishers 

On  brake  crank  and  brake  lever  
See  nomenclature  of  parts  of  wheel  on 
carriage, 
do 

2 

2 
1 
1 

1 
1 

Wheels,  60-inch  diameter 

Wheel  fastenings  

Wrench  holder  (right) 

Upper  side  of  lower  intermediate  plate. 
.  do 

Wrench  holder  (left)  



Wrench  strap... 

do 

Wrench-strap  fastener,  style  No.  1. 

do 

DESCRIPTION     OF     THE     6-INCH     HOWITZER    LIMBER,     MODEL    OF    1909. 

(Plate  XIII.) 

The  limber  is  a  two-wheeled  vehicle  provided  with  an  ammunition 
chest  for  the  transportation  of  ammunition  for  the  6-inch  howitzer. 

The  principal  parts  are  the  wheels,  axle,  ammunition  chest,  pintle, 
pole  socket,  pole,  limber  prop,  doubletree,  singletree,  and  neck  yoke. 

The  wheels  and  the  wheel  fastenings  are  the  same  as  and  inter- 
changeable with  those  on  the  carriage.  The  axle  is  hollow,  and  is 
made  from  a  single  piece  of  forged  steel. 

The  ammunition  chest  is  built  of  flange  steel,  and  is  divided  into 
an  upper  and  lower  compartment  by  means  of  the  flange  steel  inter- 
mediate plates,  upper  and  lower,  between  which  passes  the  axle. 
The  axle  is  secured  to  the  chest  by  the  right  and  left  bearings  riveted 
to  the  sides  of  the  chest  and  to  the  intermediate  plates.  The  two 
sections  of  each  axle  bearing  are  clamped  together  by  bolts  passing 
through  lugs  on  the  axle,  thus  preventing  any  longitudinal  move- 
ment of  the  axle.  The  chest  front  is  a  flange  steel  plate  riveted  to 


85 

flanges  on  the  intermediate  plates  and  to  the  vertical  flanges  of  the 
chest  frame,  a  steel  angle  formed  into  a  rectangle  and  riveted  through 
its  horizontal  flanges  to  the  body  of  the  chest.  Four  flange  steel 
stiffeners  and  two  steel  angles  brace  the  intermediate  plates  to  the 
chest  front. 

Inside  the  chest,  in  the  upper  compartment,  are  located  three 
vertical  diaphragms  flanged  all  around  and  riveted  to  the  chest  body 
and  intermediate  plate  (upper).  The  front  and  rear  diaphragms  are 
perforated  with  15  holes  each,  7  designed  for  cartridge-case  carriers 
and  8  for  projectiles.  The  middle  diaphragm  is  of  smaller  size,  and 
perforated  with  8  holes,  to  match  those  of  the  front  and  rear  dia- 
phragms designed  for  projectiles.  The  front  and  rear  diaphragms 
are  braced  at  their  middle  by  a  short  round  bolt.  In  the  lower 
compartment  are  located  three  vertical  diaphragms  of  the  same  size, 
flanged  all  around,  and  riveted  to  the  chest  body  and  intermediate 
plate  (lower).  The  lower  diaphragms  have  6  perforations  each  for 
projectiles. 

Corresponding  holes  for  cartridge-case  carriers  in  the  front  and  rear 
diaphragm  are  connected  by  brass  tubes  called  carrier  tubes,  which 
are  rolled  in  in  assembling,  and  serve  to  guide  the  cartridge-case 
carriers  and  stiffen  the  diaphragms.  Similar  brass  tubes,  called  pro- 
jectile tubes,  extend  between  corresponding  holes  for  the  projectiles 
in  the  middle  and  rear  diaphragms  to  guide  the  projectiles  and 
stiffen  those  diaphragms.  The  perforations  for  projectiles  in  the  rear 
diaphragms  are  made  conical,  and,  after  the  brass  trays  are  seated, 
these  cones  fit  the  taper  of  the  rotating  bands  of  the  projec- 
tiles, forming  stops  for  the  same.  The  chest  doors  close  against  the 
rear  of  the  projectiles,  holding  them  firmly  in  position.  A  pressed 
steel  beam  placed  transversely  in  the  upper  chest,  forward  of  the  front 
diaphragm,  serves  as  a  stop,  determining  the  position  of  the  cartridge- 
case  carriers. 

The  chest  door  (upper)  consists  of  a  flange  steel  plate  strengthened 
by  a  steel  angle  riveted  to  its  lower  edge  and  by  two  steel  stiffeners 
of  T  section  riveted  on  its  inner  surface.  Its  top  edge  is  secured  to 
the  chest  by  four  hinges,  allowing  the  door  to  swing  to  the  rear  and 
upward.  In  its  uppermost  position  it  is  held  by  door  props  attached 
to  each  end  of  the  door  and  to  the  sides  of  the  chest,  as  shown  in  the 
plate.  The  door  bears  on  its  outer  surface  an  instruction  plate  as 
follows:  uThis  chest  for  shell  only." 

The  chest  door  (lower)  is  of  flange  steel  strengthened  by  an  angle 
along  its  upper  edge,  and  is  secured  to  the  chest  body  by  three  hinges, 
which  allow  the  door  to  open  to  the  rear  and  downward.  Two  door 
handles  are  located  on  each  door  to  assist  in  opening  and  closing  the 
door.  When  closed,  the  lower  edge  of  the  upper  door  and  the  upper 
edge  of  the  lower  door  are  securely  fastened  by  locking  levers  hinged 


86 

to  the  intermediate  plates  and  operated  by  lock  bars  having  handles 
on  the  chest  sides.  These  lock-bar  handles  are  held  in  a  closed  posi- 
tion by  suitable  catches,  the  left  handle  having  a  padlock. 

Through  the  chest  front,  intermediate  angles,  and  intermediate- 
plate  flanges  are  18  bolts,  securing  the  pole-socket  base.  The  cylin- 
drical cast-steel  pole  socket  is  threaded  into  the  pole-socket  base  and 
riveted,  its  interior  being  finished  as  a  conical  seat  for  the  pole. 
The  doubletree  is  mounted  upon  the  doubletree  pin  projecting  up 
through  a  boss  on  the  forward  end  of  the  pole  socket.  The  upper 
end  of  this  pin  is  threaded  for  a  nut,  and  is  braced  back  to  the  pole 
socket  by  the  doubletree  strap.  Tie  rods  attached  to  lugs  on  either 
side  of  the  socket  brace  it  to  brackets  riveted  at  the  forward  corners 
of  the  chest.  The  pole  socket  is  split  at  its  forward  end,  and  is  pro- 
vided with  a  clamping  bolt  for  drawing  the  socket  firmly  about  the 
pole.  The  pole  is  prevented  from  turning  by  the  pole  pin  inserted 
at  an  angle  through  the  socket  and  the  pole. 

The  clamping  bolt  for  the  socket  also  secures  the  prop  bracket  in 
place,  to  which  the  limber  prop  is  hinged.  When  traveling  the  prop 
is  folded  back  and  held  by  the  prop  chain,  which  passes  through  the 
chain  eye  in  the  doubletree  chain  clevis,  and  secured  by  placing  the 
prop-chain  handle  over  the  button  on  the  bucket  holder. 

Pintle-bearing  supports  are  riveted  to  the  upper  and  lower  inter- 
mediate plates  at  the  rear  of  the  chest,  and  form  brackets  for  clamping 
the  pintle  bearing.  This  bearing  is  in  two  parts,  secured  together 
by  bolts,  and  may  be  renewed  when  worn.  The  pintle  may  swivel 
360°  in  the  bearing,  but  is  normally  held  in  a  vertical  position  by  a 
spring  bolted  to  the  pintle-bearing  support  (lower)  which  bears 
upon  a  flat  at  the  front  end  of  the  pintle  shank.  The  lunette 
ring  of  the  caisson  is  retained  upon  the  pintle  hook  by  the  pintle 
latch.  The  latter  is  pivoted  by  the  latch  pin  upon  the  end  of  the 
pintle  horn,  and  is  arranged  to  be  held  in  either  the  open  or  closed 
position  by  the  pintle-latch  spring.  The  latch  is  opened  by  the  lu- 
nette in  entering  it  upon  the  pintle  hook,  but  must  be  closed  by  hand. 
The  spring  is  peened  in  its  seat,  but  if  required  may  readily  be  driven 
out  and  a  new  one  inserted. 

The  cartridge-case  carriers  are  half  cylinders  hinged  together  at 
one  end  and  are  designed  to  hold  two  cartridge  cases  each.  The 
bodies  and  front  ends  are  of  flange  steel  and  the  rear  ends  are  steel 
forgings.  A  folding  handle  on  the  exposed  end  is  held  in  folded 
position  by  a  spring,  and  serves  as  a  latch  to  hold  together  the  free 
ends  of  the  carrier  halves.  The  equipment  of  each  limber  includes 
seven  cartridge  case  carriers. 

The  opening  at  the  rear  between  the  upper  and  lower  intermediate 
plates  is  utilized  to  receive  the  shot  tongs  for  removing  projectiles. 
The  shot  tongs  are  carried  in  fastenings  in  the  right  side  of  the  opening. 


87 

Upon  the  left  side  of  the  chest  front  is  riveted  a  box  for  carrying 
two  canvas  buckets,  and  in  the  center  is  a  lantern  bracket  A  name 
plate  above  the  lantern  gives  the  name,  number,  and  model  of  the 
vehicle,  name  of  manufacturer,  year  of  completion,  and  initials  of 
the  inspector.  In  all  reports  and  correspondence  the  vehicle  is  to 
be  designated  by  the  number  and  model  given  on  the  name  plate. 

The  fixtures  for  holding  the  pick  on  top  of  the  chest  will  accom- 
modate either  a  pickax  or  a  pick  mattock;  those  upon  the  left  side 
for  the  shovel  will  take  either  a  long  or  short  handled  implement. 
A  pickax  and  a  long-handled  shovel  are  issued  with  each  limber;  a 
pick  mattock  and  short-handled  shovel  with  each  caisson. 

Other  fastenings  and  straps  are  provided  on  top  of  the  chest  for 
a  paulin  and  for  kits;  on  the  front  for  a  pole  prop  and  picket  rope; 
on  the  left  side  of  the  chest  for  an  ax,  and  on  the  right  side  for  a 
hatchet,  wrench,  and  a  spanner  for  tightening  the  hub  bands  of  the 
wheels. 

The  pole,  doubletree,  singletrees,  and  neck  yoke  are  standard  and 
interchangeable  with  those  on  any  limber  of  the  battery. 

Doubletree  chains  attached  to  the  chest  body  prevent  excessive 
swinging  of  the  doubletree. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  6-INCH  HOWITZER  CAISSON,  MODEL  OF  1909. 

(Plate  XIV.) 

The  6-inch  howitzer  caisson  is  built  upon  the  same  general  plan  as 
the  6-inch  howitzer  limber,  model  of  1909,  and  many  parts  of  the  two 
vehicles,  the  wheels,  axles,  pintles  and  pintle  bearings,  lock  bars, 
diaphragms,  and  most  of  the  chest  parts  and  implement  fastenings 
are  identical  and  interchangeable. 

The  principal  parts  are  the  wheels,  axle,  ammunition  chest,  pintle, 
pole  socket;  connecting  pole,  caisson  prop,  foot  rest,  apron,  and  brake. 

The  chest  front  and  chest  door  (upper)  are  hardened  armor  plates 
0.15  inch  thick,  needed  for  the  protection  of  the  ammunition  servers 
in  the  rear  from  small-arms  and  shrapnel  fire.  The  door  bears  on 
its  outer  surface  an  instruction  plate  as  follows:  "This  chest  for  5 
shell  and  9  shrapnel."  An  apron  of  armor  plate  of  the  same  thick- 
ness is  hinged  to  the  lower  edge  of  the  chest  front  and  extends  to 
within  a  short  distance  of  the  ground,  for  the  same  purpose.  To 
clear  obstructions  in  traveling,  the  apron  is  made  to  swing  to  the  rear 
up  against  the  bottom  of  the  chest,  in  which  position  it  is  held  by 
apron  latches  attached  to  the  sides  of  the  chest. 

The  apron  latch  bases  riveted  to  the  sides  of  the  chest  are  similar 
to  those  on  the  carriage.  All  other  parts,  with  the  exception  of  the 
latch  handle,  are  the  same  as  and  interchangeable  with  those  on  the 
carriage. 

6311—17 8 


88 

The  connecting  pole,  a  heavy  steel  tube,  has  riveted  in  the  rear 
end  a  forged  steel  key  bearing  which  is  used  as  a  seat  for  the  rectan- 
gular key  which  secures  the  pole  to  the  pole  socket.  In  the  front 
end  of  the  connecting  pole  is  located  the  bronze  lunette  bearing,  in 
which  the  lunette  is  secured  by  two  pins. 

A  wheel  guard  to  protect  the  connecting  pole  from  injury  from  the 
limber  wheels  in  making  short  turns  is  riveted  to  the  body  near  its 
middle.  As  the  pole  seats  in  the  sockets  are  the  same  for  limber  and 
caisson,  the  connecting  pole  may  be  used  in  place  of  the  steel  pole 
in  the  limber  whenever  it  is  desirable  to  connect  a  number  of  these 
vehicles  entrain.  For  this  purpose  the  body  of  a  spare  connecting 
pole  is  carried  on  each  caisson  in  brackets  on  the  chest  front,  the 
lunette  is  placed  in  a  bracket  on  the  left  side  of  the  chest,  and  a 
fixture  for  a  spare  key  is  provided  on  the  right  side.  A  caisson 
prop  of  steel  tubing  with  a  bronze  foot  is  attached  to  the  connecting 
pole  for  a  support  when  the  caisson  is  unlimbered.  When  not  in 
use  the  prop  is  swung  up  under  the  connecting  pole  and  held  by  a 
chain  leading  from  a  button  on  the  right  side  of  the  wheel  guard, 
under  the  prop  to  a  button  on  the  left. 

The  beams  of  the  road  brake  are  hinged  in  brackets  riveted  to 
the  chest  front.  They  are  built  up  of  flange  and  forged  steel  parts, 
and  carry  cast-iron  shoes  to  bear  against  the  wheel  tires.  A  brake 
shaft  passes  through  the  chest  forward  of  the  axle  and  is  mounted 
at  either  end  in  bearings  riveted  to  the  chest  sides.  This  shaft  is 
operated  by  a  spring  steel  brake  lever  on  the  right  end  having  a 
renewable  brake  lever  catch,  which  engages  a  toothed  rack  riveted 
to  the  chest,  to  hold  the  brake  when  applied.  A  brake  crank  is 
assembled  on  the  left  end  of  the  shaft  in  line  with  a  similar  crank 
arm  forged  integral  with  the  hub  of  the  brake  lever.  These  cranks 
are  connected  to  the  brake  rod  brackets  on  the  brake  beams  by 
elastic  brake  rods.  The  construction  of  the  brake  rod  is  as  follows: 
The  brake  rod  passes  through  a  stiff  helical  spring  and  the  end  of  a 
bronze  brake  spring  cover,  and  is  screwed  into  the  brake  rod  end ,  which 
is  joined  to  the  brake  beam  by  the  brake  rod  pin.  The  brake  spring 
cover  end  or  crank  end  of  the  rod  is  screwed  into  the  other  end  of 
the  brake  spring  cover  and  has  a  guiding  bushing  to  receive  the 
rear  end  of  the  brake  rod.  The  spring  is  compressed  between  the 
forward  end  of  the  brake  spring  cover  and  a  collar  on  the  brake 
rod,  which  is  thus  arranged  to  have  a  small  longitudinal  movement 
against  the  pressure  of  the  spring.  The  tension  on  the  spring  may 
be  regulated  by  screwing  the  brake  spring  cover  end  into  or  out  of 
the  brake  spring  cover.  Adjustment  to  compensate  for  wear  of 
brake  shoes  is  secured  by  varying  the  distance  the  brake  rod  is 
screwed  into  the  brake  rod  end. 


89 

Brackets  supporting  a  short  perforated  sheet  steel  foot  rest  are 
mounted  on  the  right  side  of  the  chest  front;  a  handrail  projects 
above  the  top  of  the  chest  on<  either  side  and  with  the  grip  strap 
provides  handhold  for  a  cannoneer.  The  picket  rope  for  the  caisson 
is  carried  in  fastenings  on  top  of  the  chest.  The  paulin  strapped  to 
the  top  of  the  chest  serves  as  a  seat  cushion. 

The  shovel,  ax,  pick,  hatchet,  lantern,  shot  tongs,  and  bucket 
fastenings  are  similar  to  those  of  the  limber. 

The  opening  at  the  rear  between  the  upper  and  lower  intermediate 
plates  on  the  left  side  is  utilized  to  carry  an  oil  can.  The  oil  can 
with  a  capacity  of  2.25  gallons,  is  held  between  two  steel  angles 
riveted  to  the  intermediate  plate  (lower),  and  oil  can  packing 
block  and  stop  bolted  to  the.  intermediate  plate  (upper),  and  a  stop 
on  the  door  handle  (lower).  In  each  four  caissons,  three  oil  cans 
carry  lubricating  oil,  and  the  fourth  hydroline  oil,  the  contents  of 
each  being  indicated  by  a  name  plate. 

A  name  plate  is  attached  to  each  caisson  chest  front  above  the 
lantern.  In  all  reports  and  correspondence  the  caisson  is  to  be  desig- 
nated by  the  name,  model,  and  number  given  on  this  plate.  In  request 
for  spare  parts  for  repairs,  etc.,  the  parts  are  to  be  asked  for  by 
the  names  given  in  the  table  giving  the  nomenclature  of  parts,  and 
the  symbol  or  piece  mark  of  the  unserviceable  piece  copied  exactly 
as  stamped  thereon. 

THE   6-INCH  HOWITZER  LIMBER  AND    CAISSON,  MODEL 

OF  1916. 

WEIGHTS,    DIMENSIONS,    ETC. 

Weight  of  limber,  empty,  without  implements  or  ammunition pounds. .  1, 905 

Weight  of  tools  and  implements  carried  on  limber,  including  spare  con- 
necting pole pounds. .      185 

Weight  of  limber -completely  equipped  and  loaded do 4, 088 

Weight  of  caisson,  empty,  without  implements  or  ammunition do 2, 065 

Weight  of  tools  and  implements  carried  on  caisson do 100 

Weight  of  caisson  completely  equipped  and  loaded do 4, 163 

Weight  of  ammunition  carried  in  limber  or  caisson do 2, 000 

Rounds  of  ammunition  carried  in  limber number. .        14 

Rounds  of  ammunition  carried  in  caisson do 14 

Diameter  of  wheels inches. .        60 

Width  of  track do 60 

Free  height  under  caisson do 19.  75 

Turning  angle degrees . .        71 


90 

Nomenclature  of  parts. 

Num- 
ber 
on 
lim- 
ber. 

Num- 
ber 
on 
cais- 
son. 

Name  of  part. 

I  ocation,  etc. 

Prope 
classinc 

(lass. 

rty 
ation 

Sec- 
tion 

1 
3 
3 
2 

2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
1 

Apron 

Hinged  to  bottom  of  chest 

IV 

Apron  hinges,  male. 

Riveted  to  top  of  apron  
Riveted  to  bottom  of  chest 

Apron  hinges  female 

Apron  latches,  complete,  consisting 
of— 
Apron-latch  bases,  right  and  left. 
Apron-latch  washers 

Riveted  to  chest  sides 

On  latch  base  phis  

Handle  pins 

Pin  latch  handles  to  latch  bodies 

Latch-base  pins. 

Pin  latch  bcdies  to  apron  latch  bases.  . 

Latch  bodies 

Latch  springs    . 

Around  plungers  

Latch  riandles 

Pinned  to  latch  bodies 

Plungers..  .          .  .             . 

Tn  latch  bodies  

Apron-la  cch  staples 

Riveted  into  apron  

1 
1 

Ax-handle  bracket  

Riveted  to  ax  handle  bracket  plate  
On  right  side  of  chest  

Ax-handle  bracket  plate 

1 

do 

On  left  side  of  chest 

1 

Ax  pocket    

On  right  side  of  chest  

1 

do 

On  left  side  of  chest 

1 

1 

1 

Ax  strap  

In  strap  fastener  

Ax-strap  fastener  style  No  1 

On  left  side  of  chest 

1 

do  

On  right  side  of  chest          

1 
1 

1 

Axle 

Axle  bearing,  lower  left               .  . 

Riveted  outside  of  side  plate  of  chest  .  .  . 
do  

1 

do  

1 

do  

1 

do  

do  

1 

do  

1 

do  

do  

1 

Axle  bearing,  upper  right 

...do... 

1 

do  

do  



2 

1 
1 
2 

2 

1 

1 
2 
2 
2 

Brake  beams,  complete 

See  nomenclature  of  parts  of  6-inch 
howitzer  limber  and  caisson,  model 
of  1909. 
Riveted  to  rear  of  chest  .  .  . 

Brake-beam  bracket,  left  



Brake-beam  bracket,  right 

do  

Brake  beam  pins  

Secure  brake  beams  in  brackets      



Brake  crank    .  .  . 

On  right  end  of  brake  shaft  .    . 

Brake  guard 

Bolted  to  brake  segment  rack 

Brake-guard  separator 

Between  brake  guard  and  segment 
rack. 
On  left  end  of  brake  shaft  .  .    . 



Brake  lever..  .  . 

Brake-lever  catch  

Riveted  to  brake  lever  

Brake  rods,  complete 

See  nomenclature  of  parts  of  6-inch 
howitzer  Umber  and  caisson,  model 
of  1909. 
Pin  brake  rod  ends  to  brake  beam 
brackets. 
Riveted  to  left  side  of  chest 

Brake-rod  pins  

Brake  segments  rack 

Brake  shaft  

In  brake-shaft  bushings     

Brake-  shaft  bushings 

In  axle  bearings,  lower 

Brake  shoes        ... 

On  end  of  brake  beams  

Brake-shoe  pins 

Pin  shoes  to  brake  beams 

1 

Bucket-holder  body              

On  front  of  chest  

1 

...  do 

On  rear  of  chest 

1 
2 

1 

1 

1 
2 

Bucket-holder  strap              

In  strap  fasteners  .         

Bucket-holder  strap  fasteners,  style 
No.  10. 
Button  bracket 

Riveted  to  chest  and  bucket  holder 
body. 
Riveted  to  bottom  of  bucket  holder.  .  . 
do 

Button  bracket  reinforce 

1 
1 

1 

7 
7 

1 

Caisson  instruction  plate 

On  chest  door,  upper 

Caisson  prop,  complete          

See  nomenclature  of  parts  of  6-inch 
howitzer  limber  and  caisson,  model 
of  1909. 
Inside  of  chest  door,  upper 

1 

7 
7 

1 
1 

1 

1 

Carrier  stop 

Carrier  tubes          

Connect  diaphragms  

Cartridge-case  carriers 

See  nomenclature  of  parts  of  6-inch 
howitzer  limber  and  caisson,  model 
of  1909. 
Horizontally  through  chest  in  front 
of  cartridge-case  carriers. 
Riveted  to  underside  of  intermediate 
plate,  upper, 
do 

Cartridge-case  carrier  stop        

Center  bearing  left 

Center  bearing  right 

1 

Chain,  complete  with  bolt  snap, 
chain  ring,  and  chain  rivet. 

At  lock  liar  handle  catch  

91 


Nomenclature  of  parts — Continued. 


Num- 
ber 
on 
lim- 
ber. 

Num- 
ber 
on 
cais- 
son. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Prop 

classifu 

Class. 

erty 
ration. 

Sec- 
tion. 

3 

1 
1 

1 
1 

..... 

1 

1 
1 

Chest  angle 

Riveted  to  chest  body  and  front  plate  . 
Riveted  to  chest  body  and  rear  plate. 
In  two  sections,  forms  top,  sides,  and 
bottom  of  chest. 
Flange  steel...  

IV 

do  

Chest  body 

Chest  door,  lower  

Chest  door,  upper  

....  do 

do 

Armor  plate 

1 

..... 
1 

1 
2 

Chest  front  plate  

Flange  steel  .      ... 

Chest  rear  plate 

Armor  plate 

Connecting  pole,  complete  

See  nomenclature  of  parts  of  6-inch 
howitzer  limber  and  caisson,  model 
of  1909. 
Separates  upper  middle  diaphragm 
and  upper  diaphragm. 
Stiffen  edges  of  doors 

1 

2 
2 

Diaphragm  brace,  with  three  crown 
nuts. 
Door  angles  

Door  handles,  lower,  without  stop  .  . 
do 

On  chest  door,  lower  

1 

On  left  side  of  chest  door,  lower  
On  right  side  of  chest  door,  lower  
On  chest  door,  upper.  . 

1 
2 

7 

•7 

2 
1 
1 
2 
2 
1 
1 

Door  handle,  lower,  with  stop 

2 
7 
7 
2 
1 
1 
2 
2 
1 
1 
1 

2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

Door  handles,  upper  

Door  hinges,  female  

Riveted  to  chest 

Door  hinges  male 

Riveted  to  chest  doors 

Door  props  

Attached  to  door-prop  stud 

Door-prop  guide,  left  

On  side  of  chest  .  . 

Door-prop  guide,  right     

do. 

Door-prop  sliding  rivets  

Slide  in  door-prop  guides.  .  .     . 

Door-prop  studs  

Riveted  to  chest  door  upper 

Door  stiffener,  left 

Inside  chest  door  upper 

Door  stiffener,  right  

do.   .     

Doubletree,  complete 

See  nomenclature  of  parts  on  4.7-inch 
gun   and   6-inch  howitzer  limber, 
model  of  1905. 
do 

Doubletree  chains  complete 

Doubletree-chain  eye,  left 

Riveted  to  side  of  chest 

Doubletree-chain  eye,  right  

do 

Doubletree  pin 

Attaches  doubletree  to  pole  socket  
Braces  doubletree  nin 

Doubletree  strap 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
2 

2 
1 
1 
4 
2 

Filler  plate  In  nintle  snnnnrt.  vmrtfir  ^nT-intr 

Foot  rest 

On  fnnlurAfit  flnimnrfa 

Foot-rest  support  ,  left  Riveted  to  rear  nf  nhest. 

Foot-rest  support,  right 

do 

Grip  strap 

In  left  paulin-strap  fastener 

2 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
2 

2 
1 
1 

.... 

i 

i 
i 

i 
i 
1    i 

Hand-barrow  brackets 

On  upper  diaphragms 

Handle,  left  (for  lock  bar) 

On  outer  end  of  lock  bar  
...do 

Handle  right  (for  lock  bar) 

Handle  catches                                              On  handlp.-na.tnh  hflarinpft: 

Handle-catch  bearing,  left  

Riveted  on  side  of  chest  
do. 

Handle-catch  bearing,  right      

Handle-catch  rivets    '                         i 

Pin  handle  catches  to  handle-catch 
bearings. 
In  handle-catch  staple  plates  
Riveted  to  side  of  chest  .. 

Handle-catch  staples 

Handle-catch  staple  plate,  left  

Handle-catch  staple  plate,  right 

..     .do 

Handrail  shanks 

Riveted  to  sides  of  chest 

Handrail  tubes  

In  handrail  shanks        

Hatchet,  blade  bracket 

Riveted  on  chest  front  plate 

1 

do 

Riveted  on  chest  rear  plate 

Hatchet-handle  bracket 

Riveted  on  chest  front  plate 

1 
1 

.   .do 

Riveted  on  chest  rear  plate 

Hatchet  strap  

In  strap  fastener  
Riveted  to  chest  front  plate                   ! 

Hatchet-strap  fastener,  Style  No.  1  .  . 
do 

1 

Riveted  to  chest  rear  plate 

Intermediate  angle  lower 

Brace  for  chest  front  and  intermediate 
plate,  lower. 
Brace  for  chest  front  and  intermediate 
plate,  upper. 
Forms  top  of  lower  compartment  of 
chest, 
do 

Intermediate  angle  upper 

Intermediate  plate  lower 

1 

do 

i 

Intermediate  plate  upper                  i 

Forms  bottom  of  upper  compartment 
of  chest. 

do                                                       I 

1 

do 

""i" 
i 

1 
1 

Key 

Secures  connecting  pole  in  pole  socket  .  ' 

On  riVht  "drip  nf  nhp«st 

Kev  bracket 

Lantern-bracket  body                        '  Riveted  to  chest  front  plate 

i 
i 

1 
1 

Lantern-bracket  bottom  

Riveted  in  lantern  bracket  body  \ 
In  strap  fastener  ... 

92 

Nomenclature  of  parts — Continued. 


Num- Num- 
ber     ber 
on       on 
lim-  |  cais- 
ber.  i  son. 


Name  of  part. 


Lantern-strap  fasteners 

Limber-blanket  straps,  front , 

Limber-blanket  straps ,  rear 

Limber-blanket     strap     fasteners, 
style  No.  5. 

Limber  instruction  plate 

Limber  prop,  complete. . .". 


Lock  bars 

Lock-bar  bracket,  left . . 
Lock-bar  bracket,  right. 

Lock-bar  pins 

Lock-bar  washers 

Locking  levers 

Locking-lever  bearings.. 


Lower  diaphragms: 

Front 

Middle 

Rear 

Lunette  bracket 

Lunette  strap 

Lunette-strap  fastener,  style  No.  1. 

Name  plate 

....do 

Neck  yoke,  complete 


Oil-can  guides 

Oil-can  packing  block . 
Oil-can  stop "... 


2-inch  Yale  padlock,  with  bolt  snap, 

clevis,  chain,  and  rings. 

Paulin  straps 

Paulin-strap  fasteners,  style  No.  3.. 
Paulin-strap  fasteners,  style  No.  7.. 
Paulin-strap  fasteners,  style  No.  10. 

Picket-rope  straps 

Picket-rope  straps,  lower 

Picket-rope  straps,  upper 

Picket-rope  strap    fasteners,  style 

No.  5. 
do 


Location,  etc. 


Property 
classification. 


Class. 


Sec- 
tion. 


Riveted  to  lantern  bracket . 

In  strap  fasteners 

do 

Riveted  to  top  of  chest 


On  chest  door,  upper 

See  nomenclature  of  parts  of  6-inch 

howitzer  limber  and  caisson,  model 

of  1909. 

Operate  locking  levers 

On  side  of  chest 


.do. 


Through  lock  bar  and  locking  levers.. 

On  lock-bar  pins 

Secure  upper  and  lower  doors 

Riveted  to  upper  and  lower  inter- 
mediate plates 


In  lower  compartment  of  chest 

....do 

....do 

On  left  side  of  chest 

In  strap  fastener 

Riveted  to  left  side  of  chest 

On  chest  front  plate 

On  chest  rear  plate 

See  nomenclature  of  parts  of  4.7-inch 

gun  and   6-inch  howitzer  limber, 

model  of  1905. 
On  upper  side  of  intermediate  plate, 

lower. 
On  underside  of  intermediate  plate, 

lower. 
On  underside  of  intermediate  plate, 

upper. 
At  lock-bar  handle  catch 


In  strap  fasteners . . . 
On  chest  front  plate. 
On  chest  rear  plate. . 

On  top  of  chest 

In  strap  fasteners 

do 

.do. 


Pick-head  strap 

Pick-head  strap  fastener. style  No.  1.1 
Pick-head  strap  fastener,  style  No.  2 

Pick-mattock  strap , 

Pick-mattock  strap  fastener,  style 

No.  i. 
Pick-mattock  strap  fastener,  style 

No.  2. 

Pick  rest 

Pick  staple 

Pintle,  complete 


Pintle  bearings 

Pintle-bearing  support,  lower., 
Pint le- bearing  support ,  upper . 

Pintle- bearing  washers 

Pintle  spring. .  f 

Pintle-spring  guide 

Pole,  complete 


Riveted  to  chest  front  plate. 


Riveted  to  top  of  chest. 

In  strap  fasteners 

On  left  side  of  chest 

On  pick  rest 

In  strap  fasteners 

On  right  side  of  chest . . 

On  pick  rest 


IV 


Pole  bracket  .left 

Pole  bracket,  right 

Pole  pin 

Pole-prop  bracket 

1  Pole-prop  bracket  plate 

;  Pole-prop  pocket 

|  Pole-prop  pocket  plate 

Pole-prep  strap 

j  Pole-prop  strap  fasteners,  style  No.  1. 


Riveted  on  top  of  chest 

....do 

See  nomenclature  of  parts  of  6-inch 

Howitzer  limber  and  caisson,  model 

of  1909. 

Between  pintle  bearing  supports 

Riveted  to  intermediate  plate,  lower. . 
Riveted  to  intermediate  plate,  upper. . 

On  pintle-spring  bolt 

Bears  against  Mat  on  pintle 

On  pintle  spring 

See  nomenclature  of  parts  of  4.7-inch 

gun  and  6-inch  howitzer  limber, 

model  1905. 
Riveted  to  top  of  chest 

...do... 


Through  pole  and  pole  socket 

On  chest-front  plate 

Under  pole-prop  bracket 

On  chest-front  plate 

Under  pole-prop  pocket 

In  strap  fasteners 

On  pole- prop  bracket  and  bracket  plate:  j 


92 

Nomenclature  of  parts — Continued. 


Num-  Num- 
ber    ber 
on       on 
lim-    cais- 
ber.     son. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property 
classification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

1 

Pole  socket... 

Bolted  to  chest-front  plate 

IV 

3 

1 

Do  

Between  intermediate  plates,  upper 
and  lower. 
Inside  of  chest  between  intermediate 
plates. 
Connect  rear  and  middle  diaphragms. 
Riveted  to  prop  eye 

2 

14 
1 
1 

Pole-socket  bolt-filler  plates 

14 

Projectile  tubes.  .  . 

Prop  bracket  .  . 

Prop  chain,  complete. 

See  nomenclature  of  parts  of  6-inch 
howitzer  limber  and  caisson,  model 
of  1909. 
...do.... 

1 

do  

1 

Prop-chain  button  .-  'On  bucket  holder  .  .  . 

Prop-chain  eye  ...                                In  doubletree  chain  clevis 

1 
1 
12 
2 

1 
1 

Prop-eye  bolt.  .                                     On  connecting  pole 

Prop-hook  bolt  do  

12 
2 
1 
1 
2 

1 
1 

1 
1 

1 
1 

Reinforce  plates  ...                               For  axle  bearing 

.    .do                                                                 '   Tfnr  Innk-har  hranlrpt 

Reinforce  plate,  lower.  .  .  . 

Above  pintle-bearing  support,  lower.  . 
Above  pintle-bearing  support,  upper.  . 
See  nomenclature  of  parts  of  4.7-inch 
gun   and  6-inch  howitzer  limber, 
model  of  1905. 
Riveted  to  intermediate  plate,  lower.  . 
Riveted  to  inside  of  chest  and  interme- 
diate plate,  lower. 
Riveted  to  inside  of  chest 

Reinforce  plate,  upper.  .  . 

Singletrees  

1 
1 

1 

1 
1 

Shot-tongs  handle  fastening  

Shot-tongs  pocket  

Shot-tongs  stop  

Shot-tongs  strap 

In  strap  fastener 

Shot  -tongs  strap  fastener,  style  No.  3 
Shovel-handle  rest.  . 

Riveted  to  intermediate  plate,  lower.  .. 
On  left  side  of  nhp.st 

1    ...    .do                                                                On  riVht.  sirtft  of  rVhp<?t 

1 
1 

1 

Shovel-handle  strap  ....                       In  strati  fastp.npr  . 

Shovel-handle  strap  fastener,  style 
No.  1. 
do.  . 

.  On  left  side  of  chest... 

1 

On  right  side  of  chest 

1 

Shovel  support  

On  left  side  of  chest.  .. 

•> 

do  

On  right  side  of  chest 

1 

1 

1 
1 

2 

2 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
j 

2 

2 
1 
1 
1 
1 

"l 

2 

....2. 

Spanner  bracket  front 

...do.... 

Spanner-bracket  plate  .                        '<  Under  snannftr  hrankfit  frnnt 

Spanner  bracket,  rear.  .  .  . 

On  right  side  of  chest..'. 

Spanner  strap  .... 

In  strap  fasteners 

Spanner  strap  fastener,  style  No.  1.. 
Spanner-strap  fastener,  style  No.  2.. 
Stiff  eners,  right 

On  spanner-bracket  plate  

On  spanner  bracket,  front  

Braces  for  chest  front  and  intermedi- 
ate plate,  upper. 

dn 

Stiff  eners  left 

Tie-rods  Brace  pole  socket  

Tie-rod  bracket,  left  .                            On  front  corner  of  chest 

Tie-rod  bracket,  right  do  

Upper  diaphragm  ....                          In  upper  compartment  of  chest 

do  do  

Upper  middle  diaphragm                         -do  

Wheels  60-inch  diameter 

See  nomenclature  of  parts  of  6-inch 
howitzer  carriage,  model  of  1908. 

do 

Wheel  fastenings  . 

Wrench  holder,  left  On  right  side  of  chest  . 

Wrench  holder,  right  .  .                              do 

Wrench  Strap                                                       Tn  st.ran  fastpnpr 

Wrench-strap  fastener,  style  No.  10. 

On  right  side  of  chest    . 

DESCRIPTION   OF  THE  6-INCH  HOWITZER  LIMBER,   MODEL  OF  1916. 

(Plate  XV.) 

The  6-inch  howitzer  limber,  model  of  1916,  is  similar  in  design  to 
the  6-inch  howitzer  limber,  model  of  1909,  and  most  of  the  parts 
I  of  the  two  vehicles  are  identical  and  interchangeable  with  the  excep- 
tion of  the  ammunition  chest  body,  intermediate  plates,  front  plate, 
axle  bearings,  pole  socket,  pole  bracket,  double  tree  strap,  and  some 
of  the  implement  fastenings. 


94 

The  seats  in  the  pole  sockets  are  the  same  for  limber  and  caisson 
and  a  connecting  pole  identical  with  that  used  on  the  caisson  may 
be  used  in  place  of  the  regular  limber  pole  whenever  it  is  desired  to 
connect  a  number  of  these  vehicles  entrain.  The  body  of  a  spare 
connecting  pole  is  carried  on  the  top  of  the  chest,  the  lunette  is  car- 
ried in  a  bracket  on  the  left  side  of  the  chest,  and  the  spare  key  is 
carried  on  the  right  side. 

The  hatchet  is  carried  on  the  front  of  the  chest  instead  of  on  the 
side.  The  name  plate  is  riveted  on  the  front  of  the  chest  above  the 
lantern. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  6-INCH  HOWITZER  CAISSON,  MODEL  OF  1916. 

(Plate  XVI.) 


I 


The  6-inch  howitzer  caisson,  model  of  1916,  differs  principally 
from  the  6-inch  howitzer  caisson,  model  of  1909,  in  that  the  ammu- 
nition chest  is  reversed  in  position,  the  chest  doors  opening  toward 
the  front.  Most  of  the  parts  of  the  two  vehicles  are  identical  and 
interchangeable  with  the  exception  of  the  ammunition  chest  body, 
intermediate  plates,  rear  plate,  axle  bearings,  pole  socket,  pole 
bracket,  brake  details,  and  some  of  the  implement  fastenings.  A 
number  of  the  parts  of  this  caisson  are  also  identical  and  interchange- 
ble  with  parts  of  the  6-inch  howitzer  limber,  model  of  1916,  and  the 
6-inch  howitzer  limber,  model  of  1909. 

The  rear  plate  of  the  chest  and  chest  door  (upper)  are  hardened 
armor  plates  0.15  inch  thick,  needed  for  the  protection  of  the  ammu- 
nition servers,  in  front  of  the  caisson  and  in  the  rear  of  the  limber, 
from  small-arms  and  shrapnel  fire.  An  apron  of  armor  plate  of  the 
same  thickness  and  for  the  same  purpose  is  hinged  near  the  middle 
of  the  chest  bottom  and  extends  to  within  a  short  distance  of  the 
ground.  To  clear  obstructions  in  traveling,  the  apron  is  made  to 
swing  to  the  rear  up  against  the  bottom  of  the  chest,  in  which  posi- 
tion it  is  held  by  apron  latches  attached  to  the  sides  of  the  chest. 

The  spare  connecting  pole  parts  are  carried  on  the  limber  instead 
of  the  caisson,  and  the  hatchet  is  carried  at  the  rear  of  the  chest 
instead  of  on  the  side.  The  name  plate  is  riveted  on  the  rear  of  the 
chest  above  the  lantern. 

THE  4.7-INCH  GUN  AND  6-INCH  HOWITZER  FORGE 
LIMBER,  MODEL  OF  1908,  AND  THE  4.7-INCH  GUN  AND 
6-INCH  HOWITZER  STORE  LIMBER,  MODEL  OF  1908. 

(These  limbers  are  common  to  the  4.7-inch  gun  and  6-inch  howitzer  batteries.) 
WEIGHTS,   PRINCIPAL    DIMENSIONS,   ETC. 

• 

Weight  of  forge  limber,  empty,  without  implements,  etc pounds. .  1, 654 

Weight  of  forge  limber,  fully  equipped do 2, 499 

Weight  of  forge  limber  and  battery  wagon,  model  of  1908,  combined,  fully 
'equipped pounds. .  7,  568 


95 


Weight  of  store  limber,  empty,  without  implements,  etc pounds . .  1, 629 

Weight  of  store  limber,  fully  equipped do 2, 184 

Weight  of  store  limber  and  store  wagon,  model  of  1908,  combined,  fully  equipped 

pounds. . 

Weight  upon  pintles  of  either  forge  or  store  limbers,  from  battery  wagon  or  store 

wagon pounds. . 

Diameter  of  wheels inches. . 

Width  of  track do. ... 

Free  height  above  track  under  wagon  for  either  combination do 

Turning  angle 


7,711 


100 


Nomenclature  of  parts. 


Num- 
ber 
on 
forge 
lim- 
ber. 

Num- 
ber 
on 
store 
lim- 
ber. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property 
classification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

2 
1 
2 
2 
4 
1 
1 
1 
1 
4 
2 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
2 
1 
2 
2 
2 
2 

2 
2 
1 

Arbor  clips 

Part,  of  erindstnnfi  nankin  IT 

rv 

9 

1 
2 
2 
4 
1 
1 
1 
1 
6 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 

2 
1 
2 
2 
2 

Axle  

Axle  bearings,  right  and  left  
Axle  bearing  bolts  with,  nuts 

Riveted  to  sides  of  chest 

damn  axle  bearines  .  .  . 

Axle-bearing  reinforces                         Under  axle  bearings  rivets 

Ax  blade  bracket                                  On  left  side  of  chest 

Ax-handle  support  do  . 

Ax  strap   . 

.  .do  

Ax-strap  fastener,  style  No.  2  

do  

Bolt  snaps  with  4-inch  chains 

Temporary  locks  for  doors  .  . 

Chain  staples 

Chest  body,  right  side  

Chest  body  left  side 

Chest  bottom  

Chest  braces,  right  and  left  
Chest  floor,  upper,  with— 
Floor  braces,  right  and  left  . 

Frames  of  upper  front  door  openings  .  . 

Chest-floor  reinforce 

Middle  rail  upper,  to  chest  floor 

Chest  frames,  front  and  rear  

Reinforce  lower  edge  of  chest  

Chest  front  doors,  upper 

Swing  up  under  foot  rest 

Chest  front  doors,  lower  

Chest  rear  doors,  upper,  right  and 
left. 
Chest  rear  doors  lower 

Swing  down 

do 

2 

\ 

1 
3 

3 
3 
3 

...... 

8 
8 
4 
..... 

2 
2 
1 
1 

Chest  reinforces 

At  foot  rest  bracket  rivets 

Chest  top  angle 

Around  top  of  chest 

Cushion,  for  battery  commander's 
telescope,  consisting  of— 
Block 

In  compartment  No  5 

...„ 
1 

1 

4 
12 
16 
16 
8 
2 
1 
2 
2 
1 
1 

"~2 

Cleats 

..  do... 

Cover 

do 

Filling 

do  

Cushions,  for  buzzers,  consisting  of— 
Blocks... 

In  compartments  Nos.  1,  2,  and  3  
..  do..  . 

Covers 

Fillings 

do 

Grips 

do  

Die-box  holders,  right  and  left  
Die-box  holder  spring,  with  hinge 
and  hinge  pin. 
Die-box  pocket 

Riveted  to  inside  of  lid    .             

Riveted  to  inside  of  lid                  .... 

Door  hinges 

On  rear  doors 

Door  hinges  lower 

On  front  and  rear  doors  

Door  hinges  upper 

Door-hinge  filler  pieces  lower 

Door-hinge  filler  pieces  upper 

Doubletree 

Same  as  on  carriage  limber  

Doubletree  chains     ' 

From  doubletree  to  foot  rest  

Doubletree  chain  bolts 

In  pole  clamp 

Doubletree  strap 

End  cleat  front  left 

In  corners  of  upper  chest                  

End  cleat  front  right 

...do... 

End  cleat  rear  left 

do                         

End  cleat'  rear  right 

do                                   

End  fillers        ' 

Back  of  hammer  packing  

End  lining  left 

In  ends  of  chest  

End  linine.  risrh't.  .. 

...do... 

96 

Nomenclature  of  parts — Cont  inued . 


Num- 
ber 
on 

store 
lim- 
ber. 


Property 
classification. 


Name  of  part. 


False  bottoms,  consisting  of— 

Bodies 

Braces 

Ends 

False  bottom,  consisting  of— 

Body 

Brace 

Ends 

False  bottom,  consisting  of— 

Body 

Brace 

Ends 

False  bottoms,  consisting  of— 

Bodies .. 

Braces 

Ends 

False  bottoms,  consisting  of— 

Bodies 

Braces 

Ends 

False  bottom,  consisting  of — 

Body..... 

Brace 

Ends 

Fastener  clip  stud 

Filler  strips,  long 


Location,  etc. 


For  compartments  Nos.  1,  2,  and  3. 

....do 

...do... 


Class. 


Sec- 
tion. 


For  compa:  tment  No.  4 . . . 

do 

...do... 


Filler  strips,  short 

Flat  bastard  file  fastening 

Floor  lining,  front  piece 

Floor  lining,  rear  piece 

Front  lining 

Front  lining  end  cleat,  left 

Front  lining  end  cleat,  right 

Front  lining  middle  cleat 

Floor  stiffeners,  right  and  left 

Floor  stiffeners 

Foot  rest 

Foot-rest  brace 


Foot-rest  brackets,  right  and  left 

Foot-rest  supports,  right  and  left. . . 
Fore  punch  and  creaser  fastenings . . 

Forge  fastenings 

Forge-legs  fastening,  No.  1 

Forge-legs  fastening,  No.  2 

Grindstone-legs  fastening 

Grindstone-legs-fastening  clip 

Grindstone-legs-fastening  lock 

Grindstone  legs  hanger 

Grindstone-legs  pocket 

Grindstone-packing   tracks,   inner 

and  outer. 
Grindstone  strap 


For  compartment  No.  5. 
....do 

...do... 


For  compartments  Nos.  6  and  7 

....do 1 

...do... 


For  compartments  Nos.  8  and  9.  — 
do 

...do... 


For  compartment  No.  10 

do 

do 

-On  grindstone  upper  packing 

Riveted  to  underside  of  intermediate 
floors. 

do 

On  packing  block  for  small  tools 

In  bottom  of  upper  chest 

do 

In  front  of  upper  chest 

Screwed  to  front  lining 

do 

do 

Brace  rear  of  intermediate  floors 

....do 

Riveted  to  chest  and  middle  rail ! 

Riveted  to  foot  rest \ 

At  sides  of  foot  rest . 


Suspend  outer  corners  of  foot  rest 


Riveted  to  lid 

Riveted  to  transverse  partition,  right. . 

On  hanger 

On  right  upper  grindstone  packing 

On  fastener  clip  stud 

Riveted  under  chest  floor 

....do 

Riveted  to  intermediate  floor 


Bolted  to  chest  floor. 


Slides  in  left  upper  rear  compartment . .  j 


Grindstone  upper  packing  right  and 

let. 

Grindstone  lower  packing 

Grindstone-packing  bolts  and  nuts . . !  For  upper  packing 

Grindstone  plate ;  On  lower  packing 

Grip  straps On  front  01  lid 

Grip-strap  fasteners,  style  No.  7 do 

Hammer  packing,  right  .with  cover     In  upper  chest,  rear  compartment 

plate. 
Hammer  packing,  left,  with  cover    do 

plate. 

Handrail  brackets,  rear Riveted  to  side  of  chest 

Handrail  brackets,  front do 

Hand-rail  tubes In  handrail  brackets 

Hand-rail  seats In  compartments  8  and  9 

Hasp On  rear  of  lid 

Hasp  hinge. 

Hasp-hinge  pin % 

Hatchet-blade  bracket On  right  side  "of  chest 

Hatchet-handle  fastener do 

Hatchet  strap do 


IV 


97 


Nomenclature  of  parts — Continued. 


Num- 
ber 
'  on 
forge 
lim- 
ber. 

1 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 

1 
1 
1 

Num- 
ber 
on 
store 
lim- 
ber. 

Name  of  part. 

Horseshoe  packing,  right,  consisting 
Front          .                   

Location,  etc. 

Prqpc 
classific 

Class. 

rty 
ation. 

Sec- 
tion. 

Upper  chest,  horseshoe  compartment., 
do 

IV 

9 

2" 

...... 

1 

1 
2 

..... 

1 
4 
4 
4 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

Inner                     i        -do  

Outer                                   .        !        -do  .     •         

Bottom 

do                                     

Horseshoe  packing,  left,  consisting 
of— 
Front 

Ho 

Rear                                          .  .          do  

Inner                                                      do          .                

Outer     i        .do  

Bottom   .                                               Ho  .       .                    

Intermediate  floors,  right  and  left..  . 
do 

Between  chest  floor  and  chest  bottom, 
do     .           

1 
1 
2 
2 
1 
1 
1 
2 
2 
2 
2 

2 
2 

4 
1 
1 
4 
4 
4 

Jack-lever  bracket  No  1                 * 

Bolted  to  bottom  of  chest  

do 

Riveted  to  front  of  chest 

Lantern  strap  . 

In  strap  fasteners  

Lantern-strap  fasteners 

Riveted  to  lantern-bracket  body  

Lever-jack  packing,  consisting  of  — 

In  bottom  of  chest 

Packing  "B" 

do                                       

Packing  "C" 

do       

Packing  "D  " 

do                             

Pins 

do  

Lid 

I  id  band 

Reinforce  edges  of  lid              .  . 

I  id  hinges  lower 

On  chest  front  

On  lid                                   

I  id-hinge  pins 

I  id  lining  front 

Inside  of  lid          .         

I  id-lining  strip 

do          



Lid  lining  middle 

do                   

I  id  lining,  rear  . 

do     

1 

1 
1 

.... 

"~2~ 

1 
1 
1 

I  id  prop  with  rivet 

Supports  open  lid  ^  

On  lid                                

On  right  longitudinal  partition  .  . 

1 
1 

4 

2 
2 
1 

4 
4 
8 

I  id-prop  guide  le  t 

Inside  of  chest  ends  -  

do  

Under  lid-prop  guides 

Lid-prop-guide  fillers  (middle) 

do                           

In  lid  props  and  guides       

Pasted  to  lid 

On  lower  edge  of  chest,  rear  

Lock  -bar-hinge  pins  

Longitudinal  partitions,  right  and 
left. 
Middle  rail,  lower  

5 

Extends  through  chest,  front  to  rear  .  . 
do      

Middle  rail  upper  . 

>Jpmp  nlat.A 

i  '          fin 

do  

1 

1 

4 
4 
8 
4 
2 

2 
2 
2 

2 

"124" 
4 
2 

Neck  yoke  complete 

Same  as  with  carriage  limber  

Secure  lower  oil  cans         i 

Oil-can  packing  blocks,  No  1 

Tn  r>il-«an  norrmartmants.  .  . 

Oil-can  packing  blocks  No  2            •         do  ' 

Oil-can  packing  blocks,  No.  3,  right 
and  left. 
Oil-can  packing  blocks  No  4 

do                        

do     

Oil-can  packing  blocks  No  5 

do                   

"T 
i 
i 
i 

...„ 

Oil-can  packing  blocks,  No.  6,  right 
and  left. 
Oil-can  packing  blocks  No  7 

do                             

do        

Oiler  fastening 

On  packing  for  anvil  i 

Packing  for  anvil  . 

In  center  compartment  of  upper  chest. 
..    .do  

Packing  for  forge 

Packing  for  small  tools 

do         

Pads  complete  with  lining 

In  chest  compartments  

"Rnrlnnlr  phains 

Padlock-chain  rivets!  short...               ...do....                                 [> 

98 

Nomenclature  of  parts — Continued. 


Num-  Num- 
ber ber  i 
on  on  ! 
forge  store 
lim-  !  lim-  i 
ber.  ber.  ! 


Name  of  part. 


1   .... 


Location,  etc. 


Property 
classificatior 


Class. 


Padlock,  with  4-inch  chain Marked  " 4.7-inch  gun  and  6-inch  how- 
itzer forge  limber,  model  1908.    No. 


.do. 


Marked  " 4.7-inch  gun  and  6-inch  how- 
itzer store  limber,  model  1908.    No. 

Between  compartments  1,  2,  and  3 ... 

Between  compartments  3  and  4 

Between  compartments  4  and  5 

Between  partitions  "B"  and  "C".... 

Front  longitudinal  partition 

Middle  longitudinal  partition 


Partitions  "A' 
Partition  "B" 
Partition  "C". 
Partition  "D" 
Partition  "E" 
Parti  tion"F" 

Partition  "  G" |  Between  compartments  6  and  7 . 

Partition  "H,"  body Between  compartments  7  and  8 

Partition  "  H,"  guides  (small) Screwed  to  partition  "  H,"  body , 

Partition  "J,"  body Between  compartments  8  and  9 

Partition  "J,"  guides  (small) |  Screwed  to  partition  "J"  body 

Partition  "  J, "  guides  (large) ! do . 


Partition  "  K,"  body i  Between  compartments  9  and  10 

Partition  "  K,"  guides  (large) Screwed  to  partition  "  K,"  body 

Partition  "L," Right  side  of  compartment  10 

Partition  brace Over  partition  "H" 

Partition  guides For  partition  "E" 

Partition  guides  (bottom) Brace  partition  "  F  " 

Partition  guides  (side) For  all  partitions  except  "E" 

Partition-guide  stops Riveted  in  partition  guides 

Paulin  straps On  top  of  chest , 

Paulin-strap  fasteners,  style  No.  10. do , 

Pick-ax  bracket On  right  side  of  chest 

Pick-ax  bracket  filler On  chest  bottom 

Pick-handle  rest 

Pick-head  strap 

Pick-head  strap  fastener,  style  No.  12| 

Pick-point  support I 

Pintle,  complete,  including— 

Pintle !  In  pintle  bearing 

Pintle  latch do 

Pintle-latch  spring do 

Pintle-latch  pin j do T  v 

Pintle  bearing In  rear  end  of  middle  rail 

Pintle  brace !  Forms  rear  end  of  middle  rail,  riveted 

to  chest  floor. 

Pintle  spring Riveted  to  middle  rail,  lower 

Pintle-spring  pin ! 

Pocket  for  T.  I.  recorders,  includ- 
ing— 

Box  (2  side  pieces,  1  bottom 
piece,  1  front  piece). 

Fastener Attached  to  right  end  of  partition  "  F 

Fastener  chape j 

Lining | 

Flap 

Pole,  complete Same  as  on  carriage  limber 

Pole  clamp On  middle  rail 

Pole-clamp  bolt,  with  nut 

Pole  pin !  Secures  pole  in  pole  seat 

Pole-pin  reinforce :  -Riveted  to  middle  rail 

Pole-prop  pocket j  Under  left  side  of  foot  rest 

Pole-prop  support 

Pole-prop  strap j 

Pole-prop  strap  fastener,  style  No.  1.  j 

Pole  stop i  Riveted  between  middle  rails 

Prop,  complete,  consisting  of — 

Prop  eye Hinged  to  prop  bracket 

Prop  foot do 

Prop  tube do 

Prop  bracket Riveted  to  pole  clamp 

Prop  chain,  consisting  of— 

Prop  chain i  Secures  prop  in  folded  position 

Prop  chain  fastening i do 

Prop  chain  handle i do 

Prop-chain  button !  Riveted  to  foot  rest 

Prop-chain  button  rivet 

Rear  lining In  rear  of  upper  chest 

Rear-lining  end  cleat,  left Hinged  to  prop  bracket 

Rear-lining  end  cleat,  right do 

Rear-lining  middle  cleat j do 


6311—17- 


99 

Nomenclature  of  parts — Continued. 


Num- 
ber 
on 
forge 
lim- 
ber. 

2 
1 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 

10 

1 
6 
2 

2 
2 

Num- 
ber 
on 
store 
lim- 
ber. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property 
classification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

9 

2 

Separators 

Riveted  between  middle  rails  

IV 

Shoeing-rasp  fastening  
Shot  bolts  for  grindstone  packing.  .  . 
Shot  bolts  right  and  left 

On  packing  for  small  tools 

On  lower  packing  

2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
1 
1 
1 

In  shot-bolt  brackets 

Shot-bolt  brackets,  right  and  left.  .  . 
Shot-bolt  filler  pieces 

Riveted  to  rear  of  chest 

Shot-bolt  hasps,  right  and  left  
Shot-bolt  stops 

Riveted  to  lid 

Riveted  to  shot-bolt  brackets  

Shovel-blade  bracket 

On  left  side  of  chest 

Shovel-handle  support            

Shovel-handle  strap 

I 

Side  fillers 

Back  of  hammer  packing 

2 

"10" 

Singletrees 

Same  as  on  carriage  limber  .    .        .  .  .  I 

Sledge-handle  support  

On  right  side  of  forge  limber  ; 

Sledge  pocket 

Sledge  strap 

Sledge-strap  fastener,  style  No.  10 

Springs 

Under  cushion  for  buzzers  and  battery 
commander's  telescope. 
Riveted  to  lid 

Square  fastening 

Stamped  washers  

Under  rivets  in  packing  tracks  

Tie-rods  right  and  left 

Brace  forward  end  of  middle  rail  to 
chest. 
In  upper  chest,  extend  from  chest 
sides  to  longitudinal  partition. 
do  

Transverse  partitions,  front,  right, 
and  left. 
Transverse  partitions,  rear,  right 
and  left. 
Washers  

6 
4 

For  buzzer  cushion  springs  

.  ..do                 

For    cushion    under    battery    com- 
mander's telescope. 
Same  as  on  carriage  .  .  . 

2 
2 
6 
4 
1 
2 
16 
8 

2 
2 
6 

Wheels,  60-inch  

Wheel  fastenings 

do 

Wing  nuts  

Secure  doors  and  lock  bars  

Wing-nut  brackets,  with  washers.  .  . 
Wing-nut  filler  piece  

Riveted  to  intermediate  floors 

1 
7 
20 

On  wing  nut  pin  

Wing-nut  pins,  with  washers  .  . 

Riveted  in  chest  braces 

0.312  (5/16)  rivet  reinforces  

Under  lid  hinges  

0.375  rivet  reinforces  

Under  handrail  brackets  

DESCRIPTION     OF     THE    4.7-INCH    GUN    AND    6-INCH    HOWITZER    FORGE 
LIMBER,    MODEL   OF    1908. 

(Plate  XVII.) 

The  forge  limber  is  a  two-wheeled  vehicle  designed  to  accompany 
the  battery  wagon,  model  of  1908,  and  fitted  to  carry  the  tools  and 
supplies  pertaining  to  a  farrier's  shop  with  the  addition  of  some 
machinist's  tools. 

The  principal  parts  are  the  wheels,  axle,  chest,  middle  rail,  pintle, 
foot  rest,  pole  clamp,  pole,  limber  prop,  doubletree,  singletrees,  and 
neck  yoke. 

The  wheels  and  wheel  fastenings  are  the  same  as  those  upon  the 
carriage.  The  axle  is  hollow,  made  of  a  single  piece  of  forged  steel 
and  is  made  identical  with  the  axles  of  the  store  limber,  model  of 
1908,  and  battery  and  store  wagons,  model  of  1908. 

The  axle  passes  through  the  chest  between  horizontal  plates  and 
is  secured  to  the  chest  sides  by  axle  bearings  riveted  to  the  chest. 


100 

The  chest  is  formed  from  flanged-steel  plates  and  is  divided  by 
the  horizontal  plates  above  and  below  the  axle  into  three  sections 
the  upper  being  fitted  to  carry  the  forge,  anvil,  blacksmith's  tools 
horseshoes,   and  supplies,   and  entered  from  the  top.     The  upper 
edges  of  the  body  plates  are  reinforced  by  a  steel  angle;  the  lie 
which  covers  this  upper  section  is  a  steel  plate  with  its  edges  rein- 
forced by  a  steel  band.     The  lid  hinges  are  in  front. 

Two  longitudinal  partitions  divide  the  upper  chest  into  a  middle 
compartment  and  two  side  compartments,  and  each  side  compart- 
ment is  subdivided  by  two  transverse  partitions.  The  forward  side 
compartments  are  wood  lined  and  have  a  capacity  of  350  pounds  oj 
horseshoes,  to  be  carried  loose  in  the  box;  the  intermediate  side 
compartments  will  take  50  pounds  of  horseshoe  nails  either  loose  or 
in  the  25-pound  box  of  nails  as  issued;  the  rear  side  compartments 
are  fitted  for  carrying  tools.  The  middle  compartment  is  fitted  to 
take  the  field  forge  in  front,  the  anvil  in  the  center,  and  severa 
small  tools  in  fastenings  on  the  rear  wall.  The  anvil  and  forge  are 
bedded  in  wooden  seats  on  the  chest  floor  and  are  held  in  position 
by  attachments  on  the  lid.  The  latter  is  held  in  its  open  position 
by  a  lid  prop  which  is  hinged  to  a  door  prop  bracket  riveted  to  the 
underside  of  the  lid  and  having  at  its  other  end  a  button  running  in 
a  lid  prop  guide  riveted  to  the  right  longitudinal  partition.  Other 
attachments  on  the  underside  of  the  lid  form  fastenings  for  a  stee 
square  and  a  box  of  dies  and  taps  for  cutting  threads.  Shot  bolts 
at  each  rear  corner  and  a  hasp  and  turnbuckle  with  padlock  in  th< 
middle  secure  the  lid  when  closed. 

The  space  between  the  intermediate  plates  and  in  front  of  th( 
axle  is  to  be  used  for  carrying  the  picket  rope  and  water  buckets 
doorways  are  cut  through  the  front  of  the  chest  for  admission  thereto 
and  closed  by  drop  doors.  The  similar  space  to  the  rear  of  the  axle 
is  entered  through  doorways  cut  in  the  rear  of  the  chest;  the  right 
side  is  intended  for  the  tackle  blocks,  the  left  side  being  fitted  with 
packing  blocks  for  the  grindstone  and  its  frame.  The  grindstom 
frame  legs  are  to  be  assembled  in  their  fastenings  before  the  block 
containing  the  stone  and  frame  is  slid  into  place. 

The  lower  section  of  the  chest  is  fitted  to  carry  two  lever  jacks 
one  on  either  side;  150  feet  of  1-inch  manila  rope  for  the  tackle 
blocks  is  to  be  carried  either  in  this  compartment  or  above  as  proves 
most  convenient.  Openings  in  the  front  and  rear  of  the  chest  foi 
admission  to  the  lower  compartment  are  closed  by  doors  which  swing 
down  to  open.  Corresponding  doors  to  the  compartment  above 
swing  up  to  open  and  when  closed  overlap  the  lower  doors  to  shec 
rain  water.  These  doors  are  secured  by  wing  nuts  with  bolt  snaps 

The  socket  for  the  pole,  instead  of  being  bolted  to  the  chest  fronl 
as  in  the  limber  and  caisson,  has  for  its  lower  member  a  flange  stee 


channel  or  middle  rail  which  extends  to  the  rear  through  the  chest, 
its  rear  end  forming  a  seat  for  the  pintle.  This  middle  rail,  lower, 
divides  the  lower  horizontal  plate  or  intermediate  floor  and  is  riveted 
to  flanges  turned  downward  on  the  two  sections  of  the  plate  so  formed. 

The  upper  part  of  the  pole  socket  middle  rail,  upper,  is  riveted  to 
the  upper  horizontal  plate  or  chest  floor,  upper,  and  to  strong  rein- 
forces in  the  front  of  the  chest  as  well  as  to  the  lower  middle  rail. 

The  pole  clamp  forms  a  seat  for  the  doubletree  pin  and  has  a  bolt 
in  lugs  on  the  left  side  for  drawing  the  two  parts  of  the  middle  rail 
firmly  about  the  pole.  On  the  underside  of  the  pole  clamp  is  riveted 
the  prop  bracket,  to  which  the  limber  prop  is  hinged.  The  double- 
tree pin  is  exactly  similar  to  that  on  the  caisson  limber  and  is  braced 
by  a  doubletree  strap  as  on  that  vehicle.  The  pintle  and  pintle  latch 
are  interchangeable  with  those  of  the  limber  and  caisson;  the  pintle 
bearing  is  of  bronze  and  in  two  sections  and  is  secured  by  two  bolts 
passing  through  the  middle  rail  and  pintle  brace.  The  latter  is 
formed  of  flange  steel  and  braces  the  pintle  and  middle  rail  to  the 
chest  floor  above. 

A  foot  rest  is  riveted  to  the  chest  front,  its  forward  edge  being 
shaped  to  fit  the  middle  rail  to  which  it  is  riveted,  and  its  forward 
corners  tied  to  the  handrail  brackets  on  the  chest  sides  by  round 
supports.  Foot-rest  brackets  of  flange  steel  reinforce  the  ends  of  the 
foot  rest,  and  to  these  are  fastened  doubletree  chains  extending  to  the 
doubletree  and  preventing  excessive  movement  thereof. 

The  pole,  neck  yoke,  doubletree,  and  singletrees  are  standard  with 
those  of  the  other  battery  vehicles.  The  paulin  on  the  lid  is  to  serve 
as  a  seat  cushion;  attachments  for  carrying  a  sledge  hammer,  a 
hatchet,  and  a  pickax  are  on  the  right  side  of  the  chest;  a  lantern 
bracket  is  riveted  to  the  chest  front  and  fastenings  for  a  short- 
handled  shovel  and  an  ax  are  on  the  left  side  of  the  chest.  A  folding 
pole  prop  is  carried  in  fastenings  on  the  underside  of  the  foot  rest. 
A  name  plate  is  riveted  on  the  front  of  the  chest  and  gives  the  name, 
number,  and  model  of  the  vehicle  for  reference  in  correspondence 
and  reports. 

DESCRIPTION    OF    THE    4.7-INCH    GUN    AND     6-INCH     HOWITZER     STORE 
LIMBER,    MODEL   OF   1908. 

(Plate  XVIII.) 

This  vehicle,  designed  to  accompany  the  store  wagon,  model  of 
1908,  is  very  similar  to  the  4.7-inch  gun  and  6-inch  howitzer  forge 
limber,  model  of  1908;  the  wheels,  axle,  axle  bearings,  middle  rail, 
pintle  brace,  pintle  and  bearing,  pole  clamp,  doubletree  bolt,  tie- 
rods,  foot  rest,  etc.,  being  identical  in  the  two  vehicles.  The  chests 
differ  only  in  the  fittings  for  the  articles  to  be  carried. 


*'  102 


The  upper  chest  of  the  store  limber  is  fitted  with  compartments 
for  carrying  the  fire-control  equipment,  viz: 

3  buzzers,  service  model  1914.  in  cases. 

3  inspector's  pocket  kits,  each  containing  — 

1  pocket  knife. 

1  pair  scissors. 

1  wire  cutter. 

1  half-round  file. 

1  p*»ir  tweezers. 

1  screw  driver. 

1  2-foot  rule. 

1  battery  commander's  telescope,  in  case. 
6  field  glasses,  type  "E,"  in  cases. 

2  hand  reels. 

2  spools  of  single  buzzer  wire. 

1  battery  case  (containing  6  dry  cells). 

3  plugs  for  buzzers,  with  connection  lines. 
3  battery  commander's  rulers,  in  cases. 

2  time-interval  recorders. 

2  chains  for  time-interval  recorders. 

8  semaphore  kits. 

1  battery  commander's  telescope  tripod,  in  case. 

1  100-foot  steel  tape. 

Spare  parts  for  buz/er. 

The  compartments  for  buzzers,  pocket  kits,  battery  commander's 
telescope,  field  glasses,  and  battery  case  are  padded  to  protect  the 
contents  from  injury. 

The  intermediate  and  lower  sections  of  the  store  limber  are  ar- 
ranged to  carry  six  oil  cans  for  the  reserve  supply  of  oils.  In  the 
intermediate  section  to  the  rear  of  the  axle  are  two  rectangular  cans 
made  of  heavy  sheet  brass,  each  having  a  capacity  of  7.5  gallons  of 
coal  oil.  In  the  lower  section  are  four  longer  cans  of  5  gallons' 
capacity  each,  two  for  lubricating  oil  and  two  for  hydroline  oil. 
Each  can  is  provided  with  a  filling  hole  on  top  and  with  a  special 
stopcock  at  the  rear  end.  The  stopcock  is  placed  so  that  oil  may  be 
conveniently  drawn  without  removing  the  cans  from  the  limber. 
Wearing  strips  of  brass  are  soldered  to  the  bottoms  of  the  cans  and 
contact  blocks  on  the  forward  ends  of  each  can  embrace  projections 
to  hold  each  can  in  place  when  the  others  are  removed.  Wooden 
packing  strips  to  serve  as  guides  for  the  cans  are  bolted  to  the  floors 
and  walls  of  the  compartments.  Instead  of  doors  on  the  rear  of  the 
chest  the  cans  are  secured  by  lock  bars,  held  in  closed  position  by 
wing  nuts  and  bolt  snaps. 

No  sledge-hammer  fastenings  are  placed  on  the  store  limber. 
With  this  exception  the  implement  fastenings  are  the  same  as  on  the 
forge  limber.  The  name  plate  is  riveted  on  the  front  of  the  chest. 


103 

THE   BATTERY   AND    STORE   WAGONS,    MODEL    OF    1908. 

Nomenclature  of  parts. 


Num- 
ber in 
one 
store   i 
wagon  ! 


Name  of  part. 


Axle 

Axle  bearings 

Axle  clamping  bolts  and  nuts 

Axle  clamping  sleeves 

Brake  beam,  complete,  includ- 
ing— 

Brake-beam  bearing  plates. . . . 

Brake-beam  end  fillers 

Brake-beam  end  plugs 

Brake-beam  guide  plugs,  1 
right.  1  left. 

Brake-beam  middle  fillers 

Brake-beam  reinforce  plates... 

Brake-beam  stops 

Brake-shoe  bearings 

Brake-beam  guides,  1  right,  1  left. . 

Brake-beam  plungers 

Brake-beam  springs 

Brake  connecting  rod 

Brake  crank 

Brake-crank  cover 

Brake  cross  brace 


Brake  cross  brace  stiffener 

Brake  lever 

Brake-lever  catch 

Brake-lever  hook 

Brake  nut 

Brake  segment  rack 

Brake  shaft 

Brake-shaft  bearing 

Brake  shoes 

Brake-shoe  pins 

Brake  stud 

Brake-stud  bearing 

Chest  bottom  plates,  1  right,  1  left. 

Chest  compartment 

Chest  floor  hoods,  1  right,  1  left.. . . 

Chest  floor  stiffeners 

Chest  intermediate  floor  plates,  1 
right,  1  left. 

Chest  lower  floor  plate 

Chest  lower  front  ends,  1  right,  1 
left. 

Chest  partition 

Chest  rear  end 

Chest  rear  end  reinforce 

Chest  reinforce  strips 

Chest  sides,  1  right,  1  left 

Chest  top 

Chest  top  reinforces 

Chest  upper  floor  plate,  front 

Chest  upper  floor  plates,  rear 

Chest  upper  front  end 

Chest  upper  front  end  reinforce. . . 
Chest  lower  doors,  complete,  in- 
cluding— 

Chest  lower  door  center  hinges 

Chest  lower  door  end  hinges. . . 

Chest  lower  door  hasps 

Chest  lower  door  hinge  rivets. . 

Chest  lower  door  staples 

Door  handles 

Door-handle  reinforces 

Door  hinges,  female 

Door  hinges,  male 

Door  hinge,  female,  reinforces 

Door-hinge  pins 

Fastening  nuts 

Fastening  washers 

Foot  rest 

Foot-rest  supports,  1  right,  1  left . . 


Location,  etc. 


Same  as  on  forge  and  store  limber 

Riveted  inside  rails 

Assembled  in  axle  bearings 

...do... 


In  brake-beam  guides . 

....do 

do.... 


.do. 


.do. 


.do- 


do. 

....do..... 

Riveted  to  side  rails., 
Assembled  in  guides. 
...do... 


do 

On  brake  shaft 

Riveted  to  brake  cross  brace 

Connects  side  rails  through  front  of 

chest. 

Riveted  to  brake  cross  brace 

On  right  end  of  brake  shaft 

Riveted  to  brake  lever 

...do.... 


Property 

classifica- 
tion. 


Class. 


Assembled  in  brake  beam 

Riveted  to  chest 

In  brake  shaft  bearing 

Riveted  to  brake  cross  brace 

Pinned  in  brake  shoe  bearings 

In  brake  shoes  and  bearings 

Screws  into  brake  nut 

Riveted  in  brake  beam 

All  riveted  together  to  form  chest 

do 


.do. 
.do. 


.do. 
.do. 


.do. 


.do. 
.do. 
.do. 


.do. 
.do. 
.do. 


.do. 
.do. 
.do. 
.do. 


Close  lower  compartments. 
do 


Riveted  to  large  doors — 
Under  door-handle  rivets. 


On  spare  pole  fastening  bolts 

do 

Riveted  to  foot-rest  supports 

Riveted  to  upper  front-door  plate 


tion. 


IV 


104 

Nomenclature  of  parts — Continued . 


Num- 
ber in 
one 
hat 

Num- 
ber in 
one 

Name  of  part. 

' 
Location,  etc. 

Property 
classifica- 
tion. 

tery 
wagon. 

store 
wagon. 

Class-  Won. 

2 
2 

2 
2 

Lid  props,  including— 
Eyes  .  .  . 

Hold  door  in  open  position                     ( 

2 

2 

Fillers.. 

do 

2 

2 

Guides  

...do... 

2 

2 

Reinforces 

do..                                                  i 

4 

4 

Lock  bars.. 

Secure  doors 

4 

4 

Lock-bar  hinges,  front  and  rear 

Riveted  to  chest 

2 

2 

Ix)ck-bar  hinge  front  reinforces 

Inside  of  chest 

2 

2 

Lock-bar  hinge,  rear,  reinforces 

...  .do  

4 

4 

Lock-bar  hinges  top 

Riveted  to  chest 

4 

4 

Lock-bar  hinge,  top,  reinforces 

Inside  of  chest  

1 

Lunette  

In  lunette  bearing. 

1 

1 

Lunette  bearing;  

At  front  end  of  rails  

2 

2 

Lunette  pins.  . 

Secure  lunette  in  bearing. 

1 

Name  plate.. 

Riveted  to  chest  rear  end 

6 

6 

Padlocks,  with  chains 

Lock  doors.        .   .  . 

4 

4 

Padlock  chain  rivets 

Attach  chains  to  lock  bars 

2 

2 

Prop  chains  

Hold  prop  in  folded  position  

( 

2 

2 

Prop-chain  guides 

On  wheel  guard  cross  brace  . 

1 

Prop-chain  take-up.  . 

do  

1 
2 

1 
2 

Prop,  consisting  of— 
Prop-cha'n  clamps... 

Riveted  or  pinned  together  

1 

1 

Prop  foot  .  . 

do  .  .  .           

1 

1 

Prop  head  

...do  

2 

2 

Prop  legs  

...    do  

1 

1 

Prop  pin  

Connects  prop  to  lunette  bearing 

1 

1 

Prop  nook  

Joins  prop  chains  

1 

1 

Rear  door  casing.. 

Riveted  to  chest 

1 

1 

Rear  door  frame  

Riveted  to  rear  door  plate  

2 

2 

Rear  door  hinge,  male  reinforces 

Inside  of  chest  

2 

2 

Rear  door  hoots' 

Pinned  in  supports 

2 

2 

Rear  door  hook  pins 

Pin  hooks  in  supports  

2 

2 

Rear  door  hook  spri  ngs 

In  rear  door  hook  support 

2 

2 

Rear  door  hook  support 

Riveted  to  chest  rear  end  

1 

1 

Rear  door  plate  .  . 

Hinged  to  chest  rear  end 

2 

2 

Rear  door  studs  .  .  . 

2 

2 

Side  rails.  1  right,  1  left 

Form  frame  of  wagon           .  .  . 

2 

2 

Spare  pole  compartment  sides   1 

Riveted  to  chest 

2 

right,  1  left. 
Spare  pole  fastening  bolts 

Support  large  end  of  poles 

i  IV           9 

Spare  pole  fastening  bracket  

Riveted   to   side   rails   near   lunette 

1 

Spare  pole  fastening  bracket  rein- 

bracket. 
Riveted  to  bracket  

1 

force,  lower. 
Spare  pole  fastening  bracket  rein- 

do 

1 

force,  upper. 
Spare  pole  rest  

Riveted  to  spare  pole  compartment 

Spare  pole  rest  cover 

sides. 
Sewed  on  spare  pole  rest 

1 

Spare  pole  support,  inner 

Riveted  together  to  spare  pole  com- 

1 

Spare  pole  support  outer 

partment  sides. 
do 



Spare  pole  support  cover  inner 

On  spare  pole  support  

1 

Spare  pole  support  cover,  outer 

do  

2 
4 

4 

! 

4 

Spare  wheel  casings  
Spare   wheel   fastenings,   lower, 
consisting  of— 
Lower  wheel  fastening  bolts 

Riveted  to  chest  sides  
Pinned  in  hinges      

4 

4 

Lower  wheel  fastening  guards 

Riveted  to  chest 

4 

; 

inside. 
Lower  wheel  fastening  guards, 

do  

4 

4 

outside. 
Lower  wheel  fastening  hasps 

Pinned  in  hinges      

4 

4 

Lower  wheel  fastening  hinges 

Strap  outside  of  wheels 

4 
4 

4 
4 

Lower  wheel  fastening  hooks.  . 
Thongs 

Riveted  to  chest  sides  
In  eye  of  hooks 

4 
4 

4 
4 

Spare  wheel  fastenings,  upper, 
complete,  consisting  of— 
Upper  wheel  fastening  clips 

Nut  levers 

4 
4 

4 
4 

Upper  wheel  fastening  bars, 
2  right,  2  left. 

Strap  outside  of  wheel  
Riveted  on  chest 

4 

4 

Upper  wheel  fastening  nuts 

On  swing  bolts               

4 

4 

Upper  wheel  fastening  pins 

In  swing  bolts  and  hinges 

4 

4 

4 
4 

Upper  wheel  fastening  rein- 
forces, 2  right,  2  left. 
Unner  wheel  fastening  rivets.  . 

Riveted  inside  of  chest  
Hinee  studs  to  bars  ... 

105 

Nomenclature  of  parts — Continued . 


Num- 
ber in 
one 
bat- 
tery 
wagon. 

4 

4 
4 

4 
1 
2 
4 
2 
I 
2 
1 
1 
6 
2 

2 
2 
1 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 

1 

1 
1 

1 
1 

Num- 
ber in 
one 
store 
wagon. 

4 

4 
4 

4 
1 
2 
4 
2 
1 
2 
1 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property 
classifica- 
tion. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

Spare  wheel  fastenings,  upper, 
complete,  consisting  of—  Contd. 
Upper  wheel  fastening  sock- 
ets, 2  right,  2  left. 
Upper  wheel  fastening  studs.  . 
Upper  wheel  fastening  swing 
bolts. 
Wearin01  plates 

Riveted  on  chest 

IV 

9 

Screwed  into  sockets 

Pinned  in  hinges  

Riveted  to  chest 

Step 

On  rear  of  wagon  

Top  door  frames 

Riveted  to  top  door  plate     

Top  door  hinge,  male,  reinforces.  . 
Top  door  plates 

Riveted  inside  of  chest 

Hinged  to  chest  

Upper  front  door  frame 

Riveted  to  upper  front  door  plate  

Upper  front  door  hinges,  male  
Upper  front  door  plate  
Vise  handle  strap 

Riveted  to  chest  

Hinged  to  chest                              .  . 

Secures  vise  handle.  

6 

2 

2 
2 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 

1 
1 

Weather  strips  (leather)  .  .  . 
Wheels 

Riveted  to  doors             

See  nomenclature  of  parts  of  6-inch 
howitzer  carriage,  model  of  1908. 
do 

Wheel  fastenings 

Wheel  guards 

Riveted  to  side  rails  

Wheel  guard  cross  brace 

do  

Wing  nuts 

Secure  lock  bars  

Wing  nut  clasps 

On  lock  bars                                

Wing  nut  pins,  with— 
Washers 

Riveted  to  chest             

Reinforces 

do                                                .  . 

Left  packing,  consisting  of— 
Body  

Left  end,  upper  rear  compartment  
do  

Front  packing 

Lunette  transom  bushing  pack- 
ing, consisting  of  — 
Back  

Right  rear  corner,  upper  rear  com- 
partment. 
do  

Bottom 

End  (left)  .  . 

do  

End  (right) 

do  

Front 

do                   

Packing  "A" 

Left  front  corner,  upper  rear  com- 
partment. 

Through  middle,  upper  rear  compart- 
ment, 
do                       

---•-••- 

Packing  "B,"  consisting  of— 
Body. 

Steel  angle 

1 
1 

1 

1 
1 

2 

2 

1 

1 
1 
1 

15 
1 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
2 
2 
3 
1 
1 

Packing  "C" 

Between  end  of  chest  and  packing 
"B,"  upper  rear  compartment. 
Right  middle,  upper  rear  compartment 

Left  rear  corner,  upper  rear  compart- 
ment, 
do                     

Right  packing 

Spare  nub  liner  packing,  consist- 
ing of— 
Body 

Bottom 

Front  liner  packing  (middle). 
Front  liner  packing  (upper 
and  lower). 
Front  (middle) 

do                                          

do                        

.do  

do 

Rear  liner                                       .  -do  

Rear  (middle)                                   do                       

Ribs                                                                   dn                      

Top 

do                          

Spare  pintle  and  lunette  packing, 
consisting  of  — 
Center  piece 

Right  end,  upper  rear  compartment... 
do                   

End  (rear) 

Filler  cleat  (bottom) 

do    

Filler  cleat  (left)  
Filler  cleats  (right) 

do  
do                       

do       

dn 

urer  p  e  eb....                          , 

Side  (left)                                          do          

Side  (right).  .  .                                .  .  -do  

106 

DESCRIPTION    OF    THE    BATTERY   WAGON,    MODEL    OF    1908,    AND    STORE 
WAGON,  MODEL   OF   1908. 

(Plate  XIX.) 

The  battery  wagon  is  a  rectangular  steel  box  on  wheels,  provided 
for  the  transport  of  battery  tools  and  supplies,  spare  parts  of  guns, 
carriages  and  harness,  materials  for  cleaning  and  preservation,  etc. 
The  store  wagon  is  exactly  similar  to  the  battery  wagon,  except  in 
such  minor  details  as  pertain  to  the  packing  of  various  pieces  of 
equipment. 

To  bring  the  center  of  gravity  as  low  as  possible  the  axle  of  the 
battery  wagon  is  made  to  pass  through  the  chest. 

The  frame  consists  of  two  side  rails  of  channel  section,  with  flanges 
turning  inward  running  parallel  inside  the  sides  of  the  chest.  The 
rails  are  riveted  to  the  sides  of  the  chest,  fastened  to  the  axle  by 
suitable  bearings,  and  are  joined  in  front  to  secure  the  bracket  for 
the  lunette,  the  latter  exactly  similar  to  that  on  the  connecting  pole 
on  the  caisson.  At  the  front  of  the  chest  the  brake  cross  brace  con- 
nects the  side  rails  and  at  the  proper  distance  from  the  lunette 
bracket  the  wheel  cross  brace  stiffens  the  frame  to  withstand  the 
impacts  of  the  limber  wheels  in  turning.  A  projection  cast  on  the 
.underside  of  the  lunette  bracket  receives  the  hinge  pin  of  a  prop  for 
use  when  the  vehicle  is  unlimbered.  The  prop  is  formed  of  two  steel 
tubes,  united  at  the  lower  end  by  a  bronze  prop  foot  and  at  the  upper 
end  by  the  prop  head.  When  not  in  use  the  prop  is  swung  up  under 
the  spare  poles  and  held  in  that  position  by  chains  leading  from  the 
prop  legs  through  guides  on  the  wheel-guard  cross  brace  and  uniting 
in  a  hook  which  is  engaged  over  one  of  the  button-like  heads  of  the 
lunette  pins. 

The  chest  is  built  up  of  flange  steel  plates  and  divided  into  10 
compartments  for  the  convenient  disposal  of  the  load.  A  vertical 
transverse  partition  divides  all  that  part  of  the  chest  above  the  lower 
flanges  of  the  side  rails  and  strengthens  the  chest  against  stresses 
resulting  from  lurching.  The  space  forward  of  this  transverse  parti- 
tion is  floored  to  form  a  compartment  entered  through  a  flanged 
opening  in  the  top.  The  compartment  beneath  has  a  flanged  opening 
in  the  chest  front.  The  edges  of  these  doorways  are  reinforced  by 
steel  angles ;  the  doors  are  metal  sheets  with  angle  flanges  faced  with 
leather  to  shed  rain  water. 

The  space  in  rear  of  the  transverse  partition  is  floored,  forming  a 
compartment  entered  from  the  top.  Underneath,  a  central  space 
with  door  in  the  chest  rear  accommodates  two  tool  boxes,  and  on 
each  side  of  this  are  two  shallow  compartments  for  small  articles, 
access  to  these  being  through  handholes  in  the  walls  of  the  tool-box 
recess. 


107 

To  permit  the  transport  of  two  spare  pole  bodies  underneath  the 
frame  that  portion  of  the  chest  below  the  side  rails  is  built  with 
compartments  on  each  side,  leaving  a  central  space.  In  this  the 
poles  are  supported  by  suitable  fastenings.  The  spare  poles  are 
carried  only  on  the  battery  wagon.  The  lower  side  compartments 
are  entered  from  the  front,  and  may  also  be  reached  through  aper- 
tures in  the  floor  of  the  compartment  for  tool  boxes.  They  are  pro- 
vided for  transporting  the  spare  counter-recoil  springs  of  the  car- 
riages, which  will  occupy  three  of  the  four  compartments  of  the  two 
wagons.  In  the  fourth  may  be  carried  spare  sponge  staves,  shovel 
handles,  or  other  long  articles. 

The  doors  of  these  lower  compartments  are  hinged  and  fitted  with 
hasps  and  padlocks. 

The  forward  top  door  opens  from  the  front  and  the  rear  top  door 
from  the  rear;  that  on  the  chest  front  is  hinged  at  its  lower  edge  to 
open  downward  and  that  on  the  rear  of  the  chest  opens  upward  and 
is  held  in  the  open  position  by  latches  which  engage  studs  on  the  door. 
These  four  larger  doors  are  secured  by  lock  bars  with  chained  pad- 
locks. Spring  wing-nut  clasps  on  the  lock  bars  hold  the  wing  nuts 
in  place.  The  foot  rest  is  secured  to  the  upper  front  door,  and  a 
step  for  convenience  in  unloading  the  upper  rear  compartment  is 
attached  to  the  rear  of  the  chest. 

Upon  each  side  of  the  chest  are  provided  arrangements  for  carrying 
a  spare  wheel.  A  hole  in  the  side  of  the  chest  and  the  spare  wheel 
casing  riveted  around  this  hole  on  the  inside  of  the  chest  receives 
the  inner  face  of  the  hub,  while  the  tire  and  felloe  are  clamped  to 
the  side  by  four  wheel  fastenings.  Forged  steel  lugs  are  riveted  to 
the  chest  body  against  which  the  tire  of  the  spare  wheel  rests.  Heavy 
metal  straps  are  hinged  to  these,  and  passing  outside  the  tire  are 
secured  in  the  lower  fastenings  by  hasps  to  wheel-fastening  hooks 
'riveted  to  the  chest  and  in  the  upper  fixtures  by  swing  bolts  with 
lever  nuts.  To  bring  the  center  of  gravity  of  the  vehicle  as  low  as 
possible  the  spare  wheel  is  so  placed  that  the  wagon  axle  passes 
between  its  spokes.  To  remove  a  wheel  from  the  fastenings,  there- 
fore, the  wagon  wheel  must  first  be  taken  off.  To  secure  proper 
clearance  between  the  spare  wheel  hub  and  the  spokes  of  the  wagon 
wheel  the  spare  wheel  hub  cap  will  not  be  carried  on  the  spare  wheel 
but  in  the  battery-wagon  chest  and  a  special  spare  wheel  hub  cover 
put  in  its  place  to  protect  the  threads  of  the  hub  box  and  exclude 
dirt.  In  the  replacement  of  a  damaged  wheel  it  is  probable  that 
the  original  hub  cap  and  wheel  fastening  may  be  used. 

When  speed  is  especially  desirable  in  changing  wheels  the  battery- 
wagon  wheel  may  be  taken  to  replace  a  broken  one  on  a  carriage, 
limber,  or  caisson,  and  the  spare  wheel  assembled  on  the  battery- 
wagon  axle.  The  spare-wheel  fastening  will  fit  either  the  50-inch 


108 

or  60-inch  spare  wheels.     As  issued  three  60-inch  and  one  50-incl 
spare  wheels  are  assembled  in  the  fastenings  of  the  two  wagons. 

A  flange  steel  brake  beam  of  box  section  passes  through  the  sid< 
rails  forward  of  the  wheels  and  carries  at  each  end  a  forged  stee 
brake-shoe  bearing  with  renewable  cast-iron  shoes  to  bear  againsi 
the  tires.  The  side  rails  at  these  points  are  reinforced  by  bronz< 
brake-beam  guides  riveted  on,  which  contain  spring  plungers  tc 
force  the  beam  forward  and  away  from  the  wheels.  The  brake 
set  by  a  lever  on  the  right  side  of  the  chest,  which  operates  througl 
the  brake  shaft,  brake  crank,  and  brake  connecting  rod  to  draw  the 
shoes  against  the  wheels.  The  brake  shoes  are  interchangeable  witt 
those  of  the  carriage  and  caissons. 

A  strong  vise  is  fitted  to  the  right  side  rail  of  the  battery  wagoi 
it  may  be  dismounted  and  carried  in  the  chest  if  desired.  For  oth( 
articles  carried  see  list  of  equipment  to  follow. 

In  loading  a  battery  or  store  wagon  the  weight  must  be  so  distrib- 
uted as  to  bring  less  than  105  pounds  load  on  the  pintle  of  the  limber, 
as  more  will  tend  to  make  the  pole  of  the  limber  rise. 

For  convenience  the  various  compartments  in  the  battery  and 
store  wagons  are  lettered  and  items  in  the  tables  of  equipment  marked 
to  indicate  the  particular  compartment  in  which  they  should  be  car- 
ried, in  order  that  the  weight  at  the  pintle  maybe  that  desired.  The 
following  shows  the  lettering  of  the  compartments. 


Letter. 

Position  of  compartment. 

Letter. 

Position  of  compartment. 

A... 
B... 
C 

Upper,  rear. 
Middle,  rear. 
Right  rear  upper 

F  
G  
H 

Left,  rear,  intermediate. 
Right,  lower. 
Left  lower 

D... 

Right,  rear,  intermediate. 

j 

Upper  front. 

E  

Left,  rear,  upper. 

K  

Intermediate,  front. 

DESCRIPTION    OF    SEVERAL    TOOLS    AND    ACCESSORIES    FOR    THE     BATTERY    AND    STORE 

WAGON. 

Four  chests  containing  tools  and  stores  are  carried  in  the  rear  com- 
partments of  the  two  wagons.  They  are  a  carpenter's  tool  chest,  a 
saddler's  chest,  a  chesb  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts,  and  a  chest  for 
cleaning  materials  and  small  stores. 

The  carpenter's  chest  is  an  iron-bound  wooden  box  containing  an 
assortment  of  carpenter's  tools  so  arranged  that  each  tool  may  be 
taken  from  its  place  in  the  chest  without  removing  any  other.  The 
saddler's  chest,  is  a  combined  tool  chest  and  stitching  horse.  For  the 
latter  purpose  the  chest  forming  the  seat  rests  upon  four  hinged  legs 
cross  braced  to  each  other.  The  stitching  clamp  is  secured  in  a  socket 
on  one  end  of  the  chest,  while  the  door  swinging  open  on  the  left  side 
brings  the  tools  into  convenient  reach  of  the  saddler.  For  transpor- 
tation the  clamp  is  removed  from  its  seat  and  placed  within  the 


109 

chest,  the  legs  are  folded  over  against  each  end  and  held  by  the  leg 
braces,  permitting  the  placing  of  the  chest  in  a  small  compartment. 
Both  the  carpenter's  and  saddler's  chests  are  provided  with  handles 
and  locks  and  have  sufficient  capacity  inside  to  take  a  canvas  bag  of 
small  stores  in  addition  to  the  articles  given  in  the  list  at  the  back  of 
this  book.  The  chest  for  cleaning  materials  is  a  wooden  box  with 
hinged  lid  containing  sueh  perishable  materials  as  sal  soda,  rotten 
stone,  soap,  tripoli,  petrolatum,  etc.  The  chest  for  miscellaneous 
spare  parts  holds  various  small  stores  for  the  artificer's  use,  such  as 
nails,  buckles,  rivets,  screws,  tacks,  etc. 

One  chest  for  a  spare  breech  mechanism,  one  level  chest  containing 
a  testing  level,  one  chest  for  the  engineer's  reconnoissance  outfit,  and 
one  chest  for  spare  sights  are  issued  to  each  battery;  the  latter 
contains  provisions  for  the  safe  packing  of  one  front  and  rear  sight 
complete,  one  panoramic  sight,  and  one  set  of  bore  sights. 

CYCLOMETER. 

One  carriage  limber  in  each  battery  is  fitted  with  a  device  which 
registers  the  number  of  miles  traveled.  This  instrument,  called 
a  cyclometer,  is  mounted  on^the  limber  axle  near  the  left  wheel  and 
is  composed  of  a  star  wheel  and  shaft  actuating  a  train  of  gears, 
which  bring  figures  representing  0.1  mile  to  9,999.9  miles  before  a 
glass  window  in  the  usual  manner  of  such  meters. 

A  tally  pin  riveted  to  the  wheel  hub  strikes  the  star  wheel  and 
moves  it  one  tooth  at  each  revolution  of  the  wheel. 

In  assembling  a  tally  pin  on  the  wheel  hub  two  0.312  CA)  inch 
rivet  holes  must  be  drilled  in  the  flange  of  the  hub  box  1.3  inches 
apart  and  0.55  inch  from  the  end  of  the  hub.  The  dowel  pinhole 
in  the  axle  locating  the  cyclometer  bracket  is  21.437  (21^)  inches 
from  the  center  line  of  the  limber,  2.437  (2^)  inches  from  the  shoul- 
der of  the  axle,  and  at  an  angle  of  16°  to  the  rear  of  a  vertical  plane 
through  the  center  line  of  the  axle. 

Nomenclature  of  cyclometer  parts : 

1  bracket. 

1  bracket  strap. 

2  bracket-strap  bolts. 

1  bracket  bolt  with  nut  and  split  pin. 
1  cover. 

4  cover  bolts  with  nuts  and  split  pins. 
1  stop. 
1  spring. 
1  tally  shaft. 
1  tally  pin. 
1  washer  (felt). 
1  counter. 
1  case  (for  counter). 
4  case  screws. 
6311—17 10 


110 

PADLOCKS  AND  BOLT  SNAPS. 

The  padlocks  furnished  for  each  separate  vehicle,  as  carriage 
forge  limber,  battery  wagon,  store  limber,  or  store  wagon,  excepting 
the  limbers  and  caissons,  will  have  keys  interchangeable  for  all  locks 
of  that  particular  vehicle,  but  differing  from  all  others. 

Limbers  and  caissons  are  furnished  with  a  lock,  marked  "  AMMU- 
NITION, "  which  has  only  one  key,  these  being  universally  inter- 
changeable. 

Bolt  snaps  for  temporarily  securing  doors,  etc.,  occur  where  n 
shot  bolts  are  provided. 

THE  ARTILLERY  HARNESS. 

The  component  parts  of  the  artillery  harness  are  given  in  the  tabl< 
below.  Plate  XX  shows  the  harness  for  the  off-wheel  and  off-lea( 
horses.  The  nomenclature  corresponding  to  the  numbers  in  th< 
plate  will  be  found  in  the  table. 


Wheel. 


Lead. 


No.  in 
plate. 


1-4 

1 
2 
3 
4 


2-7 

5 
6 
2 


3 

7 

4 

10-19 

10 
11 
12 
18 
19 
13 
14 
16 
17 
20 
21 
40 
22,23 

22 

23 

24,25 

24 
25 


Prop 
classifu 


Component  parts. 


Near 

horse. 

on 

horse. 

Ni-ar         Oil 
horse,      horse. 

Backstrap  and  crupper,  complete  
Consisting  of— 
Body  and  hip  straps  
Crupper  dock 

Loin  strap  

Trace  loops 

Backstrap  hook  

Bellyband,  complete 

Consisting  of— 
Bellyband 

1               1 

Holding-down  strap 

2              2 

Holding-down  strap,  loop  . 

2              2 

Breast  strap,  complete 

1 

1 

Consisting  of  — 
Breast  strap 

1 

1 

Breast-strap  hooks  

2 

2 

Breechings,  complete 

1 

1 

Consisting  of— 
Backstrap  and  hip  straps 

I 

1 

Body 

1 

1 

Crupper  dock.  . 

1 

1 

Backstrap  hook 

1 

1 

Side  strap  hooks  

2 

2 

Loin  strap 

1 

Side  straps 

2 

2 

Trace  loops 

4 

Bridle,  complete 

1 

1 

1               1 

Consisting  of— 
Brow  band 

^ 

1 

1               1 

Brow-band  ornaments.  
Cheek  pieces 

2 
2 

2 
2 

2              2 
2              2 

Coupling  strap 

1 

Connecting  strap   .  .  . 

1 

Crown  piece 

1 

1 

1 

Snaffle  bits  1  
Reins  (pairs) 

1 
1 

1 
1 

1 
1 

Throat  latch  
Collar,  steel 

} 

i 

1 
1 

Hame  tug  (part  of  collar) 
Collar  strap. 

, 

, 

1 

Halter,  complete 

1 

1 

1 

Consisting  of— 
Headstall 

, 

1 

1               1 

Tie  rope  

1 

1 

1               1 

Martingale,  complete  
Consisting  of— 
Martingale 

1 
1 

1 
1 

Cinchastrai)... 

i 

1 

Sec- 
tion. 


1  Twenty  curb  bits  with  chains  are  issued  for  use  in  place  of  snafHe  bit  on  fractious  draft  horses. 


5?         * 


II 


i! 


Ill 


No.  in 
plate. 


26,33 

27 

15 

28 

29,42 

43 
44 
30 
31 
32 
33 
34 
35 
36 


37 


Component  parts. 

Wheel. 

Lead. 

Property 
classification. 

Near 
horse. 

1 
1 

Off 
horse. 

Near 
horse. 

Off     ! 
horse. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

Saddle,  complete  

1 
1 

1 

1 

IV 

8 

Consisting  of— 
Cinchas  with  reinforces  and  loops  
Cinchas  without  reinforces  and  loops 

1 

1 

3 

1 

1 

1 

1 
2 
1 
2 
1 
2 
2 
1 
2 
2J 

Lead  rein  roller  and  strap 

1 

1 
2 
1 
2 
1 
2 
2 
1 
2 

Quarter  straps,  including  rings,  safes, 
and  cincha  straps 

1 
3 

1 

Coat  strap,  33-inch  (pommel)  

Coat  strap,  45-inch  (cantle)  .... 

Coat  strap^  60-inch 

Saddletree'  leather  covered 

1 

2 
2 

1 

2 
2 

Stirrups  (nickel  steel)       .  . 

Stirrup  straps 

Saddlebags,  pairs  

Saddlebags  side  straps 

Traces,  lead,  model  of  1908  

2 

Each  consisting  of— 
1  trace  body  

1  trace  cover  

3  links  

1  chain  

1  toggle  

2  sockets  

2  cones  

2  filler  pieces  

Traces,  wheel,  model  of  1908  

2 

2 

Each  consisting  of— 
1  trace  body  

1  trace  cover  

1  ring  

2  sockets  

2  links      ... 

2  chains  

2  toggles  

2  cones  

2  filler  pieces  

1  Mogul  spring  

1  loop  hook  

1  ring    



1  Mogul  spring  loop  

1  locking  strap  

Trace  chains 

2 
1 
2 
1 

2 

Whip  

1 

2 
1 

Sweat  leathers  

Blanket,  issued  separately  from  harness.  .  . 

1 

STEEL  COLLARS. 

(Class  IV,  Section  8.) 
SIZES   AND   DIRECTIONS    FOR    FITTING. 

Steel  collars  are  made  in  the  following  sizes:  2A,  2B,  4A,  4B,  5,  5A, 
5B,  6,  6A,  6B,  7,  7A,  7B;  and  8A.  The  number  and  shape  of  the 
collar  are  stamped  on  the  front  side  under  the  extension  bolt.  The 
A  and  B  shapes  have  straighter  sides  than  the  numbers  without 
letters.  When  issued  with  harness,  unless  otherwise  ordered,  20  per 
cent  of  the  collars  are  No.  4A,  30  per  cent  No.  5,  40  per  cent  No.  5A, 
and  10  per  cent  No.  6.  In  requisitions,  the  size  of  collars  desired 
should  be  given. 

The  steel  collar  pads  are  made  in  seven  different  sizes:  No.  0  is 
4  inches  wide,  No.  1  is  4.5  inches  wide,  No.  2  is  5  inches  wide,  etc., 
to  No.  6,  which  is  7  inches  wide.  The  pad  connections  are  also 
furnished  in  seven  sizes,  from  No.  0  to  No.  6.  For  the  plain  number 


112 

of  collar  (5,  67  or  7),  the  regular  adjustment  requires  a  pad  connection 
of  the  same  number  as  the  pad.  The  A  and  B  shapes  have  straighter 
sides  and  take  a  pad  connection  two  sizes  larger  than  the  pad — that  is, 
it  would  take  a  No.  3  connection  with  a  No.  1  pad,  etc.,  for  the  regular 
adjustment  in  these  shapes.  When  the  collar  is  very  wide  at  the  top 
and  narrow  at  the  bottom,  the  size  of  the  pad  connection  must  be 
increased  one  or  two  numbers  to  allow  the  collar  to  close  easily  at 
the  bottom.  In  the  reverse  case  a  smaller  pad  connection  should 
be  used.  The  collar  pads  are  numbered  on  the  front  inner  side. 
The  pad  connections  are  numbered  on  the  side  having  the  round 
holes,  which  side  must  be  kept  to  the  front  on  the  collar.  In  requi- 
sitions for  collar  pads  and  pad  connections  the  sizes  desired  must  be 
stated. 

The  buckle  is  made  in  two  sizes.  No.  2  is  1  inch  longer  than 
No.  1  and  is  used  with  the  larger  sizes  of  collar  pads. 

The  correct  adjustment  and  fitting  of  collars  is  of  the  utmost 
Importance.  The  variety  of  sizes  and  shapes  of  collars,  pads,  pad 
connections,  and  buckles  issued  by  the  Ordnance  Department  is 
sufficient  to  enable  any  horse  to  be  correctly  fitted.  Efficient  super- 
vision by  officers  of  the  fitting  of  collars  and  of  the  adjustment  of  the 
point  of  draft  (trace  plate)  is  required  to  secure  proper  results. 

Table  of  dimensions . 


. 
Number  of  collar. 

Size  of  collar  fitted  with  No.  3  pads. 

Size  of  collar  fitted  with  No.  1  pads. 

Length 
of  collar 
inside. 

Width  6 
inches 
down 
from  top. 

Width  8 
inches 
down 
from  top. 

Width  at 
draft. 

Length 
of  collar 
inside. 

Width  6    Width  8 
inches        inches 
down        down 
from  top.  ;  from  top. 

Width  at 
draft. 

2A.. 

Inches. 
18 

18 

194 

194 
21 
21 
21 

22l 

24 
24 
24 
25J 

Inches. 

P 
1 
P 

7 
7| 

Inches. 

i 
1 

I 

84 
| 

84 

Inches. 

I 

I 

8^ 
£ 
ft 
9; 
10; 
9| 
10 
93 

I 

Inches. 
164 
164 

18 
18 

194 
194 
194 

21 
21 
21 

224 
224 
224 
24 

Inches.    ';    Inches. 
4|  |             54 

5|  :              5| 
6i  ;              7i 
5f                61 

5|  ]             9 
68  !              6f 
51  '              6i 
6|  ;              7| 

5|                64 

Inches. 

7 

74 
7j 

n 
71 

84 

1 

2B 

4A  

4B 

5  

5A  

5B 

6  

6A.   . 

6B 

7  

7A. 

7B 

8A...   . 

The  table  of  dimensions  gives  the  largest  and  smallest  size  that  each 
collar  can  be  made  with  the  No.  3  and  No.  1  pads.  Adding  one-half 
inch  in  length  and  width  to  the  smallest  dimensions  given  in  the 
table  will  give  the  size  of  the  collars  when  fitted  with  the  No.  2  pads. 
These  examples  are  given  to  show  the  three  regular  adjustments  in 
each  size  of  collar,  but  these  dimensions  can  be  varied  to  suit  the 
different  shapes  of  necks.  The  largest  pad  can  be  put  in  the  top  of 
the  collar  and  the  bottom  taken  in  to  its  smallest  dimensions,  or  the 


s. 


I 


Plate  XXII 


Collar  Lifting  Device. 


100-1. 


113 

smallest  pad  can  be  put  in  the  top  and  the  bottom  left  out.  While 
each  collar  can  be  lengthened  or  shortened  and  taken  in  or  let  out 
at  the  bottom  by  means  of  the  adjustments  provided,  the  width  at 
the  top  can  not  be  changed  without  using  a  larger  or  smaller  pad. 

In  fitting  irregular  shapes  none  of  the  connections  may  give  just  the 
proper  tension  on  the  pad.  In  such  a  case  use  the  one  that  comes 
nearest  and  straighten  or  bend  the  extension  at  the  top.  When  the 
collar  requires  to  be  widened  at  top  to  relieve  the  pressure  on  the  pad 
and  make  it  lock  easily  at  the  bottom,  open  the  collar  wide  and  place 
a  round  piece  of  hard  wood  or  iron,  1  inch  in  diameter  and  2  inches 
long,  between  the  connection  and  collar  side  close  up  to  the  hinge, 
then  press  the  sides  together  and  bend  both  sides  alike,  so  that  they 
will  be  the  same  length  at  the  bottom.  Do  not  let  the  fulcrum  rest 
on  the  pad,  for  it  will  bend  it.  If  the  collar  sides  require  straighten- 
ing to  close  them  tighter  on  the  pad  and  give  more  tension  on  the 
latch  at  the  bottom,  open  the  collar  at  the  bottom,  hook  the  wrench 
over  the  top  of  collar  side,  and  press  down  the  lever,  treating  .both 
sides  alike.  Both  of  these  operations  can  be  performed  with  the  collar 
put  together. 

The  spare  parts  furnished  for  the  repair  of  the  collars,  with  the 
correct  names  of  the  parts,  are  shown  on  Plate  XXI. 

Canvas  collar  pads  are  not  part  of  the  artillery  harness,  but  are 
furnished  upon  requisitions.  They  are  made  in  sizes  Nos.  2,  3,  4,  5, 
and  6,  as  called  for;  if  no  size  is  called  for,  they  are  made  in  equal 
proportions  of  Nos.  4,  5,  and  6. 

COLLAR-LIFTING   DEVICE. 

(Plate  XXII.) 

This  is  a  simple  device  for  lifting  the  steel  collar  from  the  horse's 
neck,  when,  for  any  reason,  the  neck  becomes  sore.  The  straps 
securing  it  to  the  hame  tugs  afford  easy  attachments  to  or  removal 
from  the  collar.  By  supporting  the  collar  by  canvas  pads  in  front 
and  in  rear  of  the  collar,  the  pressure  is  removed  from  the  surface 
of  the  neck  directly  beneath  the  collar,  and  the  weight  is  more  evenly 
distributed  along  the  neck.  In  case  of  necessity,  such  a  device 
made  by  the  organization  mechanic,  will  allow  working  a  horse  when 
suffering  with  a  sore  neck. 

THE    CARE  AND   PRESERVATION   OF   LEATHER. 

Attention  is  invited  to  the  folio  whig: 

"It  is  forbidden  to  use  any  dressing  or  polishing  material  on  the 
leather  accouterments  or  equipments  of  the  soldier,  the  horse  equip- 
ments for  cavalry,  or  the  artillery  harness  except  the  preparations 
supplied  by  the  Ordnance  Department  for  that  purpose."  (A.  R. 
293  of  1910.) 


114 

REASON    FOR   OILING   LEATHER. 

Leather,  as  it  comes  from  the  tannery  in  manufacture,  is  hard, 
rough,  brittle,  inflexible,  and  readily  absorbs  water.  To  remove 
these  undesirable  qualities  and  render  the  leather  soft,  pliable, 
flexible,  and  impervious  to  water,  to  increase  the  strength  anc 
toughness  of  the  fiber,  and  to  give  the  leather  such  a  surface  color 
and  finish  as  will  make  it  most  sightly  and  suitable  for  the  purpose 
for  which  intended,  the  manufacture  is  continued  by  hand  stuffing 
it  with  a  dubbing  made  of  pure  cod-liver  oil  and  tallow,  which  the 
experience  of  curriers  has  shown  to  be  the  best  material  for  this 
purpose.  This  dubbing  is  thoroughly  absorbed  by  the  leather, 
penetrating  it  completely,  and  is  not  merely  limited  to  the  surface. 

The  russet  leather  now  used  by  the  Ordnance  Department  in  the 
manufacture  of  all  leather  equipments  is  pure  oak  tanned,  of  No.  1 
tannage  and  finish,  hand  stuffed  with  a  light  dubbing  made  of  pure 
.cod-liver  oil  and  tallow  to  preserve  the  leather,  the  dubbing  being 
so  sparingly  used  that  the  oil  will  not  exude.  This  leather  as  it 
comes  from  the  manufacturer  contains  enough  oil  to  materially 
improve  its  quality  and  prolong  its  life,  but  not  enough  oil  to  soil  the 
clothing  if  the  equipment  is  properly  cared  for.  No  oil  whatever 
is  added  to  the  leather  in  the  manufacture  of  the  equipments  at  the 
Government  arsenals. 

CARE    OF   RUSSET   LEATHER. 

Leather  equipments  which  have  become  wet  should  be  dried  in 
the  shade.  Wet  leather  exposed  to  the  direct  rays  of  the  sun  or  to 
the  heat  of  a  stove  or  radiators  becomes  hard  and  brittle. 

When  russet-leather  equipments  become  soiled  in  service  they 
should  be  cleaned  by  carefully  washing  the  leather  with  a  sponge 
moistened  with  a  heavy  lather  made  of  clean  water  and  castile  or 
Frank  Miller's  soap,  and  then  rubbing  vigorously  with  a  dry  cloth 
until  the  leather  is  completely  dry. 

If  the  leather  becomes  harsh,  dry,  and  brittle  from  exposure  to 
water  or  other  causes,  clean  as  above  described,  and  while  the  leather 
is  still  slightly  moist  apply  an  exceedingly  light  coat  of  neat's-foot 
oil  by  rubbing  with  a  soft  cloth  moistened  (not  saturated)  with  the 
oil.  If  it  is  found  that  too  much  oil  has  been  used,  the  surplus  can 
be  readily  removed  by  rubbing  with  a  sponge  moistened  with  naphtha 
or  gasoline.  But  these  oils  are  not  issued  for  this  purpose. 

Where  a  polish  is  desired,  the  leather  should  first  be  thoroughly 
cleaned  and  then  the  leather  polish  or  dressing  supplied  by  the 
Ordnance  Department  should  be  applied  sparingly  and  thoroughly 
rubbed  in  with  a  soft,  dry  cloth.  Scars,  cuts,  or  abrasions  of  the 
leather  may  be  improved  in  appearance  but  not  obliterated  by 
similar  use  of  the  leather  polish. 


115 

Russet  leather  may  be  cleaned,  oiled,  and  polished  ae  described 
above,  but  it  should  be  noted  that  if  more  than  a  light  coat  of  oil  be 
given,  the  leather  will  be  greatly  darkened  and  will  quickly  soil  the 
clothing.  No  method  of  cleaning  will  restore  the  original  light  color 
of  the  leather  or  remove  stains  or  discolo rations. 

CARE   OF   BLACK   LEATHER. 

To  clean  and  dress  black  leather,  wash  it  in  water  (lukewarm  pre- 
ferred) with  Castile  soap.  An  old  horse  brush  will  be  found  very 
satisfactory  for  applying  the  soap  and  water.  Dry  in  the  shade; 
when  almost  dry,  apply  the  blacking,  rubbing  it  in  thoroughly. 

Dry  in  the  shade  and  then  apply  neat's-foot  oil  with  a  sponge  or 
rag,  rubbing  in  well  until  the  leather  is  soft  and  pliable. 

When  dry,  a  certain  amount  of  oil  and  blacking  will  exude  from 
the  leather;  this  should  be  rubbed  off  with  a  dry  cloth. 

SIGHTS. 

OPEN   OR   TANGENT    SIGHT. 

(Plate  XXIII.) 

The  parts  for  sighting  and  laying  the  piece  include  an  open  or 
tangent  sight,  consisting  of  a  peep  sight  in  rear  with  a  corresponding 
front  sight  carrying  cross  wires  and  a  panoramic  sight. 

A  sight  fastening  having  a  bore  parallel  to  the  center  line  of  the 
cradle  trunnion  is  keyed  and  bolted  to  the  left  trunnion  bracket. 
The  bore  in  the  sight  fastening  acts  as  a  seat  for  a  shank  on  the 
sight  lever,  the  outer  end  of  the  shank  being  clamped  to  the  sight  bar. 
The  other  end  of  the  sight  lever  is  fastened  to  the  sight  link  which 
is  secured  to  the  left  rocker.  Lines  in  the  plane  of  rotation  joining 
the  centers  of  the  cradle  trunnions,  sight  link  bolt,  joint  between 
sight  link  and  sight  lever,  and  bore  of  the  sight  fastening  form  the 
sides  of  a  parallelogram  which  insure  equality  of  angular  movement 
of  the  sight  bar  and  rocker  in  elevation. 

This  sight  fastening  has  also  an  arm  on  which  is  located  the  front 
sight.  The  front  sight  consists  of  two  cross  wires  set  at  an  angle  of 
45°  to  horizontal  in  the  circular  bore  of  the  cross- wire  holder  and 
held  in  place  by  the  cross-wire  ring  and  the  cross-wire  retainer. 
The  shank  of  the  holder  is  threaded  with  32  threads  per  inch,  which 
allows  it  vertical  movement  in  the  holder  sleeve.  The  outside  of  the 
holder  sleeve  is  threaded  with  30  threads  per  inch,  which  allows  it 
a  vertical  movement  in  the  sight-fastening  arm. 

A  f-inch  split  pin  passes  through  the  arm  and  through  slots  in  the 
cross-wire  holder  and  holder  sleeve,  and  fixes  the  cross-wire  holder 
in  a  plane  normal  to  the  line  of  sight,  the  slots  allowing  vertical 
adjustment  by  the  differential  threads  of  the  sleeve. 

The  sight  bar  which  is  secured  to  the  sight-lever  shank  extends  to 
the  rear  and  supports  the  peep  and  panoramic  sights. 


116 

The  rear  end  or  head  of  the  sight  bar  is  provided  with  circular 
guides  cut  with  the  line  of  sight,  howitzer  at  0°  elevation,  as  an  axis 
and  upon  these  guides  a  socket  for  the  sight  shank  is  mounted.  A 
clip  formed  on  the  lower  end  of  the  shank  socket  forms  a  bearing  for  a 
leveling  screw,  whose  threads  engage  worm-gear  teeth  cut  in  the  lower 
guide  of  the  sight  bar.  Turning  the  leveling  screw  rotates  the  sight- 
shank  socket  about  the  line  of  sight  and  in  a  plane  perpendicular  to  it 
This  permits  the  sight  shank  to  be  brought  vertical,  thereby  correcting 
for  any  difference  in  the  heights  of  the  wheels  due  to  inequalities  o: 
the  ground. 

The  sight  shank  is  an  arm  curved  to  the  arc  of  a  circle  of  which  the 
bore  of  the  sight  fastening  is  the  center;  it  slides  in  guides  in  the  shank 
socket  and  is  moved  up  and  down  in  elevation  by  a  scroll  gear  seatec 
in  a  boss  upon  the  shank  socket  and  engaging  in  a  rack  cut  upon  the 
left  side  of  the  shank.  The  scroll  gear  is  held  in  mesh  with  the  rack 
the  scroll-gear  spring  and  the  scroll-gear  lock.  The  sight  shank  ma} 
be  dismounted  from  the  sight-shank  socket,  or  a  considerable  change 
in  elevation  may  be  quickly  effected  by  releasing  the  scroll-gear  lock, 
pulling  the  scroll-gear  handle  to  compress  the  spring  and  disengage 
the  scroll  gear  from  the  rack,  and  then  sliding  the  sight  shank  through 
the  shank  socket  by  hand. 

A  German  silver  range  strip  fits  in  a  dovetailed  seat  cut  in  the  rear 
face  of  the  sight  shank,  and  is  divided  into  three  range  scales,  each 
graduated  in  yards  to  correspond  to  the  ranges  of  the  particular  zone 
used.  Mounted  upon  a  trunnion  on  the  rear  face  of  the  sight  shank 
socket  is  a  notched  zone  shutter,  the  notches  being  so  arranged  that 
only  the  range  scale  to  be  utilized  is  exposed.  The  knurled  knob  is 
used  for  turning  the  zone  shutter  to  the  desired  zone,  in  which 
position  it  is  held  by  a  tooth  of  the  shutter  spring  engaging  a  notch 
in  the  shutter.  Raised  figures  on  the  shutter  indicate  the  number  of 
the  zone  of  the  range  scale  being  read. 

A  shank  socket  cover  is  provided  to  close  the  inner  side  of  the  shank 
socket.  A  spring  plate  attached  to  the  front  of  shank  recess  in  the 
socket  supports  two  plungers  which  are  actuated  by  springs  to  force 
the  shank  against  the  rear  wall  of  the  socket,  thus  taking  up  the  play 
of  the  parts. 

The  upper  part  of  the  sight  shank  is  fashioned  into  a  deflection  guide 
and  mounting  for  the  peep  sight  and  is  prolonged  to  form  a  support 
for  the  panoramic  sight.  The  peep-sight  guide  is  located  in  an  open- 
ing in  the  sight  shank  and  is  perpendicular  to  the  line  of  sight.  The 
peep  sight  is  secured  by  clips  to  this  guide  and  is  traversed  along  it  by 
the  peep-sight  screw.  The  latter  passes  through  a  tapped  hole  in  the 
peep  sight  and  is  supported  at  each  end  in  bearings  in  the  sight  shank. 
The  screw  is  turned  by  a  knurled  head  at  its  left  end.  The  peep  hole 
is  0.125  inch  in  diameter. 


117 

The  deflection  scale  is  attached  to  the  rear  face  of  the  peep-sight 
guide  and  the  index  for  the  scale  is  on  the  peep  sight.  The  gradua- 
tions are  in  milliemes,  or  points  equivalent  to  one  one-thousandth 
part  of  the  range.  There  are  45  mils  upon  each  side  of  the  zero,  and 
the  scale  is  marked  from  left  to  right  as  follows : 

40         30         20         10         0         90         80         70         60 
the  actual  mils  being 

40  30  20-10  0  6390  6380  6370  6360 
thus  making  deflection  readings  on  this  sight  uniform  with  those  of 
the  panoramic  sight  and  the  battery  commander's  telescope.  The 
scale  has  a  short  longitudinal  adjustment  by  which  the  zero  of  the 
scale  may  be  located  so  as  to  bring  the  line  of  sight  parallel  to  the 
plane  containing  the  axes  oi  howitzer  and  cradle. 

The  sides  of  the  upper  sight  shank  converge  above  the  peep  sight 
and  form  a  support  for  the  panoramic  sight.  This  support  has  a 
vertical  T  slot  into  which  the  guide  lug  of  the  panoramic  sight  fits. 
A  clamp  screw  with  a  ratchet  head  is  seated  in  the  support  and  holds 
the  panoramic  sight  in  position  by  forcing  it  against  the  ways  of  the 
support.  A  small  spring  plunger  detent  seated  in  the  sight  shank 
bears  against  the  ratchet  head  of  the  clamp  screw  and  fixes  it  in 
position. 

Upon  the  left  side  of  the  upper  sight  shank  is  attached  a  level 
bracket,  in  which  is  mounted  a  level  screw  and  an  elevation  level 
holder,  the  construction  allowing  the  movement  of  the  level  holder 
through  the  arc  of  a  circle  in  the  vertical  plane  parallel  to  that  of  the 
sight  shank.  The  amount  of  angular  movement  of  the  level  holder  is 
measured  by  the  level  scale,  graduated  on  the  level  holder  with  an 
index  on  the  level  bracket,  supplemented  by  a  level  micrometer  disk 
on  the  level  screw.  The  level  scale  is  graduated  in  sixty-fourths  of 
the  circumference,  and  one  complete  turn  of  the  screw  moves  the 
level  holder  through  one  of  these  divisions.  The  level  micrometer 
disk  on  the  level  screw  has  100  divisions,  so  that  one  of  these  divisions 
corresponds  to  1  mil  ( 1  ^ 0  of  the  range).  The  divisions  of  the  cir- 
cular scale  are  marked  1  to  5  and  in  connection  with  the  level  disk  are 
read  100,  200,  etc.,  plus  the  indications  of  the  latter.  The  3  or  300 
corresponds  to  the  mean  or  zero  position  of  the  elevation-level  holder. 

This  arrangement  of  graduated  level  serves  the  same  purpose  as  the 
range  quadrant  on  other  carriages;  it  has  the  advantage  that  the 
sight  and  quadrant  is  combined  in  one  instrument,  thereby  permitting 
the  duties  of  laying  for  direction  and  elevation  to  be  performed  by  one 
man.  This  probably  slightly  increases  the  time  of  laying,  but  permits 
the  cannoneer  on  the  right  side  to  be  free  to  operate  the  quick-return 
gear,  firing  handle,  and  breech  block. 

In  firing,  the  sight  is  left  in  its  seat. 


118 

THE     PANORAMIC     SIGHT,     MODEL     OF     1904. 

(Class  IV,  Section  3.) 

(Plate  XXIV.) 

The  panoramic  sight  is  a  vertical  telescope  so  fitted  with  reflecting 
prisms  that  the  gunner  with  his  eye  at  the  eyepiece,  which  is  fix< 
in  a  horizontal  position,  may  bring  into  the  field  of  view  an  object 
situated  at  any  point  in  a  plane  perpendicular  to  the  axis  of  th( 
telescope. 

The  details  of  the  optical  part  of  this  instrument  are  shown  n 
Plate  XXIV,  and  comprise  the  rotating  head  prism  A,  the  rotatinj 
prism  B,  the  objective  lens  C,  the  lower  reflecting  prism  D,  and  th< 
eyepiece  E.     The  rays  coming  from  the  object  are  reflected  down- 
ward from  the  prism  A  into  prism  B,  which  rectifies  them;  aft 
their  passage  through  the  objective  lens  C,  the  prism  D  reflects  thei 
in  such  a  way  that  there  is  presented  to  the  eyepiece  E  a  rectifie< 
image,  which  the  eyepiece  magnifies.     The  prism  B  is  of  rectanguL 
cross  section.     Its  peculiarity  is  that   on  rotation  about  its  longi- 
tudinal axis  the  image  of  an  object  seen  through  it  turns  with  twi< 
the  angular  velocity  of  the  prism.     As,  therefore,  the  prisms  A  an< 
B  are  so  mounted  as  to  rotate  about  this  axis,  prism  B  following 
with  one-half  of  the  angular  velocity  of  the  latter,  the  image  alwa] 
remains  as  it  would  appear  to  one  observing  it  directly  with  an  ordi- 
nary terrestrial  telescope. 

The  image  formed  by  the  objective  lens  would  naturally  be 
versed  and  inverted.     The  lower  inclined  faces  of  the  prism  D  b; 
cross  reflection  transfer  the  rays  to  opposite  sides  of  the  axis,  thi 
correcting  the  reversal.     The  correction  of  the  inversion  is  accom- 
plished by  the  combined  action  of  the  three  prisms  A,  B,  and  D,  th< 
nature  of  the  action  varying  with  the  different  positions  of  the  prisms. 
In  the  position  shown  on  Plate  XXIV  prisms  A  and  D  act  as  parall< 
reflectors,  and  they  without  the  lens  system  would  present  an  erect 
image.     Prism  B,  however,  inverts  the  rays  and  corrects  the  inv< 
si  on  produced  by  the  objective  lens.     It  will  be  noted   the    effecl 
would  be  the  same  whether  the  prism  B  occupies  the  position  sho> 
on  the  plate  or  be  revolved  180°  from  that  position.     This  latl 
position  is  the  one  it  would  assume  if  the  prism  A  were  rotat< 
through  360°.     If  the  prism  A  be  now  rotated  through   180°,  th< 
prisms  A  and  D  would  form  two  reflectors   set  at  right  angles  an< 
would  give,  without  the  lens  system,   an  inverted  image,   and  ii 
conjunction  with  the  lens  system  an  erect  image.     Prism  B  in 
case  will  occupy  a  position  90°  from  that  shown  on  the  plate,  in  whicl 
position  it  causes  no  inversion,  but  counteracts  the  inversion  producec 
by  prism  D. 


6311—17 11 


119 

A  glass  reticule  marked  with  cross  lines  is  located  in  the  focal 
plane  of  the  instrument,  with  the  intersection  of  the  cross  lines  coin- 
cident with  its  optical  axis.  No  provision  is  made  for  changing 
the  focus  of  eyepiece  or  objective  lens.  As  issued,  theiinstrument  is 
focused  for  the  usual  range  and  the  average  eye.  The  magnifying 
power  of  the  instrument  is  four;  the  field  of  view  is  10°. 

The  mechanical  construction  of  the  instrument  is  as  follows: 
The  body  consists  of  a  shank,  provided  on  its  front  surface  with  a  T 
lug,  which  fits  into  a  corresponding  slot  in  the  head  of  the  sight  shank 
and  is  held  in  the  position  on  sights  by  a  detent,  ratchet,  and  clamp 
screw.  To  the  lower  end  of  the  body  is  screwed  the  eyepiece  elbow, 
forming  a  housing  for  the  prism  D  and  the  eyepiece  E.  The  latter 
projects  to  the  rear  just  above  the  peep  of  the  rear  sight.  To  the 
upper  end  of  the  shank  is  screwed  the  azimuth  circle  support,  to 
which  is  screwed  the  hood  for  the  azimuth  circle,  forming  a  seat  for 
the  rotating  mechanism  of  the  sight.  The  opening  in  the  rotating 
head  is  closed  by  the  rotating  head  glass  window,  which  forms  a  dust 
guard.  The  rotating  head  prism  A  is  mounted  opposite  this  opening. 
The  lower  end  of  the  rotating  head  is  seated  in  the  azimuth  circle 
hub  and  gear.  A  worm  located  in  worm  box  in  the  hood  for  azimuth 
circle  engages  in  a  worm  gear  cut  on  the  azimuth  circle.  The  worm 
is  pivoted  at  its  rear  end  in  the  worm  box  by  a  ball  and  socket  bear- 
ing. This  bearing  consists  of  the  bearing  socket,  worm  ball,  and 
bearing  cap.  The  worm  throw-out  mechanism  consists  of  the  draw 
pin,  draw  pin  spring,  spring  retaining  nut  and  lever.  The  rotating 
prism  B  is  secured  in  the  upper  end,  and  the  objective  C  in  the  lower 
end,  of  the  supporting  sleeve  for  rotating  prism  resting  in  the  hub 
and  gear.  The  upper  end  of  this  supporting  sleeve  for  the  rotating 
prism  and  the  lower  end  of  the  azimuth  circle  have  gears  which  engage 
in  a  double  pinion  seated  in  the  azimuth  circle  support.  The  gears 
and  pinions  are  calculated  so  that  the  angular  velocity  of  the  rotating 
head  is  twice  that  of  the  rotating  prism  B  and  is  in  the  same  direction. 
The  motion  of  rotation  is  transmitted  from  the  worm  to  the  azimuth 
circle,  thence  to  the  azimuth  circle  hub  and  gear,  thence  to  the  pinion, 
and  through  it  to  the  supporting  sleeve  for  rotating  prism.  The 
amount  of  motion  of  the  rotating  head  prism  is  indicated  by  a  grad- 
uated scale  on  the  perimeter  of  the  azimuth  circle,  visible  through 
the  glass  azimuth  circle  window  in  the  rear  face  of  the  hood  for  the 
azimuth  circle.  The  zero  of  the  scale  and  the  index  on  the  head- 
piece are  located  so  that  the  line  of  sight  of  the  panoramic  sight  is 
parallel  to  that  of  the  rear  sight,  and  consequently  to  the  axis  of 
the  gun,  when  both  sights  are  set  at  0  elevation  and  deflection. 

The  scale  is  formed  by  dividing  the  circumference  into  64  equal 
parts.     One  complete  turn  of  the  worm  moves  the  rotating  head 


120 

prism  through  one  of  these  divisions,  or  1/64  of  a  circle.  The  real 
end  of  the  worm  carries  the  azimuth  micrometer  knob  with  circum- 
ference graduated  into  100  equal  parts  to  form  a  micrometer  scale. 
One  of  these  subdivisions,  therefore,  equals  1/100  of  a  division  of 
the  main  scale  or  marks  a  movement  of  the  rotating  head  prism  and 
line  of  sight  through  1/6400  of  a  circle.  An  angular  movement  of 
the  line  of  sight  through  1/6400  of  a  circle  corresponds  very  closely 
to  a  lateral  displacement  of  1/1000  of  the  range.  Practically  the 
subdivisions  of  the  deflection  scale  on  the  panoramic  sight  are  con- 
sidered as  points  equal  to  1/1000  of  the  range  and  are  called 
milliemes  or  mils. 

The  reading  of  the  deflection  scale  or  the  size  of  an  angle  is  given 
in  the  units  of  the  micrometer  scale  as  2763,  1521,  etc.,  meaning 
2763/6400,  1521/6400,  etc.,  of  360°.  The  alternate  divisions  of  the 
main  scale  are  numbered  in  a  clockwise  direction  0,  2,  4,  etc.,  to  62, 
inclusive.  In  reading  the  deflection  scale,  therefore,  hundreds  are 
read  directly  from  the  main  scales  and  tens  and  units  from  the 
deflection-screw  micrometer  scale.  At  0  the  line  of  sight  is  parallel 
to  the  vertical  plane  through  the  axis  of  the  gun;  at  16  (or  1,600  mils) 
it  is  perpendicular  to  that  plane  and  pointing  directly  to  the  right, 
etc. 

The  azimuth  micrometer  knob  is  secured  on  the  rear  end  of  the 
worm  by  a  locking  screw.  This  arrangement  permits  the  0  of  the 
scale  to  be  set  opposite  the  index  line  on  the  azimuth  micrometer 
index  without  movement  of  the  worm  in  adjusting  the  sight. 

The  worm,  which  is  seated  at  its  front  end  in  the  draw  pin,  is  held 
in  contact  with  the  worm  gear  on  the  azimuth  circle  by  the  draw 
pin  spring  and  is  arranged  so  that  it  may  be  disengaged  from  the 
worm  gear  by  movement  of  a  lever.  When  disengaged  the  line  of 
sight  may  be  rapidly  oriented  to  approximately  the  desired  direc- 
tion, the  worm  then  thrown  into  gear,  and  finer  adjustments  made 
by  turning  the  azimuth  micrometer  knob. 

All  panoramic  sights  have  been  made  interchangeable,  so  as  to 
fit  in  seats. 

The  following  device  for  illumination  of  the  cross  lines  of  the  reti- 
cule of  panoramic  sights  is  used: 

A  small  slit  is  cut  in  the  eyepiece  elbow  and  the  reticule  cell  on 
the  side  of  the  sight  next  the  gun.  A  shutter  is  provided  which 
encircles  the  eyepiece  elbow  opposite  the  slit,  affording  means  fo] 
closing.  On  some  sights  this  shutter  is  provided  with  a  transparent 
celluloid  window  to  prevent  the  entrance  of  dust.  On  the  latei 
sights  a  glass  window  is  fitted  in  the  side  of  the  eyepiece. 

For  illumination  at  night  electric  flash  lights   are  used.     The1 
should  be  held  close  to  the  illuminating  slot  or  window. 


121 

PANORAMIC  SIGHT,  MODEL  OF  1915. 

(Plate  XXV.) 

The  panoramic  sight  is  a  vertical  telescope  so  fitted  with  an  opti- 
cal system  of  reflecting  prisms  and  lenses  that  the  gunner  with  his 
eye  at  the  fixed  eyepiece  in  a  horizontal  position  can  bring  into  the 
field  of  view  an  object  situated  at  any  point  in  a  plane  perpendicular 
to  the  axis  of  the  telescope. 

The  rays  coming  from  the  object  are  reflected  downward  from  the 
rotating  head  prism  into  the  rotating  prism.  The  rotating  prism 
rectifies  the  rays;  after  their  passage  through  the  achromatic  objec- 
tive lens,  the  lower  reflecting  prism  reflects  them  in  such  a  way  that 
there  is  presented  to  the  eyepiece  a  rectified  image,  which  the  eye- 
piece magnifies.  The  peculiarity  of  the  rotating  prism  is  that  upon 
rotation  about  its  longitudinal  axis  the  image  of  the  object  seen 
through  it  turns  with  twice  the  angular  velocity  of  the  rotating 
prism.  The  rotating  head  prism  and  rotating  prism  are  so  mounted 
as  to  rotate  about  this  axis,  the  rotating  prism  following  the  rotating 
head  prism  with  one-half  of  the  angular  velocity  of  the  latter;  the 
image  always  remains  as  it  would  appear  to  one  observing  it  directly 
with  an  ordinary  telescope.  The  image  formed  by  the  achromatic 
objective  lens  would  then  be  reversed  and  inverted.  The  rays  are 
cross  reflected  to  the  opposite  sides  of  the  axis  by  the  inclined  faces 
of  the  lower  reflecting  prism,  thus  correcting  the  reversal. 

The  combined  action  of  the  rotating  head  prism,  the  rotating  prism, 
and  lower  reflecting  prism  and  the  nature  of  action  varying  with 
different  positions  of  the  prisms,  provide  for  the  correction  of  the 
inversion  of  the  image.  The  rotating  head  prism  and  lower  reflect- 
ing prism,  as  shown  in  position  on  Plate  XXV,  act  as  parallel  reflectors 
and  they  without  the  lens  system  would  present  an  erect  image. 
The  rotating  prism,  however,  inverts  the  rays  and  corrects  the  in- 
version produced  by  the  achromatic  objective  lens.  It  will  be  noted 
that  the  effect  would  be  the  same  whether  the  rotating  prism  occupies 
the  same  position  shown  on  the  plate  or  be  revolved  180°  from  that 
position.  The  rotating  head  prism  must  be  turned  through  360° 
to  get  a  position  of  180°  for  the  rotating  prism.  If  the  rotating  head 
prism  is  rotated  through  180°,  the  rotating  prism  and  lower  reflect- 
ing prism  would  form  reflectors  set  at  right  angles,  and  would  give, 
without  the  lens  system,  an  inverted  image,  and  in  conjunction  with 
the  lens  system  an  erect  image.  The  rotating  prism  in  this  case 
will  occupy  a  position  90°  from  that  shown  on  the  plate,  in  which 
position  it  causes  no  inversion  but  counteracts  the  inversion  pro- 
duced by  the  lower  reflecting  prism. 

The  instrument  has  a  magnifying  power  of  4  and  a  field  of  view  of 
10°. 


122 

The  principal  parts  of  the  panoramic  sight  are  the  rotating  head 
mechanism,  the  elevation  device,  the  azimuth  mechanism,  the  rotating 
prism  mechanism,  the  deflection  mechanism,  the  shank,  and  the  eye- 
piece. 

The  rotating  head  mechanism  consists  principally  of  the  rotating 
head,  rotating  head  prism,  rotating  head  prism  holder,  prism  holder 
cover,  elevation  index  support,  prism  shield,  and  rotating  head 
cover. 

The  rotating  head  forms  a  housing  for  its  movable  parts,  and  pro- 
vides seats  for  the  elevation-worm  bushing  and  rotating  head  prism 
holder.  The  front  opening  of  the  rotating  head  is  closed  by  the 
prism  shield  which  forms  a  dust  guard.  The  bottom  threaded  seat 
of  the  rotating  head  screws  upon  the  upper  end  of  the  azimuth  worm 
wheel  and  is  locked  in  place  by  four  azimuth  scale  retaining  ring 
screws.  Upon  the  rear  face  of  the  rotating  head  is  engraved  a  scale 
which  is  used  for  measuring  the  elevation  of  the  rotating  head  prism 
holder,  which  retains  the  rotating  head  prism  and  has  an  index  mark 
upon  the  projection  which  coincides  with  the  graduations  of  the 
elevation  worm  micrometer  head. 

The  rotating-head  prism  is  mounted  within  the  rotating-head  prism 
holder  between  the  prism  support  front,  prism  support  bottom,  and 
prism  support  back,  and  secured  in  position  by  the  rotating-head 
prism  spring,  which  bears  upon  the  prism  support  back.  The  rotat- 
ing-head prism  is  protected  on  the  right  side  by  the  prism-holder  cover 
and  on  the  left  side  by  the  elevation  index  support. 

The  prism  shield  is  held  within  the  rotating  head  by  the  prism 
shield  retaining  piece,  which  is  in  turn  secured  by  two  prism  shield 
retaining  piece  screws. 

The  prism-holder  cover  screws  into  its  threaded  seat,  located  in  the 
right  side  of  the  rotating-head  prism  holder  and  locked  in  position  by 
the  prism-holder  cover  screws. 

The  rotating  head  cover  screws  into  its  threaded  seat,  located  in 
the  right  side  of  the  rotating  head  and  held  in  place  by  the  rotating- 
head  cover  screws.  The  exterior  of  the  rotating-head  cover  has  two 
small  holes  for  teat  wrench,  and  engravings  " Field  10°  "  and  "  Power 
4"  are  located  on  the  exterior  surface. 

The  elevation-index  support  screws  into  its  threaded  seat,  located 
in  the  left  side  of  the  rotating-head  prism  holder  and  secured  in  place 
by  the  elevation-index  support  screw.  The  small  holes  in  the  exte- 
rior surface  allow  the  use  of  teat  wrench  to  enable  the  elevation- 
index  support  to  be  screwed  in  place.  The  support  retaining  ring 
retains  the  elevation-index  support  with  rotating-head  prism  holder 
within  the  rotating  head,  and  is  locked  in  position  by  the  support- 
retaining  ring  screw. 


123 

The  elevation  index  is  held  upon  the  elevation-index  support  by 
the  two  elevation-index  retaining  screws.  The  arrow  engraved  upon 
the  German-silver  piece,  which  is  dovetailed  in  the  elevation  index, 
coincides  with  the  graduations  of  the  scale  engraved  upon  the  rear 
face  of  the  rotating  head. 

The  elevation  device  consists  principally  of  the  elevation  segment, 
elevation  worm,  elevation-worm  bushing,  elevation-worm  retaining 
nut,  and  elevation-worm  micrometer  head. 

The  elevation  segment  is  held  in  its  seat,  provided  in  the  rotating- 
head  prism  holder,  by  the  segment  lock  pin.  The  movement  of  the 
elevation  segment  is  limited  between  two  dowel  pins,  which  are  diiven 
through  the  rotating  head. 

The  elevation  worm  is  mounted  eccentrically  within  the  elevation- 
worm  bushing,  which  when  turned  provides  an  adjustment  to  take  up 
the  wear  between  the  worm  threads  and  the  worm  teeth  of  the  eleva- 
tion segment. 

The  elevation-worm  bushing  has  a  screw-driver  slot  in  its  lower  end, 
which  is  used  for  adjusting  and  is  retained  in  position  by  the  elevation- 
worm  bushing  clamp  plug,  which  is  secured  by  the  bushing  clamp  plug 
screw. 

The  elevation-worm  retaining  nut  retains  the  elevation-worm  bush- 
ing and  elevation  worm  lengthwise  within  the  rotating  head.  The 
screw-driver  =!.lot  in  the  top  of  the  elevation -worm  retaining  nut  is 
used  for  adjusting,  and  is  locked  in  position  by  the  elevation-worm 
retaining  nut  screw. 

The  elevation-worm  micrometer  head  is  held  upon  the  upper  slotted 
end  of  the  elevation  worm  by  the  locking  screw.  The  scale  engraved 
upon  the  periphery  is  graduated  into  100  equal  divisions,  numbered 
every  10  divisions.  The  upper  exterior  diameter  of  the  elevation- 
worm  micrometer  head  is  straight  knurled  to  facilitate  turning.  One 
complete  revolution  of  the  elevation-worm  micrometer  head  is  equal 
to  the  distance  between  each  graduation  upon  the  scale  on  the  rear 
face  of  the  rotating  head. 

The  open  sight  is  constructed  of  bronze  plate,  bent  to  shape 
having  an  arm  projecting  out  at  each  end,  each  arm  containing  a 
hole.  A  bronze  knee  is  soldered  to  the  interior  of  the  front  pro- 
jecting arm  over  the  center  of  the  hole  in  such  a  manner  as  to  form  a 
sight  which  is  used  for  quick  sighting.  The  open  sight  is  secured  to 
the  rotating  head  cover  by  two  open-sight  retaining  screws. 

The  principal  parts  of  the  azimuth  mechanism  are  the  azimuth- 
worm  wheel,  azimuth-worm  wheel  support,  azimuth-worm  wheel 
cover,  azimuth  worm,  azimuth-worm  ball,  throw-out  cam,  throw-out 
plunger,  azimuth-micrometer  knob  and  azimuth  scale. 

The  azimuth  scale  is  retained  upon  its  bearing,  provided  on  lower 
end  of  the  rotating  head,  by  the  azimuth-scale  retaining  ring  which 


124 

in  turn  is  secured  by  four  azimuth-scale  retaining  ring  screws.  The 
four  elongated  holes  in  the  azimuth  scale  provide  for  adjusting. 
The  scale,  engraved  upon  the  lower,  exterior  diameter,  is  graduated 
into  64  equal  divisions,  numbered  every  2  divisions. 

The  azimuth-worm  wheel  cover  forms  a  housing  for  the  movable 
parts  of  the  azimuth  mechanism  and  provides  seats  for  the  ball  and 
socket  bearing  throw-out  mechanism  and  deflection  worm  wheel  and 
support  ring.  The  arrow,  engraved  upon  the  upper  exterior  diameter 
of  the  azimuth-worm  wheel  cover,  coincides  with  the  graduations  of 
the  azimuth  scale.  The  scale  engraved  upon  a  boss  on  the  rear  face 
of  the  azimuth-worm  wheel  cover  is  used  for  measuring  the  deflection 
of  the  object.  The  arrow,  engraved  upon  the  offset  on  the  rear 
right  side  of  the  azimuth-worm  wheel  cover,  coincides  with  the  gradua- 
tions on  the  azimuth-micrometer  knob. 

The  felt  washer  which  is  retained  in  its  seat,  is  located  in  the  upper 
end  of  the  azimuth-worm  wheel  cover,  and  provides  for  sufficient 
friction  between  the  rotating  head  and  the  azimuth  worm-wheel  cover. 

The  azimuth-worm  wheel  support  spring  tends  to  retain  the 
azimuth-worm  wheel  upon  the  azimuth-worm  wheel  support. 

The  gear  teeth  of  the  lower  part  of  the  azimuth-worm  wheel  mesh 
with  the  rotating  head  pinion,  which  upon  rotation  moves  the  rotating 
head  mechanism.  The  lower  part  of  the  azimuth- worm  wheel  sup- 
port screws  into  its  threaded  seat  provided  in  the  upper  part  of  the 
shank. 

The  azimuth  worm  is  provided  at  one  end  with  an  azimuth-worm 
ball,  held  in  place  by  a  bearing  cap  and  bearing  socket.  A  clearance 
space  is  provided  so  that  the  bearing  cap  can  be  adjusted  to  take  up 
wear.  A  throw-out  plunger  with  a  spring  and  spring  retaining  nut, 
is  provided  for  compensating  for  wear  between  the  azimuth  worm  and 
azimuth-worm  wheel.  A  throw-out  lever  which  is  pinned  to  a  throw- 
out  cam,  which  in  turning  acts  on  the  throw-out  plunger,  is  a  means 
provided  for  disengaging  the  azimuth  worm  and  azimuth-worm  wheel. 
The  azimuth-micrometer  knob  is  held  on  the  slotted  end  of  the 
azimuth  worm  by  the  locking  screw.  The  scale  is  divided  into  100 
equal  divisions,  numbered  every  5  divisions.  One  complete  revolution 
of  the  azimuth-micrometer  knob  is  equal  to  the  distance  between  each 
graduation  on  the  azimuth  scale. 

The  rotating-prism  mechanism  consists  principally  of  the  rotating 
prism,  rotating-prism  holder,  rotating-prism  supporting  sleeve, 
rotating-prism  pinion,  and  rotating-prism  block. 

The  rotating  prism  is  of  rectangular  cross  section,  mounted  and 
retained  in  position  within  the  rotating-prism  holder  by  rotating- 
prism  block,  which  is  secured  by  the  rotating-prism  set  screw.  The 
rotating-prism  holder  is  seated  in  the  upper  section  of  the  rotating- 
prism  supporting  sleeve.  The  rotating-prism  pinion  is  driven  upon 


125 

the  pinion  shaft.  The  rotating-head  pinion  is  driven  upon  the  hub 
of  the  rotating-prism  pinion.  The  pinion  shaft  is  mounted  at  both 
ends  in  its  seat  provided  in  the  azimuth-worm  wheel  support  which 
upon  rotation,  moves  the  pinion  shaft.  This  gear  system  is  so 
designed  that  the  rotating  head  moves  twice  the  angular  distance. of 
the  rotating-prism  holder. 

The  principal  parts  of  the  deflection  mechanism  are  the  deflection 
worm  wheel  and  support  ring,  deflection  worm,  deflection-worm 
bushing,  deflection  dial,  and  deflection-worm  knob. 

The  deflection-worm  wheel  and  support  ring  is  seated  within  the 
azimuth-worm-wheel  cover  located  by  two  dowel  pins  and  then 
retained  by  six  deflection-worm  wheel  and  support-ring  screws. 
A  segment,  projecting  downward  into  the  shank,  carries  a  worm 
wheel  which  meshes  with  the  deflection  worm.  The  deflection- 
worm-wheel  support  is  located  within  the  shank  and  against  the 
deflection-worm  wheel  and  support  ring  by  two  dowel  pins,  and  se- 
cured by  two  deflection-worm-wheel  support  screws. 

The  deflection  worm  is  mounted  eccentrically  within  the  deflec- 
tion-worm bushing  which  when  turned  provides  an  adjustment  to 
take  up  the  wear  between  the  worm  threads  and  the  worm  teeth  of 
the  deflection-worm  wheel  and  support  ring. 

The  deflection-worm  bushing  is  adjusted  by  using  the  fingera 
upon  the  rear  end  and  is  restrained  in  position  by  the  deflection- 
worm-bushing  clamp  plug  which  is  secured  by  the  deflection-worm- 
bushing  clamp-plug  screw.  A  German  silver  piece  is  pinned  and 
soldered  to  the  rear  end  of  the  deflection-worm  bushing  on  which  is 
engraved  three  arrows  with  letters  "R"  and  "L".  The  middle  or 
large  arrow  coincides  with  the  graduations  of  the  deflection  dial. 
The  compensating  spring  is  provided  for  taking  up  all  lost  motion 
that  appears  lengthwise  in  the  mechanism.  The  worm  knob  is  se- 
cured to  the  deflection  worm  by  a  taper  pin,  the  periphery  being 
straight  knurled  to  facilitate  turning.  The  deflection  dial  is  held 
on  the  front  slotted  end  of  the  deflection  worm  by  the  locking  screw. 
The  scale  engraved  upon  the  front  end  is  graduated  into  100  equal 
divisions,  numbered  every  10  divisions.  The  shank  forms  a  body 
for  the  instrument  and  provides  seats  for  the  azimuth-worm-wheel 
support,  deflection-worm  bushing,  and  elbow.  The  front  surface  is 
provided  with  a  T  lug  which  fits  into  a  corresponding  slot  in  the 
upper  end  of  the  shank  of  the  rear  sight.  Upon  the  rear  surface  is 
dovetailed  the  deflection  index  which  is  retained  in  place  by  the  de- 
flection-index screw.  The  arrow  engraved  upon  the  deflection  index 
coincides  with  graduations  on  the  rear  face  of  the  azimuth-worm- 
wheel  cover. 

The  eyepiece  consists  principally  of  the  reticule,  reticule  cell, 
achromatic  field  lens,  achromatic  eyelens,  and  eyelens  cell. 


126 

The  achromatic  objective  lens  is  mounted  in  the  upper  end  of  the 
objective  lens  cell.  This  cell  is  secured  in  its  threaded  seat  in  the 
upper  end  of  the  elbow  by  two  objective  lens  cell-retaining  screws. 

The  elbow  is  screwed  in  the  lower  end  of  the  shank  and  secured  by 
the  four  elbow-retaining  screws  in  such  a  manner  that  its  projecting 
arm  is  horizontal  to  the  axis  of  the  instrument.  The  elbow  provides 
seats  for  the  lower  reflecting  prism  and  the  eyelens  cell.  The  lower 
reflecting  prism  is  held  upon  its  bearing  surfaces,  provided  in  the 
elbow  by  two  wedges  which  in  turn  are  secured  by  the  two  wedge 
screws.  These  screws  are  retained  by  the  wedge  screw-lock  screw. 
The  wedge-screw  cover  is  provided  to  retain  the  wedge  screw-lock 
screws  in  position.  The  wedge-screw  cover  is  secured  by  the  wedge- 
cover  screw.  The  opening  of  the  elbow  upon  the  right  and  left  sides 
are  closed  by  the  elbow  covers,  which  are  locked  by  the  elbow-cover 
screws.  Upon  the  left  side  of  the  elbow  is  an  opening  through  which 
the  light  is  thrown  upon  the  reticule.  This  opening  is  covered  by 
the  window  to  protect  the  interior  of  the  eyepiece  from  dust  and 
dirt.  The  shutter  is  so  designed  to  slide  over  the  opening  in  the 
elbow,  being  guided  by  the  shutter-stop  screw  and  movement  lim- 
ited by  the  elongated  slot. 

The  reticule  has  two  crosslines  etched  on  its  surface  and  is  mounted 
in  the  forward  end  of  the  reticule  cell  which  is  secured  in  the  eyelens 
cell  by  the  reticule  cell-retaining  screw. 

The  achromatic  eyelens  is  mounted  in  the  eyelens  cell  and  is 
separated  from  the  achromatic  field  lens  by  the  lens  separator.  The 
achromatic  field  lens  is  held  within  the  eyelens  ceU  by  the  field  lens 
retaining  ring,  which  in  turn  is  locked  by  the  field-lens  cell-retaining- 
ring  screw.  The  eyelens  cell  is  secured  to  the  elbow  by  the  eyelens 
cell-retaining  screw. 

All  interior  metallic  surfaces  exposed  to  the  refracted  light  are 
finished  with  dull  black  baking  enamel.  All  exposed  optical  ele- 
ments, covers,  and  nonrotating  joints  are  sealed  with  the  litharge 
cement  or  equal.  All  German  silver  graduated  surfaces  are  sand 
blasted  and  lacquered. 

USE    OF   THE    PANORAMIC    SIGHTS,    MODELS    OF    1914  AND    1915. 

For  direct  aiming. — Set  the  rear  sight  at  the  required  elevation 
and  correct  for  difference  of  level  of  wheels;  set  off  the  desired 
deflection  on  the  azimuth  circle  of  the  panoramic  sight;  bring  the 
cross  lines  of  the  sight  upon  the  target  by  means  of  the  elevating  and 
traversing  devices  of  the  carriage.  For  imparting  the  approximate 
initial  direction  the  line  sight  may  be  used  with  advantage. 

Jn  using  the  model  of  1915  sight  for  direct  fire,  care  must  be  taken 
that  the  rotating  head  be  set  at  300  mils  and  the  deflection  mech- 
anism at  0. 


L27 

For  indirect  aiming. — Set  the  rear  sight  at  the  required  elevation 
and  make  correction  for  difference  of  level  of  wheels;  set  the  azimuth 
circle  of  the  panoramic  sight  at  the  deflection  ordered.  Lay  the  gun 
for  deflection  by  directing  the  vertical  line  of  the  panoramic 'sight 
at  the  auxiliary  aiming  point,  the  elevation  of  the  gun  being  given 
by  using  the  range  quadrant.  The  angle  of  deflection  to  be  set  off 
on  the  azimuth  circle  of  the  panoramic  sight  is  the  same  as  the  angle 
made  by  joining  the  target  and  the  auxiliary  aiming  point  with  the 
sight. 

USE   OP  PANORAMIC   SIGHT  FOR  MEASUREMENT    OF   RANGES. 

Distances  or  ranges  may  be  roughly  calculated  from  readings  made 
by  two  panoramic  sights  mounted  on  their  guns,  as  follows : 

Direct  the  guns  on  the  target;  then  sight  the  panoramic  sights  on 
each  other.  The  angle  at  the  target  subtended  by  the  line  connecting 
the  two  guns  is  then  3,200  mils  minus  the  sum  of  the  actual  angles  in 
mils  measured  at  the  guns. 

If  B  is  the  distance  between  the  guns  in  yards,  then  range  equals 
B  multiplied  by  1,000  divided  by  the  number  of  mils  in  the  angle  at 
the  target. 

The  accuracy  of  this  method  increases  as  B  becomes  smaller,  so 
long  as  the  instruments  can  be  read  correctly. 

USE    OF    SIGHTS. 

The  powder  charges  and  sighting  arrangements  are  prepared  so  that 
firings  may  be  carried  on  in  three  different  zones.  The  ranges  for 
each  zone  extend  from  0  to  maximum  range  for  the  particular  zone. 
As  far  as  the  sights  are  concerned  they  are  used  the  same  for  each 
zone,  the  only  precaution  necessary  being  that  the  zone  shutter  for 
the  rear  sight  must  be  set  so  as  to  permit  reading  the  proper  scale. 

Rear  sigJit. — When  used  in  connection  with  the  front  sight  its  use 
is  ordinarily  limited  to  direct  firing  only.  For  this  purpose  set  the 
sight  scale  at  the  ordered  range  and  the  peep  sight  at  the  ordered 
deflection  and  correct  for  difference  of  level  of  wheels.  Elevate  and 
traverse  until  line  of  sight  through  peep  and  front  sights  is  on  the 
target.  When  used  in  connection  with  the  panoramic  sight  it  may 
be  used  for  direct  or  indirect  firing. 

CARE    OF   THE    REAR    SIGHTS. 

For  traveling,  the  sight  shank  is  withdrawn  from  the  shank  socket, 
covered  with  the  cover  for  the  sight  shank,  and  placed  in  its  packing 
in  the  left  trail  box.  A  cover  is  provided  to  protect  the  surfaces  of 
the  shank  socket  and  should  be  slipped  over  the  sight  bar  when  the 
shank  is  removed. 


128 

When  convenient,  and  especially  when  not  in  use  in  garrison,  the 
sight  shanks  and  panoramic  sights  should  be  removed  from  the  car- 
riages and  kept  in  some  dry  place,  as  in  the  barracks  storeroom  or 
office. 

All  parts  of  the  sight  shanks  and  shank  sockets  should  be  kept  clean, 
free  from  rust,  and  lightly  oiled.  When  stored  or  not  used  for  short 
periods  they  should  be  thoroughly  cleaned  and  well  coated  with  light 
slushing  oil.  Should  any  part  become  rusted,  it  should  be  carefully 
cleaned  by  softening  the  rust  with  kerosene  oil  and  rubbing  with  a  soft 
pine  stick. 

In  handling  all  parts  of  sights  care  must  be  exercised  to  avoid  injur- 
ing them  by  dropping,  striking  them  upon  or  with  other  parts,  etc. 

Extra  glass  level  vials  assembled  in  brass  tubes,  to  replace  broken 
vials  in  sights,  except  for  the  angle  of  site  level,  will  be  issued  on 
requisition.  In  case  the  latter  level  requires  replacement  the  level 
holder  will  be  removed  and  turned  in  to  an  arsenal  designated  by  the 
armament  officer. 

Only  ordinary  tools,  such  as  a  hammer  and  a  punch  or  a  piece  of 
wire,  are  required  for  the  removal  of  pins  from  level  caps  in  order  to 
replace  vials.  All  pins  on  level  caps  are  driven  in  toward  the  center 
of  the  instrument.  They  should  be  driven  out  in  the  opposite  direc- 
tion. Four  radial  screws  in  the  vial  tubes  are  used  for  adjusting  the 
tubes  in  their  holders. 

ADJUSTMENT   OF   SIGHTS. 

The  sights  are  correctly  adjusted  when,  at  zero  elevation  and  deflec- 
tion, the  line  of  sight  is  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  bore.  With  the  gun 
horizontal  and  the  range  scale  at  zero,  the  reading  of  the  elevation 
disk  should  be  300  when  the  bubble  is  at  the  center  of  its  vial. 

In  adjusting  the  sights  the  panoramic  sight  should  first  be  corrected. 
If  the  rear  sight  is  taken  first,  it  will  require  readjustment,  provided 
the  adjustment  of  the  panoramic  sight  causes  a  change  imposition 
of  the  range  strip. 

TO  ADJUST  THE   REAR  SIGHT. 

The  rear-sight  shank  is  set  at  zero  elevation  and  the  direction  of 
the  line  of  sight  is  changed  by  means  of  the  peep-sight  screw  and  by 
altering  the  front  sight  until  the  line  of  sight  is  parallel  to  the  axis 
of  the  bore.  The  method  of  determining  when  this  condition  exists 
is  given  below.  The  deflection  scale  on  the  sight  shank  is  then 
shifted  until  its  zero  registers  with  the  index  on  the  peep  sight. 
This  movement  of  the  deflection  scale  is  provided  for  by  elongated 
holes  in  the  scale,  through  which  pass  the  screws  which  clamp  it  in 
position  on  the  sight  shank.  The  front-sight  holder  is  attached^to 


129 

the  sight  fastening  in  a  manner  to  provide  means  of  altering  its 
height  as  previously  explained. 

To  adjust  the  elevation  level  holder:  With  the  bore  of  the  piece 
horizontal  and  the  sight  set  at  zero  elevation,  the  position  of  the  level 
holder  is  changed  by  the  level  screw  until  the  bubble  is  in  the  center 
of  its  vial.  The  nut  inside  the  level  handle  which  clamps  the  grad- 
uated disk  is  released  and  the  disk  rotated  until  zero  comes  opposite 
its  index. 

TO   ADJUST  THE   PANORAMIC   SIGHT,  MODEL   OF   1915. 

Should  backlash  or  lost  motion  appear  lengthwise  in  the  elevation 
device,  it  can  be  removed  by  loosening  the  elevation-worm  retaining- 
nut  screw,  setting  up  on  the  elevation-worm  retaining  nut,  and  then 
tightening  up  on  the  elevation-worm  retaining-nut  screw.  To  remove 
backlash  between  the  threads  of  the  elevation  worm  and  worm  teeth 
of  the  elevation  segment,  loosen  the  bushing  clamp  plug  screw  which 
releases  the  elevation-worm  bushing  clamp  plug,  and  then  turning  the 
elevation  bushing,  in  which  the  elevation  worm  is  eccentrically 
mounted,  so  as  to  bring  the  elevation  worm  closer  in  contact  with  the 
worm  teeth  of  the  elevation  segment.  The  elevation-worm  adjusting 
clamp  plug  must  be  firmly  clamped  after  adjusting  by  tightening  up 
on  the  bushing  clamp  plug  screw  to  secure  the  elevation-worm  bushing 
against  rotation.  After  adjusting,  should  the  zero,  upon  the  elevation 
worm  micrometer  head  not  coincide  with  its  index  when  the  elevation 
index  coincides  with  the  graduations  of  the  scale  upon  the  rear  face 
of  the  rotating  head,  it  can  easily  be  remedied  by  the  loosening  up  on 
the  locking  screw  and  turning  the  elevation-worm  micrometer  head 
until  the  zero  just  coincides  with  its  index,  after  which  it  must  be 
firmly  secured  by  tightening  up  on  the  locking  screw. 

Backlash  which  may  occur  between  the  threads  of  the  azimuth 
worm  and  the  worm  teeth  of  the  azimuth  worm  wheel  is  taken  up 
automatically  by  the  spring  that  forces  the  throw-out  plunger  which 
seats  the  azimuth  worm  at  its  left  end  in  toward  the  azimuth  worm 
wheel.  The  four  elongated  holes  in  the  azimuth  scale  afford  means  for 
adjusting  when  its  zero  does  not  coincide  with  the  arrow  head  upon 
the  upper  exterior  diameter  of  the  azimuth  worm-wheel  cover  when 
the  zero  of  the  deflection  scale,  upon  the  rear  of  the  azimuth  worm- 
wheel  cover,  coincides  with  arrow  head  upon  the  deflection  index. 
After  this  adjustment  is  made  the  azimuth  micrometer  knob  should 
be  inspected  similar  to  that  of  the  elevation-worm  micrometer  head. 

Backlash,  that  appears  between  the  threads  of  the  deflection  worm 
and  the  worm  teeth  of  the  deflection  worm  wheel  and  support  ring, 
can  readily  be  removed  when  the  method  of  adjusting  similar  to  that 
of  the  elevation  device  is  followed  out. 


130 


TO   ADJUST  THE   PANORAMIC   SIGHT,  MODEL   OF    1904. 

Direct  the  panoramic  sight  by  means  of  the  azimuth  micrometer 
knob  and  rear  sight  scroll  gear  until  its  line  of  sight  is  parallel  to  the 
axis  of  the  bore.  The  method  of  determining  when  this  condition  of 
parallelism  exists  is  described  hereafter.  Without  disturbing  the 
direction  of  this  line  of  sight  move  the  azimuth  micrometer  knob  of 
panoramic  sight  and  the  range  strip  of  the  rear  sight  until  the  zero 
marks  come  opposite  their  respective  indices.  The  azimuth  microme- 
ter knob  may  be  moved  after  loosening  the  locking  screw  in  the  end 
of  the  worm.  This  locking  screw  may  be  loosened  by  the  combined 
teat  wrench  and  screw  driver  issued  for  the  purpose.  If  the  azimuth 
micrometer  knob  can  not  be  readily  removed,  grasp  the  sight  by  the 
azimuth  micrometer  knob,  release  the  worm  from  the  worm  gear  of 
the  azimuth  circle,  and  gently  tap  the  exposed  end  of  the  worm  with 
a  small  piece  of  wood  or  soft  metal. 

To  locate  the  index  opposite  the  zero  of  the  scale,  loosen  the  four 
screws  that  hold  the  movable  index  cover  in  place  and  move  this 
cover  until  the  index  is  properly  located,  then  tighten  the  screws. 
Movement  of  the  range  strip  of  the  rear  sight  is  made  possible  by  a 
slot  in  the  shank  in  which  the  range-strip  screw  can  be  moved  when 
the  nut  has  been  loosened. 

CARE    OF   THE   PANORAMIC   SIGHT,  MODELS   OF   1904  AND   1915. 

These  sights  are  delicate  instruments  and  must  not  be  subjected 
to  any  rough  usage,  jars,  or  strains.  In  firing  they  remain  in  position 
on  the  carriage;  in  the  field,  when  not  in  use,  they  are  kept  in  the 
padded  leather  cases  prepared  for  them  on  the  rear  of  the  main  shield. 

To  obtain  satisfactory  vision,  the  glasses  must  be  perfectly  clean 
and  dry.  The  T  lug  on  the  sight  and  the  slot  forming  its  seat  should 
be  kept  lightly  oiled  as  a  preventive  of  rust.  The  worm  and  worm 
rack  should  be  oiled  with  vaseline.  When  dust  accumulates  on  the 
pointers  it  should  be  removed  by  a  fine  camel' s-hair  brush  in  the 
hands  of  an  experienced  person. 

To  clean  the  rotating-head  window  and  the  front  face  of  the 
rotating  head,  do  not  remove  the  rotating-head  window  from  the 
window  cell. 

To  clean  the  reticule  and  eyepiece  lenses,  remove  the  screw  holding 
the  eyepiece  to  the  eyepiece  elbow  and  unscrew  the  eyepiece.  To 
disassemble  the  lenses  remove  the  set  screw  on  the  underside  of  the 
eyepiece  and  unscrew  the  eye-lens  cell.  The  field  lens  is  held  in  place 
by  a  retaining  spring,  both  of  which  may  drop  out  as  soon  as  the  eye- 
lens  cell  is  disassembled. 

In  assembling  note  that  the  flat  surface  of  the  field  lens  of  the  eye- 
piece is  placed  next  to  the  reticule.  Do  not  remove  or  change  the 
adjustment  of  the  reticule.  Its  rear  surface  may  be  cleaned  with  a 
camel' s-hair  brush  after  the  eyepiece  has  been  removed. 


131 

In  panoramic  sights  of  serial  numbers  after  752  the  exposed  optical 
elements  and  all  nonmoving  joints  are  sealed  and  no  attempt  should 
be  made  to  remove  them. 

For  serial  numbers  873  and  up  the  slight  change  in  the  appearance 
and  construction  of  the  elbow  and  rotating  head  is  made  for  the  pur- 
pose of  making  these  parts  dust  and  moisture  proof. 

•    VERIFICATION    OF   PARALLELISM    OF   LINES    OF    SIGHT   AND    AXIS    OF    BORE. 

By  construction  the  vertical  plane  of  the  lines  of  sight  at  zero 
deflection  is  distant  17.5  inches  from  the  vertical  plane  of  the  axis  of 
the  bore;  the  horizontal  plane  of  the  line  of  sight  of  the  rear  sight  at 
zero  elevation  is  distant  8  inches  from  the  horizontal  plane  of  the 
axis  of  the  bore;  the  corresponding  distance  for  the  line  of  sight  of 
the  panoramic  sight  is  14.657  inches.  Therefore,  when  the  carriage 
is  placed  with  wheels  on  a  level  platform,  the  gun  with  axis  of  bore 
horizontal,  and  the  sights  at  zero  elevation  and  deflection,  the  points 
in  which  the  lines  of  sight  and  the  axis  of  the  bore  prolonged  pierce  a 
distant  plane  perpendicular  to  the  latter  should  be  located  with  ref- 
erence to  each  other  as  indicated  above,  provided  the  sights  are  cor- 
rectly adjusted. 

The  details  of  a  method  for  the  practical  verification  of  this  adjust- 
ment are  as  follows : 


A  •  6.995  FOR  PaNOMMK  SIGHT.  MODCL    OF  I9O4. 
X?  •  6438  fOt? PftNOROMIC  SIGHT.  MOKL  Of  Iff/3. 


FIGURE  1. 


A  target  of  dimensions  given  in  figure  1  is  placed  in  a  vertical 

position  perpendicular  to  the  line  of  sight  at  a  distance  of  not  less 

than  100  yards  from  the  gun  (and  at  such  a  height  that  the  point 

"bore"  is  at  the  same  height  as  the  axis  of  the  bore  of  the  gun).     The 

6311—17 12 


132 

vertical! ty  of  the  target  is  assured  by  a  plumb  line  attached  at  A, 
coinciding  with  the  vertical  line  A  B. 

The  carriage  is  placed  with  the  wheels  and  trail  resting  upon  solid 
supports  of  wood  or  stone;  the  surfaces  of  which  have  been  carefully 
leveled  so  as  to  bring  the  axle  axis  horizontal.  Now,  direct  the  gun 
so  that  the  prolongation  of  the  axis  of  the  bore,  as  determined  by  the 
bore  sights,  pierces  the  target  at  the  proper  point;  the  lines  of  sigh.1 
of  the  open  and  panoramic  sights  are  then  adjusted  in  direction  by 
the  means  explained  above  until  they  pierce  the  targets  in  the  points 
marked,  respectively,  "open"  and  "panoramic." 

The  axis  of  the  bore  is  determined  and  prolonged  by  means  of  bor< 
sights.  In  the  absence  of  such  means  a  breech-bore  sight  may  be 
made  from  an  empty  cartridge  case  from  which  the  primer  has  been 
removed;  a  piece  of  paper  should  be  pasted  over  the  primer  seat  and 
a  pinhole  made  in  its  exact  center  to  serve  as  a  peep  sight.  If  the 
cartridge  case  does  not  completely  fill  the  bore,  it  should  be  shimmed 
all  around  with  tissue  paper  until  it  does  so.  For  a  muzzle-bore 
sight  use  should  be  made  of  the  traces  of  the  horizontal  and  vertical 
planes  containing  the  axis  of  the  bore,  which  are  marked  on  the 
muzzle  of  the  gun.  Fine  threads  or  hairs  stretched  across  the  muzzle 
to  coincide  with  these  lines  form  a  good  bore  sight,  and  the  ends  of 
such  threads  may  be  conveniently  fastened  to  a  cloth  strap  buckled 
around  the  muzzle  of  the  gun. 

In  the  field,  where  from  lack  of  time  or  proper  facilities  the  method 
just  given  can  not  be  followed,  the  adjustment  of  the  sights  may  be 
verified  by  bringing  the  lines  of  sight  at  zero  elevation  and  deflection 
to  bear  upon  some  sharply  defined  point  of  a  distant  object.  At  such 
a  range  (for  instance,  2,000  yards  or  more)  the  parallax  may  be 
neglected,  and  if  the  sights  are  correctly  adjusted  the  lines  of  sight 
and  the  prolongation  of  the  axis  of  the  bore  will  sensibly  pass  through 
the  selected  aiming  point. 

The  adjustment  of  the  sights  is  of  such  importance  and  should  be 
verified  so  frequently  that  battery  commanders  will  find  it  advan- 
tageous to  make  permanent  arrangements  for  such  verification.  The 
leveled  supports  constituting  the  carriage  emplacement  should 
preferably  be  of  stone.  The  site  of  the  target  (fig.  1)  should  be 
prepared,  and  the  exact  locations  of  the  target  and  horizontal  reference 
points  permanently  marked.  If  these  arrangements  are  properly 
made,  subsequent  verifications  of  sights  will  become  a  simple  matter. 


ADDITIONAL   TESTS. 


After  the  sights  are  adjusted  they  should  be  subjected  to  the 
following  tests  to  insure  their  accuracy  at  extremes  of  elevation  and 
azimuth : 


i 


133 

(a)  With  carriage  level  and  gun  and  sights  at  zero  elevation  and 
deflection  the  lines  of  sight  and  axis  of  bore,  prolonged  pierce  the  tar- 
get (fig.  1)  in  the  proper  points. 

(6)  The  gun  is  then  moved  to  its  maximum  elevation;  as  the  sight 
elevation  is  altered  the  lines  of  sight  should  follow  the  vertical  lines 
through  the  same  points  of  the  target  (fig.  1). 

(c)  With  conditions  as  in  (a)  the  gun  is  moved  upon  the  carriage 
to  its  extreme  positions  in  azimuth;  as  the  sight  deflections  are  now 
altered  the  lines  of  sight  should  follow  the  horizontal  lines  through 
the  same  points  on  the  target  (fig.  1). 

By  construction  and  assemblage  the  sights,  if  correctly  adjusted, 
should  fulfill  the  above  conditions  with  substantial  accuracy.  If  error 
be  noted,  a  report  of  the  facts  of  the  case  with  the  cause,  if  known, 
should  be  made  to  the  ordnance  officer  charged  with  the  repair  of 
the  materiel  for  his  information  and  action. 

SPARE    SIGHTS. 

To  each  battery  is  issued  one  set  of  spare  sights,  consisting  of  one 
front-sight  holder  with  sleeve,  complete,  one  sight  bar  with  lever,  link, 
link  bolt,  and  sight  shank,  complete,  and  one  panoramic  sight.  These 
parts  are  carried  in  a  special  packing  chest  in  the  battery  wagon. 

One  set  of  bore  sights  (consisting  of  one  breech  and  one  muzzle  bore 
sight)  and  one  testing  level  for  use  in  adjusting  sights,  etc.,  are  also 
issued  to  each  battery. 

ADJUSTING   INSTRUMENTS. 

A  complete  detailed  description  of  the  method  of  disassembling 
and  adjusting  the  different  instruments  is  given  in  Ordnance  Office 
Pamphlet  No.  1795,  Instructions  for  the  Care,  Preservation,  Repair, 
and  Adjustment  of  Instruments  for  the  Fire-Control  Systems  for 
Coast  and  Field  Artillery.  Attention  is  invited  to  General  Orders 
No.  47,  War  Department,  March  24,  1905,  with  reference  to  the  care 
and  repair  of  panoramic  sights,  battery  commander's  telescopes,  and 
range  finders. 

No  disassembling  of  instruments  except  as  prescribed  herein  will 
be  permitted.  The  disassembling  of  telescopic  instruments  allowed 
herein  must  be  done  only  in  the  presence  of  a  commissioned  officer. 
Disassembling  as  permitted  in  pamphlet  1795  must  be  done  only  by 
officers  or  employees  of  the  Ordnance  Department. 

TARGETS. 

The  description  and  allowances  of  targets  and  accessories  for 
mobile  Artillery  are  given  in  Ordnance  Office  pamphlet,  Form  No. 
1994:  "Mobile  Artillery  Targets  and  Accessories." 


134 

GENERAL  INFORMATION. 

PAINTING   ARTILLERY   MATERIEL. 

(Class  X,  Section  10.) 

The  paint  issued  for  this  purpose  is  of  olive-drab  color,  put  up  ii 
5-pound  cans  ready  for  use,  and  is  applied  to  both  wood  and  metal 
parts.     If  the  paint  is  too  thick,  turpentine  should  be  used  as 
thinner,  but  not  to  greater  extent  than  2  per  cent  by  volume. 

All  steel  and  iron  nonbearing  surfaces  will  be  painted,  including 
that  portion  of  the  underside  of  the  gun  between  the  clips.  Wearing 
and  bearing  surfaces,  teeth  of  gear  wheels,  elevating  screws,  pistoi 
rods,  cylinders,  counter-recoil  springs,  and  interiors  of  spring  cylin- 
ders will  not  be  painted. 

All  parts  to  be  painted  should  be  free  from  dirt  or  grease. 
may  be  washed  in  a  liquid  made  by  dissolving  one-half  pound  sal 
soda  in  8  quarts  of  warm  water,  then  rinsed  in  clean  water,  anc 
wiped  thoroughly  dry. 

Where  the  materiel  is  in  fair  condition  and  only  marred  in  spots, 
the  marred  places  should  be  primed  with  olive-drab  paint,  secom 
coat,   and  permitted  to  dry.     Then  the  whole  surface  should 
sandpapered  with  No.  1^  sandpaper  and  a  coat  of  paint  applies 
and  allowed  to  dry  thoroughly  before  use. 

Where  the  materiel  is  in  bad  condition  all  parts  should  be  thor- 
oughly sandpapered  with  No.  2J  sandpaper,  be  given  a  coat  of  paint, 
and  be  permitted  to  dry  for  at  least  24  hours ;  then  sandpaper  wit] 
No.  00  sandpaper,  apply  a  finishing  coat,  and  permit  the  parts  to  dr 
thoroughly  before  use. 

In  general,  two  coats  of  paint  per  year  will  be  sufficient  to  kee] 
the  materiel  in  good  condition.  After  repeated  painting  the  paim 
may  become  so  thick  as  to  scale  off  in  places  or  give  an  unsightl; 
appearance.  It  may  then  be  removed  for  repainting,  as  follows: 

Dissolve  1  pound  of  concentrated  lye,  powdered  form,  in  6  pinl 
of  hot  water,  and  slake  in  enough  lime  to  give  the  solution  the  con- 
sistency of  paint.  Use  the  solution  freshly  mixed  and  apply  to  th( 
parts  where  paint  is  to  be  removed  with  a  brush  or  with  waste  tie< 
to  the  end  of  a  stick.  When  the  solution  begins  to  dry  on  the  surface 
use  a  scraper  to  remove  the  old  paint,  and  complete  the  cleaning  oi 
the  surface  with  cloth  and  water.  If  one  application  is  not  sufficient 
to  loosen  the  paint,  apply  a  second  coat.  Before  painting  wash  th( 
surface  with  sal-soda  water,  rinse  with  clean  water,  and  then  wip< 
thoroughly,  as  described  above. 

OILS    FOR    ARTILLERY   MATERIEL. 

For  the  service,  cleaning,  and  preservation  of  this  materiel  th< 
Ordnance  Department  issues  hydroline  oil,  lubricating  oil  (or  engiru 
oil  No.  1),  clock  oil,  sperm  oil,  coal  oil,  neat's-foot  oil,  and  light  slush- 


135 

ing  oil.  Each  of  these  oils  is  suited  for  the  particular  purpose  for 
which  it  is  issued,  as  stated  below,  and  care  should  be  taken  that  it 
is  not  used  for  other  purposes. 

The  hydroline  oil  is  for  use  in  the  recoil  cylinders  of  the  carriages 
and  for  no  other  purpose. 

The  lubricating  oil  (or  engine  oil  No.  1)  will  be  used  exclusively 
in  all  oil  holes  of  the  materiel,  and  in  lubricating  such  parts  as 
wheels  and  axles,  gun  and  cradle  slides,  pintle  bearing,  elevating 
and  traversing  mechanisms,  exterior  of  cylinders,  brake  bearings, 
lunges,  different  surfaces  of  breechblocks,  threads  of  breech  recess,etc. 

Clock  oil  should  be  used  on  the  spindle  and  all  bearings  of  the 
battery  commander's  telescope,  bearings  of  the  panoramic  sight, 
and  fuse  setters,  and  on  the  observation  telescope,  field  artillery 
plotter,  sextant  telemeter,  and  worms  of  the  rear  sight.  In  all  cases 
clock  oil  should  only  be  used  when  the  instruments  mentioned  are 
disassembled  for  cleaning.  When  used  it  should  be  applied  by 
dropping  from  the  end  of  the  dropper  attached  to  the  end  of  the  cork. 

The  sperm  oil  is  a  lighter  lubricant  then  the  engine  oil  No.  1,  and 
may  be  used  on  the  gears  of  sights,  fuse  setters,  parts  of  revolvers, 
etc.;  engine  oil  No.  1  may  also  be  used  on  such  parts. 

Coal  oil  is  used  by  the  Ordnance  Department  for  cleaning  pur- 
poses.  In  the  field  it  may  be  used  for  lanterns.  Coal  oil  for  general 
illuminating  purposes  is  furnished  by  the  Quartermaster's  Depart- 
ment. 

Neat's-foot  oil  is  used  for  the  care  and  preservation  of  all  leather 
equipment,  and  should  be  applied  as  directed  on  pages  95  to  97. 

Light  slushing  oil  is  prescribed  for  use  in  the  protection  and  preser- 
vation of  all  bright  or  unpainted  surfaces  of  steel  or  iron  on  all  parts 
of  the  equipment  when  the  materiel  is  to  remain  unused  for  an 
appreciable  length  of  time.  Its  use  as  a  lubricant  for  mobile  artillery 
is  forbidden. 

Before  applying  the  slushing  oil  to  any  surface,  the  part  should  be 
thoroughly  cleaned,  so  as  to  be  free  from  rust,  water,  coal  oil,  lubri- 
cating oil,  etc.,  as  their  presence  will  cause  rusting  under  the  slushing 
oil.  The  slushing  oil  should  then  be  applied  in  a  thin,  uniform  coat, 
since  this  is  ALL  that  is  necessary  to  give  good  protection. 

All  unpainted  surfaces  should  be  kept  clean  and  free  from  rust,  but 
in  no  case  is  a  polish  required. 

Except  in  very  cold,  weather  it  can  be  applied  by  using  a  paint 
brush  as  when  painting;  in  cold  weather  it  should  be  applied  by 
stippling — that  is,  lightly  tapping  the  surface  with  the  end  of  the 
sash  tool,  held  with  bristles  perpendicular  to  the  surface  to  be  cov- 
ered. It  can  be  applied  to  the  bores  of  gun  by  the  slush  brush  issued 
for  the  purpose.  In  cold  weather  it  should  be  warmed  before  use  for 
coating  the  bores  of  gun. 


136 

It  may  be  readily  removed  by  the  use  of  burlap  or  waste  dipped  in 
coal  oil. 

REPAIRS    FOR    FIELD    ARTILLERY    MATERIEL    ISSUED    TO    THE    UNITED 
STATES    ARMY   AND   THE   NATIONAL   GUARD. 

Instructions  relative  to  making  repairs  to  field  batteries  and  fur- 
nishing ordnance  stores  and  supplies  for  them  will  be  found  in  Gen- 
eral Orders,  No.  9,  War  Department,  Washington,  January  12,  1911; 
General  Orders,  No.  116,  of  1911;  and  General  Orders,  No.  136,  OJ 
1911,  so  far  as  pertains  to  the  United  States  Army,  and  in  General 
Orders,  No.  225,  War  Department,  Washington,  December  19,  1910, 
so  far  as  pertains  to  the  Organized  Militia. 

Instructions  in  reference  to  the  care,  use,  and  repair  of  delicate 
instruments,  such  as  sights,  telescopes,  and  range  finders,  will  be  found 
in  General  Orders,  No.  47,  War  Department,  Washington,  March  24, 
1905. 

SUGGESTIONS    FOR    CARE    AND   MAINTENANCE    OF   MATERIEL. 

Various  suggestions  in  reference  to  the  care  of  this  materiel  an 
hints  regarding  things  to  be  done  or  to  be  avoided  are  scattere 
throughout  the  text  of  this  handbook;   some  of  the  more  important 
are  here  condensed  for  more  convenient  reference.     Careful  compli- 
ance with  these  suggestions  will  avoid  delay  and  possible  injury  to 
personnel  or  materiel. 

The  breechblock  should  not  be  opened  for  at  least  one  minute 
after  a  misfire. 

All  work  upon  recoil  cylinders,  sights,  and  other  optical  equip- 
ment should  be  done  in  the  presence  of  a  commissioned  officer. 

The  recoil  cylinder  should  never  be  clamped  in  a  vice,  but  when 
necessary  to  hold  it  from  turning,  a  spanner  applied  to  front  end  o 
cylinder  should  be  used. 

Never  remove  the  cylinder-retaining  ring  when  the  piece  is  at  an 
elevation. 

See  that  proper  kind  of  oil  is  used  in  cylinders  and  for  lubrication. 

Strain  the  oil  used  in  filling  the  cylinders  through  a  fine,  clean  cloth, 
and  be  sure  that  the  receptacles  used  in  handling  the  oil  are  clean. 

Take  every  precaution  to  keep  the  interior -of  the  cylinders  clean 
and  to  prevent  the  entrance  of  foreign  particles. 

In  assembling  the  gland,  be  sure  that  at  least  eight  threads  of  the 
gland  are  engaged  with  the  threads  of  the  stuffing  box. 

Lash  parts  with  copper  wire  to  prevent  unscrewing. 

Before  firing,  inspect  to  insure  that  cylinders  are  properly  closed 
and  that  the  cylinder  retaining  ring  and  the  piston-rod  nut  are  in  pi 

If  time  permits,  oil  slides  before  firing. 


ace. 


137 

If  the  gun  fails  to  return  fully  into  battery,  except  when  caused 
by  expansion  of  oil,  it  is  probably  due  (1)  to  dirt  on  sides  and  guides; 

(2)  to  cutting  of  sliding  surfaces  on  account  of  dirt  and  lack  of  oil; 

(3)  to  gland  being  screwed  up  too  tightly;    (4)  to  dirt  or  foreign 
particle  in  the  cylinder,  and  especially  in  the  counterrecoil  buffer 
recess;    (5)  to  weakness  of  springs.     Ninety  per  cent  of  such  cases 
will  be  found  due  to  (1),  (2),  or  (3). 

At  all  times,  except  when  used  for  firing,  the  rocker  should  be 
disengaged  from  the  howitzer. 

To  relieve  the  elevating  mechanism,  the  howitzer  should  be  locked 
by  means  of  the  rear  traveling  lock  when  traveling.  The  front 
traveling  lock  is  intended  to  be  used  only  in  case  of  emergency  when 
there  is  not  time  to  retract  the  howitzer  to  the  position  afforded  by 
the  rear  traveling  lock.  The  object  of  the  rear  traveling  lock  is  to 
permit  the  howitzer  to  be  retracted  from  its  firing  position,  thereby 
relieving  the  carriage  axle  and  wheels  of  some  of  the  weight  and 
transmitting  it  to  the  carriage  limber. 

The  length  of  the  recoil  of  the  howitzer  during  firing  should  be 
carefully  observed.  The  approximate  recoil  that  should  be  obtained 
for  different  elevations  is  as  follows : 

Inches. 

5  degrees  depression 63 

0  degrees  3CK  depression 63 

4  degrees  elevation 61 

8  degrees  30'  elevation 57 

13  degrees  elevation 54 

17  degrees  30'  elevation 50 

22  degrees  elevation 43 

26  degrees  30'  elevation 37 

31  degrees  elevation 30 

35  degrees  30'  elevation 26 

40  degrees  elevation 26 

If  the  variation  from  these  recoils  differs  by  more  than  5  per  cent 
over  or  10  per  cent  short,  it  should  be  investigated  and  the  cause  for 
this  variation  ascertained  and  remedied. 

For  satisfactory  action  of  the  recoil-controlling  parts  it  is  necessary 
that  the  cylinder  be  filled  with  oil  in  the  exact  method  previously 
given  and  that  the  parts  be  kept  scrupulously  clean.  For  that  pur- 
pose the  ports  in  the  liner  and  valve  should  be  carefully  inspected 
before  assembling  to  see  that  no  foreign  particles  have  collected  hi 
them. 

One  set  of  covers  will  be  issued,  as  noted  under  the  description  of 
the  carriage.  The  elevating-worm  mechanism  must  at  all  times 
be  kept  thoroughly  clean,  as  dust  and  dirt  will  interfere  with  its 
operation  and  often  prevent  its  being  used  at  all.  The  traveling 
covers  do  not  protect  this  part  of  the  carriage,  and  particular  atten- 
tion is  invited  to  the  fact  that  the  elevating-worm  mechanism  must 
be  thoroughly  cleaned  before  using. 


138 

Keep  hub  bolts  and  hub  bands  properly  tightened. 

To  tighten  hub  bands,  screw  them  as  tightly  as  possible  with  the 
wrench  and  then  force  them  further  by  striking  the  end  of  the  wrench 
with  a  hammer. 

Do  not  permit  brake  levers  to  be  released  by  a  kick  or  a  blow. 

Remove  locking  screw  before  trying  to  unscrew  cylinder-retaining 
ring. 

Prevent  possible  injury  to  cannoneers  by  causing  them  to  stand 
clear  of  the  counter-recoil  spring  column  in  assembling  or  dismounting. 

In  moving  the  gun  on  or  off  the  cradle,  piovide  ample  support  for 
the  breech  end,  so  that  the  gun  clips  are  in  prolongation  of  the  cradle 
guides;  if  this  is  not  done,  the  cradle  guides  may  be  ruined. 

Do  not  strike  any  metal  part  directly  with  a  hammer;  interpose  a. 
buffer  of  wood  or  copper. 

Frequently  verify  the  adjustment  of  sights. 

Require  special  care  in  handling  sights. 

Be  sure  that  the  range  strip  of  the  rear-sight  shank  is  graduated 
for  the  particular  type  of  ammunition  as  used  by  the  battery. 

Do  not  unnecessarily  expose  ammunition  to  the  sun  or  load  it  into 
a  warm  gun  before  time  for  firing;  if  this  is  done,  erratic  shooting 
may  result. 

Battery  commanders  should  frequently  make  a  detailed  inspection 
of  all  .the  vehicles  in  the  battery  to  see  if  any  parts  of  them  are 
broken  and  any  nuts,  screws,  split  pins,  etc.,  missing.  If  any  such 
defects  are  found,  he  should  immediately  take  steps  to  replace  broken 
or  missing  parts.  This  is  of  the  utmost  importance,  and  compliance 
with  these  instructions  will  do  much  toward  prolonging  the  life  of 
the  vehicles. 

It  has  been  found  that  the  apron  hinges  occasionally  become 
broken,  and  that  the  apron-hinge  pins  are  frequently  lost.  When- 
ever this  happens  the  hinges  or  hinge  pins  should  be  immediately 
replaced,  for  if  this  is  not  done  the  apron,  which  is  a  very  expensive 
piece,  is  apt  to  become  cracked  or  broken. 

Whenever  the  lunettes  become  loosened  the  lunette  nuts  should  at 
once  be  tightened  up. 

All  wheels  and  pintle  bearings  should  be  frequently  oiled. 

When  orders  for  spokes  for  repairing  wheels  are  given,  they  should 
specify  which  kind  of  spokes  are  required  (right  or  left) ,  there  being 
two  kinds,  due  to  the  relative  locations  of  the  hub  bolts. 

All  nuts  are  secured  by  split  pins,  which  should  be  replaced  and 
properly  opened  when  nuts  are  screwed  home. 

All  working  and  bearing  surfaces  of  the  carriage  require  oiling; 
those  not  directly  accessible  for  this  purpose  are  provided  with  oil 
holes  closed  by  spring  covers  or  handy  oilers. 

See  that  fuzes  are  set  at  safety  for  transport. 


139 

Use  the  small  primer-inserting  press  for  inserting  primers  in  car- 
tridge cases  and  the  decapping  tools  provided  for  removing  old 
primers. 

In  all  requisitions  and  correspondence  the  correct  name  of  the  part 
referred  to  (if  known)  should  be  given.  If  the  name  of  the  part  is 
not  known,  submit  a  sketch  showing  the  location,  shape,  materiel,  etc., 
sufficient  to  establish  definitely  the  identity  of  the  parts  in  question. 

The  use  of  the  word  " complete"  in  requisitions  to  signify  a  com- 
bination of  parts  sometimes  leads  to  misunderstanding  of  the  exact 
parts  wanted.  The  tables  of  nomenclature  of  parts  have  been 
arranged  to  show  the  parts  included  under  the  terms  "one  trail, 
complete;  one  wheel,  complete,"  etc.,  and  should  be  carefully  studied 
before  requisitions  are  made  out,  to  insure  that  all  the  parts  wanted 
are  included  and  duplications  avoided.  For  example,  if  a  piston 
rod  is  wanted  the  order  should  state  whether  it  is  to  be  with  or  with- 
out the  nut.  If  all  details  are  itemized,  it  will  avoid  mistakes  and 
unnecessary  expense. 

SUPPLIES    IN    GENERAL. 

All  bits,  both  curb  and  snaffle,  are  made  of  30  per  cent  nickel 
steel,  a  practically  noncorrosive  metal. 

The  olive-drab  saddle  blanket  is  regulation  for  all  arms  of  the 
service. 

The  supply  of  ammunition  to  be  kept  on  hand  in  a  6-inch  howitzer 
battery  will  be  a  sufficient  amount  to  fill  all  the  ammunition  chests 
of  the  equipment,  and  in  addition  a  sufficient  number  of  rounds  to 
cover  the  needs  for  annual  target  practice. 

Revolver  arm  racks  are  issued  for  use  of  Field  Artillery  in  such 
number  as  may  be  required  to  hold  the  revolvers  on  hand  in  the 
battery.  Each  revolver  arm  rack  holds  80  revolvers. 

Lanyards  with  metal  snaps  are  issued  with  revolvers  when  called 
for. 

Such  articles  as  may  be  needed  for  training  the  horse — the  cavesson, 
longing  rein,  running  rein,  etc. — may  be  readily  made  up  by  the 
battery  saddler  from  supplies  furnished  by  the  Ordnance  Department. 

For  the  training  of  enlisted  men  leather  heads  and  wooden  stands 
for  supporting  them  will  be  needed.  The  saddler  and  the  wheelwright 
or  carpenter  will  be  able  to  supply  these  by  means  of  the  tools  in  the 
forge  limber  and  battery  wagon. 

Odometer  and  reconnaissance  instruments  are  furnished  by  the 
Engineer  Department. 

A  reloading  and  cleaning  outfit  for  6-inch  howitzers  for  removing 
fired  primers  from  and  cleaning  cartridge  cases  and  for  reloading 
blank  ammunition  is  furnished  to  each  battery. 


140 

METHOD    OF    LOADING    ONE     6-INCH    HOWITZER    BATTERY    FOR    TRANS- 
PORTATION  BY   RAIL. 

The  flat  cars  usually  obtained  from  railroad  companies  vary  in 
length  from  34  to  44  feet.  Cars  longer  than  42  feet  are  unusual,  and 
cars  longer  than  44  feet  are  very  seldom  seen  at  all. 

In  loading  a  battery  on  cars  during  service  operations  it  is  very 
desirable  to  keep  complete  gun  sections  together  as  much  as  possible. 
Pursuing  this  idea,  a  6-inch  howitzer  battery  on  war  footing  may  be 
loaded  as  follows  when  cars  at  least  38  feet  long  are  obtained: 

Four  cars,  each  to  contain — 

One  6-inch  howitzer  and  carriage. 

One  4.7-inch  gun  and  6-inch  howitzer  limber. 

Two  6-inch  howitzer  limbers. 

Two  6-inch  howitzer  caissons. 

One  car  to  contain— 

One  6-inch  howitzer  battery  wagon. 

One  4.7-inch  gun  and  6-inch  howitzer  forge  limber. 

Two  6-inch  howitzer  limbers. 

Two  6-inch  howitzer  caissons. 

One  car  to  contain— 

One  6-inch  howitzer  store  wagon. 

One  4.7-inch  gun  and  6-inch  howitzer  store  limber. 

Two  6-inch  howitzer  limbers. 

Two  6-inch  howitzer  caissons. 

If  a  6-inch  howitzer  battery,  having  8  limbers  and  8  caissons,  is  to 
be  transported,  it  may  be  loaded  as  follows  when  cars  at  least  38 
feet  long  and  less  than  44  feet  long  are  obtained: 

Four  cars,  each  to  contain — 

One  6-inch  howitzer  and  carriage. 

One  4.7-inch  gun  and  6-inch  howitzer  limber. 

Two  6-inch  howitzer  limbers. 

Two  6-inch  howitzer  caissons. 

One  car  to  contain — 

One  6-inch  howitzer  battery  wagon. 

One  6-inch  howitzer  store  wagon. 

One  4.7-inch  gun  and  6-inch  howitzer  forge  limber. 

One  4.7-inch  gun  and  6-inch  howitzer  store  limber. 

This  car  will  be  only  about  three-quarters  filled  if  a  38-foot  car  is 
procured.  The  additional  space  may  be  utilized  as  tht  battery  com- 
mander sees  fit. 

If  cars  less  than  38  feet  long  are  obtained,  one  limber  or  one  caisson 
will  have  to  be  omitted.  If  cars  44  feet  long  are  obtained,  one  addi- 
tional limber  or  caisson  can  be  loaded  on  the  same. 

In  loading  the  cars,  if  there  is  any  permanent  loading  platform 
along  the  railroad  tracks  in  the  vicinity,  the  vehicles  should  be  run  on 


141 

to  these  platforms  and  loaded  from  them.  If  there  is  no  permanent 
platform  in  the  vicinity,  it  will  be  necessary  to  build  a  temporary 
ramp.  This  should  be  built  at  the  end  of  the  cars.  When  loading 
vehicles  from  a  permanent  platform  on  the  side  of  the  cars  it  may  be 
necessary,  if  short  cars  are  obtained,  to  remove  the  pole  of  the  last 
limber  placed  on  the  car  in  order  to  get  the  same  on  to  the  car.  The 
pole  should,  however,  be  replaced  in  its  socket  as  soon  as  the  vehicle 
is  placed  in  position. 

When  loading  the  cars  care  must  be  exercised  to  load  them  so  that 
there  can  be  no  movement  of  the  vehicles  on  the  cars  longitudinally, 
transversely,  or  vertically.  All  wheels  and  trails  of  carriages,  poles 
of  limbers,  lunettes  of  caissons  and  wagons  must  be  secured  to  the 
bottom  of  the  car.  The  vehicles  are  secured  as  follows:  3  by  4  inch 
timbers  nailed  to  the  floor  of  the  cars  on  both  sides  of  all  the  wheels 
hold  the  wheels  securely  against  transverse  motion;  3  by  4  inch 
chocks  nailed  to  the  3  by  4  inch  pieces  which  lie  along  the  sides  of 
the  wheels  hold  the  wheels  against  longitudinal  motion  on  the  cars; 
3  by  4  inch  timbers,  placed  over  the  felloes r  resting  on  the  floor, 
between  the  two  lowest  spokes  and  bolted  to  the  floor  of  the  car 
with  two  ^-inch  bolts,  hold  the  wheels  against  vertical  motion. 
The  bolts  should  preferably  be  bolted  through  these  braces  on  the 
outside  of  the  wheels. 

If  bolts  for  bolting  these  3  by  4  inch  crosspieces  can  not  be  obtained, 
the  crosspieces  should  be  nailed  down  with  7  or  8  inch  spikes.  The 
poles  and  lunettes  should  be  secured  to  the  floor  by  nailing  one  3  by  4 
inch  block  on  both  sides  of  same,  and  one  3  by  4  inch  piece  across  the 
top  near  the  end  of  the  poles  or  lunettes. 

The  trails  should  be  secured  to  the  floor  by  nailing  3  by  4  inch 
blocks  as  follows:^ 

One  on  each  side  of  the  trail. 

One  at  the  end  of  the  trail  in  prolongation  of  the  axis. 

One  across  the  top  near  the  end. 

All  of  the  lumber  used  on  the  cars  is  3  by  4  inch  stock.  To  load  a 
6-inch  howitzer  battery  on  war  footing  will  require  1,100  linear  feet 
of  3  by  4  inch  lumber;  a  battery  with  8  limbers  and  8  caissons  will 
require  920  linear  feet. 

For  carrying  all  harness  and  all  accessories  of  the  vehicles  which 
are  not  carried  in  compartments  of  these  vehicles  or  rigidly  attached 
to  them,  one  box  car  should  be  obtained.  The  material  in  this  box 
car  should  be  packed  in  boxes  if  on  hand.  In  case  no  box  car  can  be 
obtained  all  of  the  harness,  etc.,  should  be  packed  in  boxes  and  placed 
on  the  flat  cars  near  the  vehicles.  These  boxes  must  be  securely 
fastened  to  the  floor  to  prevent  them  from  falling  off  of  the  cars  or 
from  striking  and  injuring  the  vehicles. 


142 

EQUIPMENT. 

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  total  equipment  of  one  6-inch 
howitzer  battery  on  war  and  peace  footing.  The  right-hand  column 
shows  in  general  where  each  article  should  be  carried,  but  the  battery 
commander  may  use  his  discretion  as  to  the  disposition  of  many 
articles  for  which  no  particular  fitting  or  receptacle  is  provided. 

Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  6-inch  howitzer  battery. 


Article. 


Location,  etc. 


Propertj 


Class. 


Sec- 
tion. 


WHEELED  MATERIEL. 

Howitzers  and  howitzer  carriage. 

Howitzer  limbers 

Caissons 

Caisson  limbers 

2-horsereel 

Battery  wagon 

Forage  limber 

Store  limber 

Store  wagon . 


Kit  or  escort  wagons  (furnished  by  Quar- 
termaster's Department). 

TOOLS  AND  ACCESSORIES  FOR  HOWITZER 
AND  HOWITZER  CARRIAGES,  MODEL  OF 
1908  AND  1908  Ml. 


Breech  cover 

Canvas  tool  kits,  each  containing — 

1  cross  peen  hammer 

1  0.375  and  0.5  wrench 

1  screw  driver,  3-inch  blade 

1  sight  wrench 

1  small  bronze  drift 

1  small  punch 

1  pliers,  wire-cutting,  8-inch 

1  screw  slot  wrench  and  blade 

1  screw  wrench,  8-inch 

1  0.75-inch  cold  chisel,  8  inches  long. . . . 

1  large  bronze  drift 

1  6-inch  3-square  dead  smooth  file 

1 8-inch  hand  smooth  file 

1  0.625  and  0.75  wrench 

Cleaning  brushes 

Double  spanners 

Double  wrenches 

Dust  guards .- 

Hand  fuze  setters,  with  cases 

Horizontal  oilers 

Lanyards 

Leather  pouches  for  spare  parts 

Loading  hand  barrows 

Maneuvering  bars 

Muzzle  covers 

Oil-can  boxes 

14-inch  panoramic  sight  extensions 

Maneuvering  chains 

Retracting  eyes 

Screw  wrenches,  15-inch 

Sight  bar  covers 

Sight  shank  covers 

Socket  wrenches 

Spanners  (for  60-inch  wheel) 

Spanner  wrenches 

Sponges  and  rammers 

Sponge  covers 

Traveling  breech  covers 

Traveling  muzzle  covers 

Traveling  thrust  bearing  wrench 

Valve  retainer  tools , 

Wire,  3-pound  spools,  No.  20,  annealed 

bare  copper. 
Wrenches,  1  by  1.25 


On  howitzer 

In  right  trail  box  (in  pocket)— 

No.2 

No.  3 

No.  4... 

No.  6 

No.  7 

No.  8 

No.9 

No.  10 

No.  11 

No.  12... 

No.  13... 


No.  14 

No.  15 

No. 16 

In  right  trail  box. 
...do... 


....do 

On  wheels 

In  right  trail  box. 
...do... 


....do 

....do 

On  supports  on  trail , 
On  left  side  of  trail.. 

On  howitzer 

In  right  trail  box — 

In  left  trail  box 

In  right  trail  box 

...do... 


....do 

On  sight  bars 

On  sight  shanks . . 
In  right  trail  box. . 
...do... 


.do. 


On  right  side  of  trail. 

On  sponges 

On  howitzer 

On  howitzer 

In  right  trail  box 

do 

...do.... 


.do. 


IV 


IV 


IV  3 


143 


Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  6-inch  howitzer  battery— Continued. 


Article. 


class 


Property 
unification. 


Location,  etc. 


Class. 


SPARE   PARTS   FOR   HOWITZERS  AND   HOW- 
ITZER CARRIAGES. 

(For  howitzers.) 

Breech  mechanism,  complete,  including  !  In  spare  breech  mechanism  chest  in 

block  carrier,  loading  tray  and  extractor,        battery  wagon. 

and  small  parts. 

Block  latches In  leather  pouches  for  spare  parts ; .  .U 

Block-latch  springs do 

Firing  pins do 

Firing-pin  springs do. 

Firing-spring  sleeves do. 

Handy  oilers. : „ do. 

Hinge-pin  keys do. 

Lever  latch  pivots do ..       *,, 

Lever  latch  springs do. 

Lever  pivot  detents ....  ."do! 

Locking  bolts,  nuts,  and  pins [ do. 

Locking-bolt  springs ...  do 

Sears "do" 

Tray  latches "do 

Tray-latch  springs do. 

Trigger-shaft  detents do. 

For  fuze  setters. 

Corrector  scale  screws In  leather  pouches  for  spare  parts ...         TV 

R  ange  ring  screws : do 

For  carriages. 

(Parts  common  to  6-inch  howitzer  car-  ' 
riages,  models  of  1908  and  1908  MI.)      j 

Apron  latch,  complete,  consisting  of — 

1  body In  store  wagon,  compartment  "  C  " ; 

2  extra  springs  in  chest  for  mis- 
cellaneous spare  parts. 

1  handle do 

1  h  andle  pin do ....."..!.!!...........!...!!... 

1  plunger do 

3  springs  (1  assembled,  2  extra) i do 

Apron  latch  washer -. In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 

Bell-crank  bearing  bolts,  with  nuts do 

Bell-crank  bolt  with  nut do 

Brake  eccentric  strap do 

Brake  lever  with  catch  and  hook In  store  wagon,  compartment  "  K" . . 

Brake  lever  catches In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 

Brake-lever  hooks do 

Brake-lever  pins ! do 

Brake-rod  pins do 

Brake-rod  pins  (type  A) do 

Brake-segment  rack do 

Brake  shoes In  store  wagon,  compartment  H-K . . 

Brake-shoe  pins In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 

Brake  springs  with  rivets do IV 

Counterrecoil  springs,  inner In  compartments  G  and  H,  battery 

wagon,  and  compartment  G,  store 
wagon. 

Counterrecoil  springs,  outer do 

Cradle  clip  pins  (type  A) Inchest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 

Cradle-head  swing  bolts  with  nuts do 

Cylinder-gland  lock  with  split  pin do 

Cylinder-gland  lock  fulcrum ' do 

Elevating-gear  case  bolts  with  nuts ! do 

Elevating-gear  hand-wheel  shaft  collar do 

Elevating-gear  right  bearing  bushing do 

Elevating-worm  bearing  bolts  with  nuts... do 

Filling  plugs  with  gaskets do 

Firing  mechanism,  complete,  consisting  i 
of— 

1  adjusting  screw do. j 

2  bracket  studs  with  nuts i do. 

1  check  nut ; do. 

1  firing  handle do. 

1  firing-handle  bracket do 

1  firing-handle  hub do 


Sec- 
tion. 


144 

Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  6-inch  howitzer  battery — Continued. 


War 

footing 
(4  guns 
and  12 
cais- 
sons). 


Article. 


classification. 


Location,  etc. 


Class. 


Sec- 
tion. 


SPARE   PARTS  FOR  HOWITZERS  AND  HOW- 
ITZER CARRIAGES— continued. 

For  carriages—Continued. 

Firing  mechanism,  complete,  consisting 
of— Continued. 
2  firing-handle  pins  (type  A)  (1  assem-  !  In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 

bled,  1  spare). 

2  firing  links ; do 

2  firing-link  phis , do 

1  firing  pallet i do 

1  firing-pallet  collar do 

1  firing  shaft | do 

4  handle  return  springs  (2  assembled,  I .   . .  .do 

2  extra). 

1  pallet-collar  pin do 

1  shaft  trip  cottar do 

1  trip  latch do 

1  trip-collar  pin I do 

1  trip-latch  phi ' do 

1  trip-latch  plunger do 

2  trip-latch  springs   (J    assembled,  1    do 

extra). 

16     Garlock  waterproof  packing,  0.375  rings 4  in  each  leather  pouch  for  spare  parts . 

4     Handspikes,  complete,  each  consisting  of— 

1  fulcrum  phi  (type  "A") In  store  wagon,  compartment  "H".. 

2  handspike  bodies do 

1  handspike  latch do 

1  handspike  web  (with  chain  eye  on   do 

left). 
1  latch  pin  (type  "A") do 

1  lower  band do 

Imiddleband do 

Itip do 

1  Set  hexagon  nuts,  standard,  consisting  of — 

2  0.19  inch  by  30  threads In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts. 

2  0.25  inch  by  20  threads do 

2  Hub  liners In  store  wagon,  compartment  "A".. 

1  Lock  washer .- Inchest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts. 

2  |  Right  bearing  bushing  bolts  with  nuts do 

50  I  Rivets  assorted do 

Rivets,  steel,  button—  IV 

10  0^375  by  1.25"!!!!!!!! '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.  .~.'!do"! 

10  0.375by2.125 do 

2  |          0.5byl.25 do    

10  0.5byl.75 ...do... 

6  0.5  by  2.562  (2^) do 

Rivets,  steel,  countersunk,  60°— 

0.375  by  0.75 do 

2  0.375  by  2.125 do 

1  Safety  firing  device,  consisting  of — 

1  safety  latch do 

1  safety  latch  bearing  with  split  phi   do 

and  rivets. 

1  safety  latch  plunger  with  split  phi. . . .do 

1  safety  latch  springs  (1  assembled,    .....do 

1  extra). 
1  washer do 

2  Segment  racks In  store  wagon,  compartment  "  K". . 

1     Sight,  complete In  chest  for  spare  sights 

1     Sight ,  panoramic do 

1  Sight  wrench Inchest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts. 

Spade  edge In  store  wagon,  compartment  "  K". . 

2  Spade  points i do 

18     Spade  point  rivets '  In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts . 

1    Sponge  and  rammer,  complete,  consisting 
of— 

1  carpet  (with  lacing) In  store  wagon,  compartment  "  H  " . . 

lend  staff do 

1  head  staff I do 

2  hoops  (with  screws) do 

1  rammer  head do 

1  sleeve do 

1  sponge  head  (with  leather  washers).  J do 

1  staff  coupling,  female I do 

2  staff  coupling,  male ! do 


145 


Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  6-inch  howitzer  lattery — Continued. 


Article. 


SPAKE  PARTS  FOR  HOWITZERS  AND  HOW- 
ITZER CARRIAGES— continued. 

For  carriages— Continued. 


Sponge  cover 

Thrust  bearing  nut 

Thrust  bearing  nut  locking  screw 

Top  shield  brace  pins  with  chains 

Top  shield  fastening  pins  (type  "A"). 

Traversing  ball  thrust  bearing 

Traversing  bearing  caps 

Traversing  bearing  studs  with  nuts... 

Traversing  nut 

Traversing  pivot  with  nut 

Traversing  pivot  washer 

Trunnion  cap  pins  with  split  pins 

Trunnion  cap  swing  bolts  with  nuts.. 

Valve  link  trunnions  with  nuts 

Wheels,  complete 


In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts. 

do 

....do 

....do... 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

...do.... 


On  battery  wagon,  the  two  hub  caps 
in   compartment    "H,"   battery 
wagon. 
Wheel  fastenings ,  complete In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 

Additional   parts  supplied  with  model  of 
1908  carriage  only. 

Set  crown  nuts,  special,  consisting  of— 

4  0.25  inch  by  20  threads 

6  0.375  inch  by  20  threads 

2  0.5  inch  by  13  threads 

6  0.5  inch  by  13  threads 

2  0.625  inch  by  11  threads 

6  0.75  inch  by  10  threads , 

4  1  inch  by  8  threads , 

4  1.25  inch  by  7  threads 

4  1.25  inch  by  20  threads , 

2  1 .625  inch  by  12  threads , 

Set  crown  nuts,  standard,  consisting  of — 

2  0.25  inch  by  20  threads , 

46  0.375  inch  by  16  threads 

98  0.5  inch  by  13  threads 

38  0.625  inch  by  11  threads 

16  0.75  inch  by  10  threads 

12  1  inch  by  8  threads 

2  1.5  inch  by  6  threads 

Handy  oilers,  0.312  (•&)  inch , 

Handy  oilers,  0.375  inch 

Handy  oilers,  0.5  inch 

Set  hexagon  nuts,  special,  consisting  of — 

4  0.19  inch  by  30  threads 

2  0.375  inch  by  16  threads do 

2  leveling  screw  nuts do 

Quick  return  mechanism,  consisting  of— 

2  bushings 

4  clutch  springs  (1  assembled,  3  extra). 

1  inner  spring  washer 

1  intermediate  gear  sleeve 

1  outer  spring  washer 

1  pawl,  left 

1  pawl,  right,  with  handle  riveted  on.. 

1  pawl  shaft  with  washer  and  nut 

4  pawl  springs  (2  assembled,  2  extra) . . 

1  pinion  shaft  with  nut 

1  pinion  shaft  clutch 

2  plungers  with  split  pins 

Spade  edge  rivets 

Set  split  pins,  consisting  of — 

4.  0.046  (&)  by  0.312  (•&)  inch Carried  equally  in  the  leather  pouch- 
es for  spare  parts. 


Location,  etc. 


On  spare  sponge 

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts, 
.do 


.do. 
.do. 
.do. 
.do. 


Property 

ossification. 


Class. 


Sec- 
tion. 


.do. 
.do. 
.do. 


.do. 


.do. 
.do. 
.do. 


.do. 
.do. 
.do. 
.do. 
.do. 
.do. 
.do. 
.do. 
.do. 
.do. 


IV 


.do. 


In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts. 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

...do...  


4,  0.062  to)  by  0.562  (&)  inch 
by  0.75  inch 


t,  V.W6  \J^ 

12,  0.062  (          . 

3,  0.093  (A)  by  0.75  inch 

45,0.093  (A)  by  1  inch do 


4,  0.125  by  0.75  inch I do. 

20,  0.125  by  1  inch ! do. 


146 


Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  6-inch  howitzer  battery — Continued. 


War 
footing 
(4  guns 
and  12 

cais- 
sons). 


Article. 


Location,  etc. 


nation. 


Sec- 
tion. 


SPARE  PARES  FOR   HOWITZERS   AND  HOW- 
ITZER CARRIAGES— continued. 

Additional  parts  supplied  with  model  of  1908 
carriage  only— Continued. 

Set  split  pins,  consisting  of— Continued. 
150,  0.125  by  1.25  inch 


10,  0.125  by  1 .5  inch 

4,  0.156  (A)  by  1  inch I do. 


Carried  equally  in  the  leather  pouch- 
es for  spare  parts, 
.do 


.do. 

.do. 
..do. 
..do. 
..do. 
..do. 
..do. 
..do. 
..do. 
..do. 


In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts. 


In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts . 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

...do.... 


.do. 

.do. 
.do! 
.do. 
.do! 
.do. 
.do! 


8,  0.156  (A)  by  1.25  inch. 
40,  0.156  (&)  by  1.5  inch. 
10.  0.156  (&)  by  1.75  inch.... 

10,  0.156  (A)  by  2.25  inch 

4,  0.203  (M)  by  2  inch 

12,  0.203  («)  by  2.25  inch 

2,  0.25  by  1.25  inch 

3,  0.25  by  1.5  inch 

4,  0.25  by  2.75  inch 

15,  0.25  by  3  inch 

Spring  covers  No.   1,  with  screws  and 

washers. 

Additional  parts  supplied  ivith  model  of  1908 
Mi  carriages  only. 

Set  crown  nuts,  special,  consisting  of — 

4,  0.25-inch  by  20  threads 

6,  0.375-inch  by  20  threads 

2,  0.5-inch  by  13  threads 

8,  0.75-inch  by  lOthreads 

6,  0.75-inch  by  10  threads 

4, 1-inch  by  8  threads 

4, 1.25-inch  by  7  threads 

2,  1.625-inch  by  12  threads 

Set  crown  nuts,  standard,  consisting  of — 

2,  0.25-inch  by  20  threads 

20,  0.375-inch  by  16  threads 

74,  0.5-inch  by  13  threads 

46,  0.625-inch  by  11  threads 

20,  0.75-inch  by  10  threads 

8,  1-inch  by  8  threads 

2. 1. 5-inch  by  6  threads ^ 

Handy  oilers,  0.312  (•&)  inch i do 

Handy  oilers,  0.375-inch ! do 

Pins,  steel  0.062  (l^)  by  0.65-inch do 

Taper  pins,  0.135  by  1 .5  inch do 

Set  hexagon  nuts,  special,  consisting  of— 

2,  0.19-inch  by  30  threads do 

2,  0.242-inch  by  20  threads ' do 

2,  0.375-inch  by  16  threads do 

Quick  return  mechanism,  consisting  of — 

2  bushings do 

1  pawl,  left do 

1  pawl,  right,  with  handle  riveted  on do 

2  plungers  with  split  pins do 

1  pawl  shaft  with  washer  and  nut do 

2  pawl  springs do 

Spade  edge  rivets do 

Set  split  pins,  consisting  of— 

2,  0.046  (ft)  by  0.312  (•&)  inch Carried  equally  in  the  leather  pouch- 
es for  spare  parts. 

6,  0.062  (A)  by  0.562  (A)  inch do 

6,  0.062  (A)  by  0.75  inch do 

4,  0.093  (A)  by  0.5-  inch do 

4,  0.093  (A)  by  0.75  inch do 

32,  0.093  (A)  by  1  inch do 

24,  0.125  by  0.75  inch do 

8,  0.125  by  0.875  inch do 

16,  0.125  by  1  inch do 

90,  0.125  by  1.25  inch do 

12,  0.156  (A)  by  1  inch do 

82,  0.1 56  (A )  by  1 .5  inch do 

4,  0.156  (&)  by  2.25  inch do 

24,  0.203  (if)  by  1.5  inch do 

20,  0.203  (H)  by  2  inch do 


IV 


147 

Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  6-inch  howitzer  battery — Continued. 


Article. 


SPARE  PARTS  FOR  HOWITZERS  AND  HOWIT- 
ZER CARRIAGES — continued. 

Additional  parts  supplied  with  model  of  1908 
Mi  carriages  only— Continued. 

Set  split  pins,  consisting  of — Continued. 
4,  0.203  (H)  by  2.25  inch 


8,  0.25  by  1.25  inch 

8,  0.25  by  2.5  inch 

4,  0.25  by  3  inch 

covers  No.  1,  with  screws  and 


Spring  covers  No.  3 

Vent  plugs,  with  gasket. 


ACCESSORIES     FOR     HOWITZER     CARRIAGE 
LIMBER,  MODEL  OF  1905. 


Cyclometer 

Dust  guards 

Neck  yoke,  complete 

Singletree,  complete 

Pole  props : 

Spare  connecting  poles,  complete. 

Watering  buckets,  canvas 

Straps 


Spare  parts  for  howitzer-carriage  Umber. 

Doubletree  hooks  with  screws  and  nuts. 

Doubletree  pivot  with  nut 

Hub  liner 

Lock  washer 

Singletree 

Wheel,  complete 


Wheel  fastening. 


TOOLS     AND     ACCESSORIES     FOR     CAISSON 
LIMBER,  MODEL  1909  AND  1916. 

Axes 

Dust  guards 

Hatchets 

I  anterns 

Lantern-bracket  pads 

Paulins,  12  by  12  feet 

Pickaxes 

Picket  ropes 

Pole  props 

Shot  tongs 

Shovels,  long-handled 

Spanners  (60-inch  wheels) 

Watering  buckets,  canvas 

Wrenches,  0.625  by  50.75 

Neck  yol<e,  complete 

Singletree,  complete 

Straps  (6-inch  howitzer  limber,  model  of 

1909). 

I  antern  strap 

(  artridge-case  carrier 

Straps  (6-inch  howitzer  limber,  model  of 

1916). 

Spare  parts  for  caisson  limber,  model  1909 
and  1916. 

Doubletrees 

Doubletree  pivots  with  nuts 

Doubletree  hooks  with  screws  and  nuts. . . 

Hub  caps,  complete 

Hub  latches. .-. 

Hub-latch  pins 

Hub-latch  plungers 

Hub-latch  springs 

Hub  liners 


Location,  etc. 


Carried  equally  hi  the  leather  pouches 

for  spare  parts. 
....do 


Class. 


Sec- 
tion. 


.do. 
.do. 


In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts. 


..do. 
..do. 


On  one  of  the  4  limbers. 

On  wheels 

On  limbers 

...do... 


.do. 
.do. 
.do. 
.do. 


In  store  wagon,  compartment  "D  ". . 
In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 
In  store  wagon,  compartment  "A".. 
In  store  wagon,  compartment  "  F  ". . 
In  store  wagon,  compartment "  K". . 
On  snore  wagon,  the  nub  cap  in  com- 
partment "  F,"  store  wagon 

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 


IV 


IV 

IV 


IV 
IV 
IV 


IV 


In  ax  brackets 

On  wheels 

In  hatchet  brackets . 
In  lantern  brackets. 
...do... 


On  top  of  chests. 
...do... 


On  front  of  chests 

In  pole-prop  brackets. 
In  shot-tongs  pockets. 

In  shovel  supports 

In  spanner  brackets. . 

In  bucket  holders 

In  wrench  brackets . . . 

On  pole 

On  doubletree 

On  vehicle 


On  lantern  bracket. 

In  limber  chest 

On  vehicle 


In  store  wagon,  compartment  "  H " . . 
In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 
.do. 


In  store  wagon,  compartment  "F". . 
In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 

....do 

....do 

....do 

In  store  wagon,  compartment  "A". . 


IV 
IV 

IV 
IV 

IV 

IV 
IV 

IV 
IV 


IV 


IV 


6311—17 13 


148 

Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  6-inch  howitzer  battery — Continued. 


War 
footing 
(4  guns 
and  12 

cais- 
sons). 


Article. 


Propert 


Location,  etc. 


Class. 


12 
24 
12 
12 
12 
12 

12 
84 
12 
12 
12 
12 
12 
24 
192 

204 


TOOLS  AND  ACCESSORIES  FOE  CAISSON  LIM- 
BER, MODEL  1909  AND  1916 — Continued. 

Spare  parts  for  caisson  limber,  model  1909 
and  1916— Continued. 

Limber-prop  chains 

Lock  washers 

Neck  yokes 


In  store  wagon,  compartment  "  K".  . 
In  store  wagon,  compartment  "  F  ".  . 
In  battery  wagon,  compartment 


Padlocks,  chains,  clevises,  and  bolt  snaps. 

Pintle,  with  bearing,  complete 

Pintle-bearing  bolts,  with  nuts 

Pintle  latch 

Pintle-latch  springs 

Pintle  springs  with  bolt  and  nut 

Poles,  complete 

Pole  props 

Picket  rope 


In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 
In  store  wagon,  compartment  "A".  . 
In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 
In  store  wagon,  compartment  ''  K".  . 
In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 
...do... 


Singletrees 

Shot  tongs 

Wheels,  complete . 


On  battery  wagon 

In  store  wagon,  compartment  "  K". . 

In    battery    wagon,    compartment 

'  K ".............................. 

In  store  wagon,  compartment  "H". . 
...do... 


Wheel  fastenings,  complete. 
Wheel  hook... 


TOOLS     AND     ACCESSORIES     FOR     CAISSON, 
MODEL  OF  1909  AND  1916. 


Axes 

Dust  guards 

Hatchets 

Lanterns 

I  antern-bracket  pads. 
Oil  cans 


Lantern  strap 

Cartridge-case  carrier 

Paulins,  12  by  12  feet 

Picket  ropes 

Pick  mattocks 

Shot  tongs 

Shovels,  short-handled 

Watering  buckets,  canvas 

Straps  (6-inch  howitzer  caisson,  model  of 

1916). 
Straps  (6-inch  howitzer  caisson,  model  of 

1909). 

Spare  parts  for  caissons,  model  of  1909  and 
1916. 


On  store  wagon,  the  hub  caps  in 

compartment  "H,"  store  wagon  . . 

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 

In  store  wagon,  compartment  "  K". . 


In  ax  brackets 

On  wheels 

In  hatchet  brackets 

In  lanterns  bracket 

do 

Between    intermediate    plates    of 

chests 

On  lantern  bracket 

In  caisson  chest 

On  top  of  chests 

do 

do 

In  shot-tongs  pockets 

In  shovel  supports 

In  bucket  holders 

On  caisson . . . 


.do. 


Apron  hinges  with  pins . 
Apron  latch,  complete. . 


Apron  latch  bases  with  washers  and  split 
pins. 

Apron  latch  springs 

Brake  levers  with  catches 

Brake  shoes 


Brake-shoe  pins 

Caisson  prop 

Connecting  poles,  complete 

Connecting  pole  keys 

Hub  liners 

Lock  washers 

Lunette 

Lunette  pins 

Padlocks,  chains,  clevises,  and  bolt  snaps 

Pintle,  with  bearing,  complete 

Pintle-bearing  bolts,  with  nuts 

Pintle  latch 

Pintle-latch  springs 

Pintle  springs,  with  bolts  and  nuts 


In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 
In  store  wagon,  compartment  "C". . 
In  store  wagon,  compartment  "H". 

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 
In  store  wagon,  compartment  "K". 
In  store  wagon,  compartment 

«H-K.» 

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 
In  store  wagon,  compartment  "  K". 

In  connecting  pole  brackets 

In  key  brackets 


In  store  wagon,  compartment  "A 
In  store  wagon,  compartment  "D". 
In  store  wagon,  compartment  "A". 
In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 
do. 


In  store  wagon,  compartment  "A". 
In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 
In  store  wagon,  compartment  "  K". 
In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 
...do... 


IV 


IV 


IV 


IV 


IV 


IV 


149 


Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  6-inch  howitzer  battery — Continued. 


War 
footing 
(4  guns 
and  12 
cais- 
sons). 

1 

1 
3 
3 

1 
2 
1 
1 

2 
14 
1 

1 

1 

1 
1 
1 
1 

1 
2 

1  ! 
1  | 
1 
2 

1  j 
1  i 
1 

2  ; 
i 

1    ! 

Article. 

Location,  etc. 

Property 
classification. 

Class 

Sec- 
tion. 

TOOLS   AND   ACCESSORIES   FOE  CAISSON, 

MODEL  OF  1909  AND  1916  —  continued. 

Spare  parts  for  caissons,  model  of  1909  ana 
1916—  Continued. 

Set  split  nins,  consisting  of: 
10,0.093  (  ,\)  by  0.75  inch  

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 
do.  . 

IV 

IV 
IV 

•      IV 

IV 
IV 
IV 

IV 

IV 
IV 
X 

IV 

IV 

>      IV 
X 

IV 
IV 
X 

IV 
IV 

•IV 

IV 
IV 

X 

IV 

IV 

3 

9 

1 
9 

a 

1 

a 
& 

9 
9 

s 

3 

I 
1 

3 
9 

• 

a 

• 
a 

9 

9 

9 

a 

50,0.093  (&)  by  0.875  inch  

82.  0.093  (  A)  by  1  inch  

..do 

5,0.12.')  by  0.75  inch  

do 

8,0.125  by  1  inch  

...do... 

35,0.125  by  1.25  inch  

..do 

6,  0.156  (,&)  by  1  inch  

do 

5,0.156  (A)  by  1.25  inch  
72,0.156  (  X)  by  1.5  inch  

do  
...do.. 

3,0.203  (H)  by  1-25  inch  

do 

12,0.203  (11)  by  1.5  inch  

...do... 

2,0.25  by  1  inch  

do. 

2,0.25  bv  2.5  inch  

do 

8,0.25  by  3.25  inch  

do  

Shot  tongs     .  . 

In  store  wagon,  compartment  "K" 
In  reserve 

Wheels,  complete  

Wheel  fastenings,  complete  

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 

TOOLS   AND   ACCESSORIES  FOR   FORGE 
LIMBER. 

Ax- 

Dust  guards  

On  wheels 

Grindstone,  with  frame,  complete  
Hatchet 

In  grindstone  packing  fixtures 

In  hatchet  brackets 

Hub  liner  driving  tool  

In  chest 

Lantern.          .             

In  lantern  bracket 

Lantern  bracket  pad  

.      .do  

Lever  jacks,  3-ton  

In  lower  compartment 

Paulin,  12  by  12  feet  

On  lid 

Tickax 

On  ri^hc  side  of  chest 

Picket  rope  

On  chest 

Pole  prop  

Under  foot  rest 

Rope,  1-inch  manila,  150  feet  

In  chest  .  . 

Set    blacksmith's    tools    (field    battery, 
heavy,  as  enumerated  below). 
Shovel,  short-handled  
Snatch  block,  for  1  25  rope 

.do  

On  left  side  of  chest  

In  chest 

Tackle  block,  8-inch  double  

do 

W  atering  buckets,  canvas  

do 

Wrench  (for  grindstone)                 .  .  . 

With  grindstone 

Neck  yoke,  complete  

On  pole  .              

Singletree,  complete  

On  doubletree 

Straps       .                .                .... 

On  limber 

Lantern  strap 

On  lantern  bracket 

TOOLS  AND   ACCESSORIES  FOR   BATTERY 
WAGON. 

Bore  sight,  breech  

In  chest  for  spare  sights                      ] 

Bore  sight  rnu/ilc 

do                                                  J 

Chest,  carpenter's,  with  tools  (as  enumer- 
ated below). 
Chest  for  duplex  chain  block  
Chest  for  spare  breech  mechanism 

In  compartment  "  B"  

In  compartment  "  \" 

do                                                  1 

Chest  for  spare  sights  

do  

Chest,  saddler's,"  with  tools  (as  enumer- 
ated belo»v). 
Duplex;  chain  block  Y   &T     2  tons 

In  compartment  "  B  " 

In  chest  in  compartment  "A." 

D  ust  guards  .               

On  wheels     

Forge  coal  bag                                 

In  compartment  "A"       

1'auliii  12  by  12  foet 

In  compartment  "  B  "           .          .  . 

Retracting  chain  

n  chest  for  duplex  chain  block  
On  spare  wheels  

bpare  wheel  hub  covers  

Testing  level  and  cuest  
Trail  ciiain 

In  compartment  "  A  "  \\ 

n  chest  for  duplex  chain  block  I/ 
)n  right  side  rail 

Vise 

Watering  buckets,  galvanized  steel  

Strap                                                         .   . 

Over  duplex  chain  block  

On  battery  wagon  h 

Vise  Handle  stra,j..  . 

...do... 

150 


Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  6-inch  howitzer  battery — Continued. 


War 
footing 
(4  guns 
and  12 
cais- 
sons). 

Article. 

Location,  etc. 

Property 
classification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

1 
2 
2 

1 
1 
1 
4 
2 
1 
1 
1 

1 
1 

4 

2 

1 
2 
11 
1 

20 
20 
1 
1 
t 
2 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 

2 
2 
1 

4 
4 

4 
2 
3 

4 
4 
4 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

1 
1 
10 
2 
2 
1 

TOOLS  AND  ACCESSORIES  FOR  STORE 
LIMBER. 

Ax 

In  ax  brackets 

IV 
IV 

IV 
IV 

IV 

IV 
IV 

IV 
IV 

(•    VII 

}  IV 

IV 
IV 

X 

IV 
X 

IV 
IV 
IV 
X 

IV 
IV 

}:v 

JIV 

IV 

i  v 

9 
3 

9 
3 

3 
9 

9 

9 
3 

5 

9 
5 

3 
9 
3 
5 

9 
3 

9 
3 

3 

1 

On  wheels 

Filling  funnels,  cylinder.  .           

In  chest  

Hatchet 

In  hatchet  brackets 

Lantern       

In  lantern  bracket  

Lantern  bracket  pad 

do             

Oil  cans  5-gallon 

In  lower  compartment 

Oil  cans  7  5-gallon                .                   .  . 

In  rear  intermediate  section  

Paulin  12  by  12  feet 

On  lid 

Pickax'           

In  pickax  bracket  

Picket  rope 

In  forward  intermediate  compart- 
ment. 
Under  foot  rest  

Pole  prop              

Shovel  short-handled 

In  shovel  supports           

Watering  buckets  canvas  

In  forward  intermediate  compart- 
ment. 
In  chest                             

Filling  funnel,  cylinder  (for  6-inch  howit- 
zer, model  of  1908  Mi). 
Neck  yoke  complete         

On  pole    . 

Singletree  complete 

do 

Straps      '             

On  limber  

Lantern  strap 

On  lantern                .  . 

TOOLS  AND  ACCESSORIES  FOR  STORE  WAGONS. 

Bolos 

In  compartment  "  A  " 

Bolo  scabbards 

do                          

Chest  for  cleaning  materiel  and  small  stores. 
Chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts      .  . 

In  compartment  "  B  " 

do      

Crowbar 

In  compartment  "  H  " 

Dust  guards             

On  wheels  

Marking  outfit,  for  stamping  leather  

In  chest  for  cleaning  material  and 
small  stores, 
do                

Marking  outfit  for  stamping  metal 

Ordnance  Department  insignia  stencil 

do 

Paulin  12  by  12  feet 

Seal  stamp 

In  chest  for  cleaning  material  and 
small  stores. 
In  compartment  "  H  "  

Slush  brush          .      .  .      .         .... 

Spare  staff  couplin"  caps 

do  * 

Spare  whe^l-hub  covers  

On  spare  wheels  

Stencil  outfit 

In  chest  for  cleaning  material  and 
small  stores. 

In  store  wagon,  compartment  "  K  "  .  . 
do                

MISCELLANEOUS  ACCESSORIES. 

Ax  helves       

Hatchet  handles 

Padlocks,  with  chains,  clevises,  and  bolt 
snaps. 
Pickax  handles 

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts. 

In  store  wagon,  compartment  "  K  "  .  . 
In  store  wagon,  compartment  "  H  "  .  . 
In  store  wagon,  compartment  "  K".  . 

In  case  on  rear  of  main  shield 

Shovel  handles  long  

Shovel  handles  short           .  .  . 

SIGHTS 

Sight  complete        

In  sight  fastening  on  carriage  

Teat  wrenches  for  panoramic  sights 

In  left  trail  box 

SPARE  SIGHTS. 

Panoramic  sight  

In  chest  for  spare  sights  

5-inch  panoramic  sight  extension 

do                   

do 

Sight'  wrench                                  .      .  . 

do             

Teat  wrench  and  screw  driver  combined 

do 

RANGE-FINDING  AND  FIRE-CONTROL 
EQUIPMENT. 

Aiming  circle 

Aiming  circle  tripod 

Battery  commander's  rulers,  wooden  
Battery  commander's  telescope  and  mount. 
Battery  commander's  telescope  tripod 

In  store  limber 

1  on  pack  horse;  1  in  store  limber  
do 

Case  for  aiming  circle     

On  pack  horse  

Case  for  aiming  circle  tripod.  .  . 

...do... 

151 


Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  6-inch  howitzer  battery — Continued. 


War 

footing 
(4  guns 
and  12 
cais- 
sons). 


1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
5 

1! 

» 

} 


RANGE-FINDING  AND  FIRE-CONTROL  EQUIP- 
MENT—Continued. 

Case  for  battery  commander's  telescope 
and  mount  containing— 

1  camel's-hair  brush 

1  pin  wrench 

1  screw  driver 

1  teat  wrench 

Case  for  battery  commander's  telescope 
tripod. 

Case  for  range  finder 

Case  for  range-finder  tripod 

Chains  for  time-interval  recorders 

One-meter  base  range  finder 

One-meter  base  range  finder  tripod 

Flash  lights  with  hood 

Flashlights  without  hood 

Reel  for  caisson 

Tape,  steel,  100  feet 

Time-interval  recorders 

Map  and  plotting  board 

Observation  tower 

Prismatic  compass 

Protractor  xylonite 

Ruler  for  solution  of  triangles 


(Furnished  by  Signal  Corps.) 


Battery  case  (containing  6  dry  cells) 

Buzzers,  service,  complete 

Connectors,  buzzer,  type  "A" 

Connector  studs ,  19-pomt 

Cords,  buzzer 

Glasses,  field,  type"  EE" 

Kits,  flag,  combination,  Artillery 

Kits,  inspector's  pocket,  each  containing — 

1  electrician's  knife 

1  file,  3-inch 

1  pair  scissors 

1  pair  tweezers 

1  pliers,  5-inch 

Irule,  2-foot 

1  screw  driver 

Plug,  buzzer 

Reels,  hand 

Rods,  ground,  type  "D" 

Wire,  buzzer,  one-half  mile 

Megaphones 


HARNESS. 


Harness,  lead,  sets 

Harness,  wheel,  sets 

Harness  sacks >. 

Pack  harness,  special  pack  equipment. 

SPARE  PARTS  FOR  HARNESS. 

Breast  straps 


Location,  etc. 


in  store  limber. 
...do... 


.do. 


.do. 
.do. 


Class. 


- 
tion. 


In  upper  compartment,  store  limber 
On  pack  horse 

...do... 


In  upper  compartment,  store  limber. 


On  caisson  chest. 
...do... 


.do. 


Where  convenient 

On  caisson  in  the  fifth  section , 


Where  convenient. 


In  upper  compartment,  store  limber 
do 

...do.. 


.do., 
.do., 
.do., 
.do.. 


.do., 
.do., 
.do. 


.do.. 


.do. 
.do., 
.do.. 


.do. 


do 

....do 

....do , 

Carried  by  men. 


On  horses,  1  is  spare, 
.do 


Not  carried  in  field. 


In   battery    wagon,   compartment 


Bridles  and  bits,  Artillery do. 

Cinchas,  Artillery,  lead do. . 

Cinchas,  Artillery,  wheel do. 


5  !  Collars,  steel,  with  2  home  tugs  each 


In  battery  wagon,  2  in  compart- 
ment "  J,"  3  in  compartment  "  K." 
Inbattery  wagon,  compartment  "J". 


a  7  I  Collar  pads., 

10  j  Collarstraps j do. 

»  20  Curb  bits.. In   battery   wagon,    compartment 

*20  j  Curb  chains  with  hooks. 

10  !  Feed  bags , 

10  Grainbags 

8  Halter  headstalls j do 

25  |  Halter  tie  ropes In   battery   wagon, 

"H." 


.do. 
.do. 


.do.. 


compartment 


IV 


IX 


1  This  set  of  pack  harness  and  special  pack  equipment  will  be  issued  to  carry  the  fire-control  equipment 
until  the  reel,  2-horse,  is  available. 
J  Not  part  of  harness. 


152 


Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  6-inch  howitzer  battery — Continued. 


War 
footing 
(4  guns 
and  12 

cais- 
sons). 


Article. 


Location,  etc. 


Class. 


Sec- 
tion. 


SPARE  PARTS  FOR  HARNESS— Continued. 

Martingales,  with  cincha  straps In    battery    wagon,    compartment 

*  K. 
5     Mogul  springs In   battery   wagon,    compartment  i 

Side  strap  for  breeching In   battery   wagon ,    compartment 

16     Stirrup  straps do... 

10     Traces,  lead,  with  chains In  battery  wagon,  compartment  "A" 

5     Traces,  wheel do 

5     Whips,  artillery In   battery   wagon,    compartment 

"  K." 

SPARE  PARTS  FOR  STEEL  COLLARS. 

8     Bolts  for  bottom  of  collars,  with  nuts In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 

8  i  Bolts  for  extensions,  with  nuts do 

8     Bolts  for  top  connections,  with  nuts do 

8     Bolts  for  trace  plates,   with  nuts  and   do 

washers. 

3     Buckle  latches do 

8     Buckle  springs do 

5     Draft  springs do 

8     Pad  bolts,  with  nuts ! do 

8     Pad  hooks,  with  collar  back-strap  connec-  \ do 

tions. 
3     Trace  plates  and  loops do 

INSTRUCTION  EQUIPMENT. 

1     Shell,  sectionalized Not  carried  in  field v  ; 

1     Shrapnel,  sectionalized do. 

MISCELLANEOUS  EQUIPMENT. 

Arm  racks,  pistol Not  carried  in  field X  1 

8     Cartridge  cases In  ammunition  chests 

8  Drill  projectiles,-  with  the  following  spare 
parts: 

1  fixed  stop-pin  screw Carried  in  ammunition  chest  for    ,      Tv 

peace  footing;  not  carried  for  war    ' 
footing. 

1  graduating  time-train  ring do 

8  rotating  pins  with  stop  pins do 

1  Set  of  decapping,  cleaning,  and  priming 
tools,  consisting  of  1  chest  for  storage  of 
reloading  and  cleaning  outfits,  contain- 
ing— 

1  bushing In  store  wagon,  compartment "  K   . . 

1  case  hoi  der do 

1  case-holder  stand , do 

1  cleaning  brush do i       y 

1  decapping  tool I do.. 

1  hammer do.. 

1  large  primer-inserting  press do.. 

1  saluting-powder  measure do.. 

1     Pistol-cleaning  kit Where  convenient 

AMMUNITION. 

167     Shrapnel,  rounds; '. '. '. '. '. '. '. '. '. '. '. '. '. '. '. '. '. '. '. '. '. '. '. '. '.  i}In  ammunition  chests. . . 

PERSONAL  EQUIPMENT. 

The  equipment  of  the  enlisted  men  of 
Field  Artillery  will  be  as  follows: 
(a)  For  each  enlisted  man— 

1  Bacon  can,  model  of  1913 Carried  by  man . 

1  Canteen,  model  of  1910 do >     IX 

1  Canteen  cover,  dismounted,  model  do. 

of  1910. 

21  Cartridges,  ball,  pistol do VII 

1  Cup,  model  of  1910 ....do. 

1  Fork do }•     IX  1 

1  Knife do. 

Magazines,  pistol,  extra do VII  . 


153 

Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  6 -inch  howitzer  battery — Continued. 


Article. 


PERSONAL  EQUIPMENT— continued. 

(a)  For  each  enlisted  man— Continued. 
Meat  can 

Pistol ;;..; 

Pistol  belt  without  saber  ring. . . . 

Pistol  holster 

Pouch  for  first-aid  packet 

Spoon 

First-aid  packet  (medical  depart- 
ment). 

(Furnished  by  Quartermaster  Corps.) 


Identification  tag 

Shelter  tent,  half 

Shelter-tent  pegs 

Shelter-tent  pole 

(6)  For  each  enlisted  man  individually 
mounted  in  addition  to  (a)— 

Bridle,  Field  Artillery 

Currycomb 

Horse  brush 

Link 

Saddle,  McClellan,  Field  Artillery. 

Saddlebags,  pair 

Spurs,  pair 

Spur  straps,  set 

(c)  For  each  driver,  in  addition  to  (a)— 

Currycomb 

Horse  brush 

Spurs,  pair 

Spur  straps,  set 

(d)  For  each  cannoneer,  not  mounted,  in 

addition  to  (a) — 

Condiment  can 

Haversack,  model  of  1910 


HORSE  EQUIPMENT. 

The  following  equipments  are  pre- 
scribed for  each  horse  of  the  Field 
Artillery: 

Feed  bag 

Grain  bag 

Halter  headstall 

Halter  tie  rope 

Saddle  blanket 

Surcingle 

Horse  cover 


CONTENTS  OF  SADDLER'S  CHEST. 


Awl  blades,  harness,  assorted 

Awl,  pegging 

Awl,  seat,  handled 

Carriage,  pricking,  3  wheels,  Nos.  7.  8,  and 
10. 

Compass,  6-inch 

Greaser,  double 

Edge  tool,  No.  1 

Edge  tool,  No.  2 

Extra  blades,  with  followers  for  draw  gauge 

Gauge,  draw,  brass 

Hafts,  awl,  with  wrench 

Hammer,  riveting,  No.  3 

Handle,  pegging  awl,  with  wrench 

Knife,  round 

Knife,  splitting,  6-inch 

Needle  case,  leather 

Nippers,  cutting,  10-inch 

Oil  stone,  unmounted 

Paper  glovers'  needles,  No.  3 

Papers  harness  needles,  No.  4 

Papers  harness  needles,  No.  5 

Papers  harness  needles,  No.  6 

Papers  sacking  needles,  Nos.  4  and  4^,  as- 
sorted. 


Location,  etc. 


Carried  by  man. 

....do 

....do..... 

....do 

....do 

....do 

...do.... 


IX 
VII 

IX 

IX 


.do. 
.do. 
.do. 
.do. 


On  horse. 

....do.... 

...do.... 


do 

do 

do 

Carried  on  man . 
...do.... 


On  horse 

do 

Carried  on  man. 
...do 


.do. 


IX 

IX 

IX 
IX 

IX 


Carried  on  horse. 

....do 

do.... 


.do. 


do 

do 

Not  carried  in  field. 


IX 


In  saddler's  chest,  battery  wagon 
...do....  


.do. 
.do. 


.do 
.do. 


.do. 


.do. 
.do. 


.do. 


.do. 

.do. 

Lo. 


lo. 
.do. 
.do. 


.do. 
.do. 


.do. 


.do. 
.do. 
.do. 
.do. 


Sec- 
tion. 


154 


Strtement  of  total  equipment  of  one  6-inch  howitzer  battery — Continued. 


War 
footing 

255 

cais- 
sons). 

Article. 

Location,  etc. 

Property 
classification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

l 

• 

CONTENTS  OF  SADDLER'S  CHEST—  COntd. 

Pliers,  6-inch  

In  saddler's  chest,  battery  wagon  — 
do 

X 
X 

X 

• 
9 

I 
9 

Punches,  hand,  Nos.  5,  7,  8,  and  10,  round. 
Punch  revolving  4  tubes  Nos  4,  5  6,  and  7 

do                                   

do 

Rule  boxwood  2-foot  4-fold 

do 

Screw  driver  3-inch  blade 

do                             

Sewing  palm 

do 

Shears  10-inch 

do 

Shoe  knife  broad  point 

do 

Shoe  knife  square  point 

do... 

Slicker  steel 

do 

Thimbles 

do 

Tool,  claw 

do  ..                

CONTENTS  OF  CARPENTER'S  CHEST. 

Ax,  bench  

In  carpenter's  chest  battery  wagon  .  . 
...do.  .. 

Bags,  canvas,  for  small  stores.. 

Bevel,  8-inch 

do     . 

Bits,  auger,  sizes  i,  £,  f  ,  1  inch,  1J  and  ij 
inches. 
Bit  expansive  two  cutters  J  to  3  inches 

do 

do 

Bit,  wood  countersink,  f-inch  diameter  .  .  . 

...do... 

Bits,  screw  driver,  size  f  ,  f  and  f  inch 

.do..                     

Brace  ratchet  10-inch  sweep 

do 

Chisels,  socket,  framing,  sizes,  f,  1,  and  ij 
inches. 
Divider  wing  10-inch 

do  

do 

Drills,  twist,  sizes  ^,  -fa,  A  and  -fa  inch 

...do... 

File,  10  inch  flat  bastard 

do 

Files  saw  sizes  4  and  6  inches 

do 

Gage,  marking.    . 

..  do  

Gouges  socket  firmer  sizes  J  and  1  inch 

do 

Hammer,  claw  

...do... 

Handles,  file 

do  .. 

Handle  'tool  containing  10  tools 

do 

Knife,  drawing,  9-inch  blade  .  . 

do  

Mallet 

do     .  .             .... 

Nail  set 

do 

Oiler  

...do  

Oil  sto^e  unmounted 

do  . 

Pincers,  small,  8-inch  

...do... 

Plane,  jack,  16-inch 

do... 

Plane  smoothing  8-inch 

do 

Plate  '  auger  handle 

do 

Rasp,  wood,  10-inch 

do  . 

Reamer  half  round 

do 

Rule,  boxwood,  2-foot,  four-fold 

do  

Saw,  crosscut  24-inch  7-point 

do 

Saw  rip  24-inch  5-point 

do 

Saw  set 

do.. 

Screw  driver  5-inch  blade 

do 

Spoke  shave  .     . 

do  

Square,  steel 

do 

Tape  linen  100-foot 

do 

Vise,  table,  1\  inch  jaw  

..  do  

Wrench,  screw,  12-inch 

do                             ... 

BLACKSMITH'S  TOOLS. 

Anvil,  100-pound  

In  forge  limber  chest  

Aprons  .  . 

do  .  .                

Bags  canvas  for  nails 

do 

Box,  leather  shoeing  

.      .do  

Chisel,  cold,  8-inch 

do                           

Chisel'  handled  for  cold  iron 

do 

Chisel,  handled,  for  hot  iron 

.    do  

Clinching  iron 

do 

Cutting  nippers 

do 

Drills,  flat  

do  

File,  12-inch  flat  bastard 

do 

Fire  rake  

....do  ! 

Fire  shovel... 

do  

Flatter,  handled 

do 

Fore  punch  and  creaser.  .  . 

...do.., 

155 


Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  6-inch  howitzer  battery — Continued. 


War 
footing 

(4  guns                                          Artipla 

and  12                              Article, 
cais- 
sons). 

! 

Location,  etc. 

Property 
classification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

5 

1 
1 

2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

BLACKSMITH'S  TOOLS—  continued. 
Forge,  Empire,  portable  

In  forge  limber  chest  

X 

9 

Hammer,  hano,  2-pound 

do 

Hammer'  riveting  *  1-pound  2-ounce 

do 

Hammer,  shoeing,  10-ounce  

..  do... 

Handle,  file,  aluminum             * 

do 

Hardie  '  0.75'  square  shank  1  25  bit 

do 

Oiler  

...do... 

Pritchel,  0.75  flats  

.  do  .. 

Punch,  nail 

do 

Punch,  round,  0.312  (-A)  diameter  

...do... 

Punch,  round,  0.375  diameter.  .         .... 

.      do.   .. 

Punch,  square 

do 

Ratchet  drill  for  square  shank  drills  

...do... 

River  sets,  sizes  ,-&  £,  f  ,  \  and  §  inch  .... 

....  do... 

Rule  boxwood,  2-foot  four-fold 

do 

Screw  plate,   taps   and   dies,   with  tap 
wrench,  including  chest. 
Shoeing  knives                     .*. 

do  

do 

Shoeing  pmcer,  14-inch  

.»  ...do  

Shoeing  rasp,  16-inch 

.  do  . 

Sledge  11-pound 

On  forge  limber 

Square  

In  forge  limber  chest  

Toe  knife   . 

do  .                              

Tongs  horseshoer's 

do 

Tongs,  for  0.25  iron  ....                  

..  do... 

Tongs  for  0.5  iron 

do 

Vise 

do 

Whetstone,  farrier's,  10-inch  

....  do  

Wrench,  forge 

do  .                              

Wrench  screw 

do 

War 
footing 

ias 

cais- 
sons). 

Article. 

Where  carried. 

In 
store. 

Property 
classification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

5 

1 

3 
3 
1 

2 
2 
2 

2 
2 

1 
1 
1 
2 
6 

2 

*7 
25 

15 

5 

MATERIALS  FOR  CLEANING  AND  PRES- 
ERVATION. 

(Six  months'  supply,  all  expendable.) 

In  battery  wagon,  compartment 
"J." 
In  chest  for  cleaning  material  and 
small  stores. 

X 

10 

Brush  varnish  No  4-0 

In  battery  wagon,  compartment 
...  do... 

Brushes  varnish  No  5—0 

In  chest  for  cleaning  material  and 
small  stores. 
....  do  

1 
1 

Cloth  crocus  quires                 • 

1  hi  chest  for  cleaning  material  and 
small  stores, 
do              

Cloth  emery   No  0  quire              .  . 

.  ..do  

.  .    do        

In  store  wagon,  compartment  "  J" 
3  in  chest  for  cleaning  material  and 
small  stores,  1  in  store  wagon, 
compartment  "J." 
In  chest  for  cleaning  material  and 
small  stores. 
In  store  wagon,  compartment  "  J" 
5  hi  store  wagon,  compartment 

Dressing  russet  leather,  boxes  

2 

""26" 
15 

Lavaline  16-oz  cans          

Oil,  coal,  ea'llons... 

In  cans  on  store  limber  

*Only  dfce  of  these  items  will  be  issued  to  an  organization. 


156 


Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  6-inch  howitzer  battery — Continued. 


War 
footing 
(4  guns  1 
and  12 

cais- 
sons). 


Article. 


MATERIALS  FOR  CLEANING  AND  PRES- 
ERVATION—Continued. 

Oil,  clock,  ounce 

Oil,  hydroline,  gallons 

Oil,  linseed,  boiled,  gallons 

Oil,  linseed,  raw,  pint 

Oil,  lubricating  (engine  No.  1),  gallons. 


Oil,  neat's-foot,  gallon , 

Oil,  slushing,  light,  gallons 

Oil,  sperm,  gallons , 

Paint,  olive-drab,  second  coat,  pounds, 
Paint,  olive-drab,  third  coat,  pounds. . 

Paint,  rubberine,  gallons 

Petrolatum  (vaseline),  ounces  (in  tin 

box). 
Polish,  Gibson's  soap,  16-ounce  cans . , 

Primer,  brown  enamel,  quarts 

Sal  soda,  pounds 


Where  carried. 


In 

store. 


Sandpaper,  No.  2£,  quires. 


Sandpaper,  No.  1$,  quires 

Sandpaper,  No.  J,  quires , 

Sandpaper.  No .  00,  quires 

Soap,  castile,  pounds , 

Soap,  H.  &  EL,  cakes 

Soap,  saddle,  Frank  Miller's,  pounds. 
Sponges,  5-inch. 


Sponges,  large,  5i  or  6  inches 

Tape,  black,  adhesive,  J  inch  wide, 
i-pound  roll. 

Turpentine,  gallons 

Waste,  white  cotton,  pounds 


Wicks,  lantern,  size  "O " 

Batteries,  everready  Tungsten , 

Bulbs,  everready,  Mazda,  2.7  volts 

SADDLERS'  MATERIAL. 

(Six  months'  supply,  all  expendable.) 


Awl  blades,  harness,  assorted 

Awl  haft,  with  wrench 

Buckles,  bar,  1-inch,  Saalbach . . . 

Buckles,  bar,  f-inch,  tongueless. . 
Buckles,  bar,  1-inch,  tongueless . . 
Buckles,  bar,  IJ-inch,  tongueless. 

Buckles,  center  bar,  f-inch 

Buckles,  center  bar,  f-inch 

Buckles,  center  bar,  f-inch 

Buckles,  center  bar,  1-inch 

Buckles,  center  bar,  1  J-inch 

Buckles,  center  bar,  1  f-inch 

Buckles,  roller,  f-inch 

Buckles,  roller,  f-inch 

Buckles,  roller,  |-inch 

Buckles,  roller,  1  inch 

Buckles,  roller,  li-inch 

Buckles,  roller,  l£-inch 

Buckles,  satchel,  £-inch 

Buckles,  wire,  J-mch 

Buckle,  wire,  f-inch 

Buckles,  wire,  f-inch 

Cheeks  "D"... 

Conway  loops,  f-inch 


In  chest  for  cleaning  material  and 
small  stores. 

In  cans  on  caissons  and  store  lim- 
ber. 

1  in  store  wagon,  compartment 

J. 

In  chest  for  cleaning  material  and 
small  stores. 

In  cans  on  caissons  and  store  lim- 
ber. 

6  in  store  limber,  compartment  "3" 

2  in  store  limber,  compartment  "J" 
1  in  store  limber,  compartment  "3" 
5  in  store  limber,  compartment "  J" 
do 


In  chest  for  cleaning  material  and 

small  stores. 
In  store  wagon,  compartment  "  J" 


20  in  chest  for  cleaning  material 

and  small  stores. 
In  chest  for  cleaning  material  and 

small  stores. 


.do. 
.do. 


In  store  wagon,  compartment  "  J' 
do 


.do. 


In  store  wagon,  compartment "  A  " 
....do 

In  chest  for  cleaning  material  and 
small  stores. 


In  battery  wagon,  compartments 
*'J"  and  "G";  in  store  wagon, 
compartments  "A,"  "G,"  and 

In  chest  for  cleaning  material  and 

small  stores 

....do 

...do... 


In  saddlers'  chest 

....do 

In  canvas  bag  for  small  stores,  bat- 
tery wagon. 

do 

....do . 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

...do... 


Property 
classification. 


Class. 


10 


Sec- 
tion. 


10 


10 


Only  one  of  these  items  will  be  issued  to  an  organization. 


157 


Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  6-inch  howitzer  battery — Continued. 


War 
footing 
(4  guns 
and  12 
cais- 
sons) . 

Article. 

Where  carried. 

In  battery  wagon,  compartment 
'  A. 
In  canvas  bag  for  small  stores,bat- 
tery  wagon. 

Ho 

In 
store. 

classification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

23 
15 

28 
21 
25 
12 
24 
12 
10 

2 
12 
12 
2 

2 

5 

200 
1 

9 

1 
10 
10 
4 
2 
12 
24 

9 
12 

12 
10 
9 

3 

2 

1,260 
2 
10 

2 
3 
2 
2 
10 
6 
4 
2 
6 

SADDLER'S  MATERIAL—  Continued. 

Duck,    olive-drab    cotton,    2J-inch, 
yards. 
End  buckles  1-inch  with  clip 

,     X 

IX 

IV 

IX 
IX 

IV 
IX 

X 

X 
IX 

X 

IV 

X 

IX 
X 

s 

10 

5 

8 

1 
5 

8 
5 

10 

9 
5 

10 

8 

10 

5 

10 

5 

5 

End  clips  f-inch 

End  clips,  1-inch  i  do  

End  clips.  If-inch  i  do  

Foot  staples  high                                     In  saddler's  chest 

Foot  staples,  low                                   i  ...  do  

Foot  staples  semicircular                      '         dn 

Hooks,  back  strap  or  collar  strap  
Hooks  breast  strap 

In  canvas  bag  for  small  stores,  bat- 
tery wagon, 
do 



In  saddler's  chest 

Hooks,  end 

do  

Hooks  side  strap 

In  canvas  bag  for  small  stores,  bat- 
tery wagon, 
do  .          *.... 

Hooks,  wire  (for  links) 

Leather,  bridle,  sides  

2  in  store  wagon,  compartment  "  K" 
do  

4 
4 
150 

Leather,  collar,  backs 

Leather,  harness,  backs,  pounds  

50  in  store  wagon,  compartment 

In   battery  wagon,  compartment 
'  K. 
In  saddler's  chest              

Leather,  latigo,  side 

Nails  saddle 

do 

do                          

do                                

do  

Ornaments  brow  band 

do                   

Ovals,  saddle 

....  do  

Ovals  saddlebag 

do               

Pins,  screw,  brass,  f-inch,  No.  2,  gross  . 
Rings,  |  inch  diameter  saddlebag 

do                                  

.  .  do  

Rings  1}  inches  diameter  saddle 

do                   

Rings,  If  inches  diameter,  back  strap. 
Rings,  1  J  inches  diameter,  throat  strap 
Rings,  2  inches  diameter,  halter  

Rings,  4  inches  diameter,  quarter  strap 
Rings,  "D,"  1  inch  diameter,  feed  bag  . 
Rings,  "D,"  1|  inches  diameter,  with 
clasp. 
Rings  "D  "  la  inches  diameter 

do 

do 

In  canvas  bag  for  small  stores,  bat- 
tery wagon. 
.  do  

do                               .... 

do                 

Rings,  "D,"  2  inches  diameter  (spec). 
Rivets  and  burs,  brass,  f-inch,  No.  12, 
pounds. 
Rivets  and  burs,  brass,  $-ineh,  No.  10, 
pounds. 
Rivets  and  burs,  brass,  f-inch,  No.  10, 
pounds. 
Rivets  and  burs,  brass,  1-inch,  No.  8, 
oval  head,  pound. 

do                          

do          

do                      

do         

In  saddler's  chest                 

do                   

Rope  J-inch  halter 

In  battery  wagon,  compartment 

Screws,  brass,  wood,  1-inch,  No.  6, 
gross. 

2  in  battery  wagon,  compartment 

8 

Shield  saddle  11-inch 

do                                

do                                         •  - 

do                

do                      

do                          

onap  nooK,  Lrfrman,  i  incn....  -._..... 

do 

do                

do                   

Snan-hook  sack.  1-inch.  .  . 

...do....                

158 


Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  6-inch  howitzer  battery — Continued. 


War 
footing 
(4  guns 
and  12 

cais- 
sons). 


Article. 


Where  carried. 


Property 
classincai 


In 


Class. 


tion 


Sec- 
tion. 


SADDLER'S  MATERIAL— Continued. 

Squares,  halter In  canvas  bag  for  small  stores, 

battery  wagon. 

2     Strap   loops,   coupling,   2-inch    (for   do 

bridle).  I  IX  5 

10     Strap  loops,  feed  bags [ do 

5     Studhooks !  In  saddler's  chest . 

Studs ,  saddle  bag do 

1     Tacks,  copper,  No.  12,  paper do 

1     Tacks,  copper,  No.  20,  paper do 

1     Thimble,  aluminum-lined,  |-inch do 

1     Thread,  carpet,  No.  18,  olive-drab,   do 

pound. 

1  Thread,  shoe,  No.  3,  brown,  pound.. . do , 

2  Wax,  brown  stitching,  pounds ; do I X  10 

21     Webbing,  olive-drab,  cotton,  heavy,  I  In  battery  wagon,  compartment 

f-inch,  yards.  "A." 

Webbing,  olive-drab,  cotton,  heavy,  [ do 

1-inch,  yards. 

14     Webbing,  olive-drab,  halter,  H  inches. do 

18     Webbing,  olive-drab,  jute,  3J  inches do. 

FOE  POLO  EQUIPMENT. 

Buckles,  girth,  1-inch 

2  Buckles,  stirrup  strap ,  1  1-inch 

2  Buckles,  wire,  |-inch , 

2  Buckles,  wire,  f-inch 

12  Buckles,  wire,  I-inch i  Not  carried X  10 

4  Buckles,  wire,  I-inch 

4  Rings,  i-inch  diameter 

5  Web,  linen,  straining,  3J-inch,  yards.. 
7  Web,  linen,  straining,  5-inch,  yards. . . 


159 


Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  6-inch  howitzer  battery — Continued. 
SUPPLIES  KEPT  IN  RESERVE  FOR  FIELD  BATTERY,  HEAVY  (IN  STORE).« 


No. 


Article. 


Class. 


Sec- 
tion. 


3  |  Buckle,  bar,  tongueless,  S-inch 

5     Buckle,  bar,  tongueless,  1-inch 

12     Buckle,  center  bar,  f-inch 

2     Buckle,  center  bar,  f-inch 

4  i  Buckle,  center  bar,  5-inch : 

4     Buckle,  center  bar,  li-inch 

4     Buckle,  center  bar,  l|-'inch 

4  ;  Buckle,  roller,  f-inch 

7  i  Buckle,  roller,  |-inch 

12     Buckle,  roller,  Ifinch 

9     Buckle,  1-inch  wire 

2     Burner,  Ian  tern,  Dietz  Vesta 

1     Cheek  "D" 

1  ;  Chamois  skin.    Not  smaller  than  13  by  17 

5  ;  Con  way  loop,  2-inch 

4  Dressing,  russet  leather,  boxes,  16-ounce 

5  End  buckle 

2  Globe,  lantern 

2  \  Hook,  back  strap,  tool  steel 

2  |  Hook,  collar  strap,  tool  steel 

4     Hook,  double,  brass  wire „ 

4     Hook,  end,  brass  wire v 

2     Leather,  bridle  backs *     j 

2  i  Leather,  collar  backs 

40  |  Leather,  harness  backs 

1     Leather,  latigo  side 

3  !  Saddle  nails,  $-mch  diameter  of  head 

1  |  Oil,  clock,  1-ounce  bottle 

12     Oil,  hydroline,  gallons 

20     Oil,  neat's-foot,  gallons 

2  i  Oil,  slushing,  light,  gallons 

1  ;  Oil,  sperm,  gallon 

4  :  Oil,  coal,  gallons 

12     Oil,  lubricating,  gallons 

3  Ornament,  brow  band  copper 

2  ;  Ring,  3-inch  diameter,  saddle  bag 

8  Ring,  H-inch  diameter,  saddle 

4  Ring,  2-inch  diameter,  halter 

4     Ring.  4-inch  diameter,  cincha  strap 

4     Ring,  4-inch  diameter,  quarter  strap.. r 

3  Ring,  1-inch  diameter,  feed  bag 

1  ;  Rivets  and  burs,  £-inch,  No.  10,  pounds 

1  Rivets  and  burs,  f-inch,  No.  10,  pounds 

25     Salsoda,  pounds,  bulk 

2  i  Snap  hook,  haversack 

3  1  Snap  hook,  feed  bag 

12  !  Square ,  halter 

40     Soap,  castile,  pounds 

4  Soap,  H.  and  II.,  cakes  or  "Paco" 

60  i  Soap,  saddle,  Frank  Miller's,  pounds I 

25     Sponges,  5-inch 

3     Strap  loop,  feed  bag 

2     Stud,  saddlebag 

1  !  Tacks,  copper,  paper  of  1,000, 12-ounce 

1     Tacks,  copper,  paper  of  1,000,  20-ounce 

1     Thread,  carpet,  pound 

1     Thread,  shoe,  pound X  10 

1  i  Thread,  No.  10,  pound 

30     Waste,  cotton,  pounds 

1  '  Wax,  stitching,  pound 

2  i  Wick,  lantern 


1  No  material  will  be  drawn  from  this  supply  for  making  repairs  and  replacements  except  in  sudden 
calls  for  field  service  if  necessary  to  replace  missing  items  of  the  regular  supplies.  To  avoid  deteriorations, 
all  perishable  articles  should  be  replaced  by  similar  ones  received  with  the  regular  6  months'  allowance. 


INDEX. 


A.  Page. 

Adjusting  instruments „ 133 

Ammunition 19 

Ammunition,  allowance  of , 34 

Ammunition,  blank: 

Composition  of 34 

Description  of 34 

Precautions  during  firing 35 

Preparation  of 35 

Weight  of  charge 34 

Ammunition  chest 84 

Apron: 

Caisson,  model  of  1909 87 

Caisson,  model  of  1916 94 

Carriage,  model  of  190S 59 

Carriage,  model  of  1908M1 59 

Apron  latch: 

Caisson,  model  of  1909 87 

Caisson,  model  of  1916 94 

Carriage,  model  of  1908 56 

Carriage,  model  of  1908M1 56 

Axle: 

Caisson,  model  of  1909 87 

Caisson,  model  of  1916 94 

Carriage,  model  of  1908 54 

•     Carriage,  model  of  1908M1 74 

Forge  and  store  limbers 99 

Battery  and  store  wagons 106 

Howitzer  limber 79 

Limber,  model  of  1909 84 

Limber,  model  of  1916 93 

Azimuth  scale 57 

B. 

Battery  wagon: 

Description 106 

Nomenclature 103 

Block  carrier 16 

Bottom  plate 46 

Brake: 

Caisson,  model  of  1909 1 88 

Caisson,  model  of  1916 94 

Carriage,  model  of  1908 57 

Carriage,  model  of  1908M1 74 

Battery  and  store  wagons. 108 

(161) 


162 

Breech  mechanism:  Page. 

Action  of 17 

Description 12 

To  dismantle 18 

C. 

Caisson,  model  of  1909: 

Description 87 

Nomenclature  of  parts 80 

Weights  and  dimensions 79 

Caisson,  model  of  1916: 

Description 94 

Nomenclature  of  parts 90 

Weights  and  dimensions 89 

Care  and  maintenance  of  materiel,  suggestions  for 136 

Carpenter's  chest 108 

Carriage,  model  of  1908: 

Description 45 

Nomenclature  of  parts 

Weights  and  dimensions 37 

Carriage,  model  of  1908M1: 

Description 

Nomenclature  of  parts 71 

Weights  and  dimensions 70 

Carriage  parts,  care  and  cleaning  of 68 

Cartridge  case 19 

Cartridge  case,  care  of 36 

Cartridge  case  carrier 86 

Chest: 

Battery  and  store  wagons 106 

Caisson,  model  of  1909 87 

Caisson,  model  of  1916...' 94 

Forge  and  store  limbers 100 

Limber,  model  of  1909 84 

Limber,  model  of  1916 93 

Collars,  steel Ill 

Collar-lifting  device 113 

Connecting  pole: 

Caisson,  model  of  1909 88 

Caisson,  model  of  1916 94 

Contents 5 

Counter-recoil  buffer: 

Carriage,  model  of  1908 48 

Carriage,  model  of  1908M1 72,48 

Cradle: 

Carriage,  model  of  1908— 

Description 45 

To  dismount 66 

Carriage,  model  of  1908M1— 

Description 72 

To  dismount 75 

Cyclometer: 

Description 109 

Nomenclature  of  parts 109 


163 

Cylinder: 

Carriage,  model  of  1908—  Page 

Description 47 

To  assemble 61 

To  dismount 61 

To  drain 61 

To  fill 61 

Carriage,  model  of  1908M1 72 

Cylinder  liner 47 

-     D. 

Diaphragms: 

Caisson,  model  of  1909 87 

Caisson,  model  of  1916 94, 87 

Limber,  model  of  1909 85 

Limber,  model  of  1916 93, 85 

Doubletree 87 

Drill  projectile 31 

E. 
Elevating  mechanism: 

Carriage,  model  of  1908 — 

Description 51 

To  assemble 66 

To  dismount 66 

Carriage,  model  of  1908M1 73 

Elevating  shaft: 

Carriage,  model  of  1908 52 

Carriage,  model  of  1908M1 73,  52 

Equipment,  list  of  total 10, 142 

Extractor 16 

F. 

Firing  lock  case 15 

Firing  mechanism: 

Carriage,  model  of  1908— 

Description 50 

To  dismount 67 

Carriage,  model  of  1908M1 74 

Firing  mechanism  (howitzer) : 

Description 13 

To  dismantle 17 

Firing  pin 13 

Firing  spring 14 

Flasks 54 

Foot  rest: 

Caisson,  model  of  1909 89 

Caisson,  model  of  1916 94 

Forge  and  store  limbers 101 

Forge  limber: 

Description 99 

Nomenclature  of  parts 95 

Weights  and  dimensions 94 

6311—17 14 


164 

Frame:  page. 

Battery  and  store  wagon 106 

Howitzer  limber 78 

Front  cylinder  head 47 

Fuze,  combination 23 

Fuze  setter,  hand 26 

G. 

Gland,  to  adjust 65 

H. 

Handspike 56 

Handwheel  shaft  (elevating  mechanism) : 

Carriage,  model  of  1908 52 

Carriage,  model  of  1908M1 73 

Handwheel  shaft  (quick-return  mechanism): 

Carriage,  model  of  1908 52 

Harness,  Artillery,  component  parts  of 110 

Howitzer: 

Care 18 

Description 11 

To  dismount 60 

To  mount 60 

Weights  and  dimensions 11 

Hub  liner,  to  remove 67 

I. 

Intermediate  shaft  (quick-return  mechanism): 

Carriage,  model  of  1908 53 

Carriage,  model  of  1908M1 73 

Intermediate  shaft  (valve-turning  mechanism) : 

Carriage,  model  of  1908 49 

L. 

Leather: 

Care  and  preservation 113 

Reason  for  oiling 114 

Leather,  black,  care  of 115 

Leather,  russet,  care  of 114 

Limber,  model  of  1909: 

Description. 84 

Nomenclature  of  parts 80 

Weights  and  dimensions 79 

Limber,  model  of  1916: 

Description 93 

Nomenclature  of  parts 90 

Weights  and  dimensions 89 

Limber,  howitzer,  model  of  1905: 

Description 77 

Nomenclature  of  parts 76 

Weights  and  dimensions 75 

List  of  plates 9 


165 

Loading  hand  barrow:  Page 

Carriage,  model  of  1908 60 

Carriage,  model  of  1908M1 60 

Loading  tray: 

Description 13 

To  dismantle 18 

Lunette  (for  carriages) 55 

Lunette  bearing  (caisson) gg 

Lunette  transom  (for  carriages) 55 

M. 

Main  shield : 

Carriage,  model  of  1908 59 

Carriage,  model  of  1908M1 74 

Marking  on  ammunition  packing  boxes 30 

Method  of  loading  a  battery  for  transportation 140 

Middle  rail  (forge  and  store  limbers) 100 

Misfires  and  hangfires '. 30 

0. 

Oils  for  artillery  material 134 

Oil  can: 

Caisson,  model  of  1909 89 

Caisson,  model  of  1916 94,  89 

Store  limber 102 

Operating  lever 16 

Operating  lever  latch 16 

P. 

Padlocks  and  bolt  snaps 110 

Painting  artillery  material 134 

Pawls 46, 52 

Pinion  shaft 52 

Pintle: 

Howitzer  limber 78 

Limber  and  caisson,  model  of  1909 86, 101 

Limber  and  caisson,  model  of  1916 93 

Pintle  bearing 78,  86, 101 

Pintle  bolt 78 

Pintle  plate 54, 74 

Piston  and  piston  rod : 

Carriage,  model  of  1908 48, 49, 63 

Carriage,  model  of  1908M1 72 

Pole 78,79,87 

Pole  socket: 

Limber  and  caisson,  model  of  1909 , 86 

Limber  and  caisson,  model  of  1916 93 

Powder  charge 21 

Primer: 

Description 20 

Composition  of 20 

Primer,  saluting  percussion: 

Description 20 

Composition  of 20 

Projectiles .22 


166 
Q. 

Quick-return  mechanism: 

Carriage,  model  of  1908 —  Page. 

Independence  of  elevating  mechanism 52 

Description 52 

To  assemble 65 

To  dismount 65 

Use  of 52 

Carriage,  model  of  1908M1 — 

Description 73 

To  assemble 75 

To  dismount 75 

R. 

Range  tables 32 

Recoil,  energy  of 50 

Recoil,  length  of 38,50 

Recoil  controlling  parts: 

Carriage,  model  of  1908 46 

Carriage,  model  of  1908M1 72 

Recoil  cylinder,  care  and  cleaning  of  (for  both  carriages) 68 

Recoil  mechanism,  action  of — 

Carriage,  model  of  1908 -  49 

Carriage,  model  of  1908M1 73 

Recoil  springs: 

Carriage,  model  of  1908— 

Description 46 

To  assemble 63 

To  dismount 62 

Carriage,  model  of  1908M1— 

Description 72 

To  assemble 75 

To  dismount ' 75 

Recoil  valve: 

Carriage,  model  of  1908 48 

Carriage,  model  of  1908M1 73 

Reloading  and  cleaning  outfit 37 

Repairs  for  field  artillery  materiel 136 

Rocker 51 

S. 

Saddler's  chest... 108 

Sear 14 

Shells,  common  steel 22 

Shield,  to  remove 66 

Shoulder  guard 46 

Shrapnel 22 

Side  plate 50 

Sight,  open  or  tangent 115 

Sight,  panoramic,  model  of  1904: 

Care  of 130 

Description 118 

To  adjust 130 

Use  of,  for  measurement  of  ranges 127 


167 

Sight,  panoramic,  model  of  1915:  page. 

Care  of 130 

Description 121 

To  adjust 129 

Use  of,  for  measurement  of  ranges 127 

Sight,  rear: 

Care  of 127 

To  adjust 128 

Sight,  verification  of  parellelism  of  lines  of  sight  and  axis  of  bore 131 

Sights: 

Adjustment  of 128 

Additional  tests  for  adjustment 132 

Spare 133 

Use  of 127 

Spade: 

Carriage,  model  of  1908 55 

Carriage,  model  of  1908M1 72 

Spring  retainer 47 

Spring  stirrup 46 

Store  limber: 

Description 101 

Nomenclature  of  parts 95 

Weights  and  dimensions 94 

Store  wagon: 

Description 106 

Nomenclature  of  parts 103 

Stuffing  box,  to  pack 64 

Subcaliber  gun 30 

Supplies  in  general 139 

T. 

Targets 133 

Thrust-bearing  nut 56 

Top  carriage: 

Carriage,  model  of  1908— 

Description 50 

To  dismount 67 

Carriage,  model  of  1908M1— 

Description 73 

To  dismount 75 

Howitzer  limber 78 

Top  shield: 

Carriage,  model  of  1908 59 

Carriage,  model  of  1908M1 74 

Trail: 

Carriage,  model  of  1908 54 

Carriage,  model  of  1908M1 74 

Traveling  covers: 

For  carriage,  model  of  1908 58 

For  carriage,  model  of  1908M1 74 

Traveling  locks: 

Carriage,  model  of  1908 58 

Carriage,  model  of  1908M1 74 


168 

Traversing  mechanism: 

Carriage,  model  of  1908 —  Page. 

Description 56 

To  dismount 67 

Carriage,  model  of  1908M1 74 

Trigger  fork 14 

Trigger  shaft 15 

Trunnions: 

Carriage,  model  of  1908 46 

model  of  1908M1 72 


V. 
Valve-turning  mechanism: 

Carriage,  model  of  1908— 

Action  of . . .' 48 

Description 48 

To  assemble 65 

To  disassemble 65 

Carriage,  model  of  1908M1— 

Description 73 

To  assemble 75 

To  dismount 75 

W. 
Wheel: 

Carriage,  model  of  1908— 

Description 59 

To  remove 67 

Carriage,  model  of  1908M1 75 

Howitzer  limber 79 

Worm 51 

WAR  DEPARTMENT, 

OFFICE  OF  THE  CHIEF  OF  ORDNANCE, 

Washington,  August  1,  1917. 
JANUARY  1, 1913. 
REVISED  AUGFST  1, 1917. 
FORM  No.  1779. 
ED.  AUG.  1—17 5,000. 


YC  64320 


370920 


v^v 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


